Tigercat 726E FELLER BUNCHER SERVICE MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD

SERVICE MANUAL Tigercat 726E FELLER BUNCHER ISSUE 2.0. APRIL, 2010

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ iii SAFETY ..................................................................................................................... 1 USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY ................... APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION .................................. SEE OPERATOR'S MANUAL LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE ....................................................................... 3 PILOT SYSTEM ......................................................................................................... 5 ELECTRICAL, GAUGES AND ALARMS ................................................................... 6 ENGINE ..................................................................................................................... 7 DRIVE ........................................................................................................................ 8 BRAKES AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS .................................................................... 9 OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CROSS-FLOW FAN ............................................ 10 STEERING ............................................................................................................... 11 LIFT BOOM .............................................................................................................. 12 TILT .......................................................................................................................... 13 SAW DRIVE ............................................................................................................. 17 CLAMPS WITH SAW ............................................................................................... 18 SHEAR WITH CLAMPS ........................................................................................... 19

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

726ESM00

726E Available Literature Operator's Manual ........................................................... Part No. 28906A Service Manual (This Manual) ........................................ Part No. 28907A Parts Catalog ................................................................... Part No. 28908A

Tigercat

®

Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 544 Paris, Ontario Canada N3L 3T6 Tel: (519) 442-1000 Fax: (519) 442-1855

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Introduction

ii

Tigercat 726E726E Feller Buncher Tigercat Feller

Buncher

Introduction

INTRODUCTION An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are made available by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the 726E Feller Buncher serial number 7262501 and up.

The 726E Feller Buncher is designed for harvesting trees, selective felling, thinning and final felling applications in plantations and natural stands.

The operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the 726E Feller Buncher. There is also important information regarding the safe operation of the saw head.

The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to assist in repair and to ensure optimum machine performance. For manual part numbers, see the title page in each manual.

Section 1 in both the operator's manual and the service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals, WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures.

Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine.

The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information.

The phrase “and up” appearing in this manual after the serial number implies that the related information is current for any machine serial number HIGHER than the serial number preceding the “and up”.

Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual.

Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page.

The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

iii

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Introduction

S.A.E. STANDARDS ROLL-OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (ROPS) FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION STRUCTURES (FOPS) OPERATOR PROTECTION STRUCTURES (OPS) * MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS: The integrity of the ROPS, FOPS, OPS structure and its continued ability to provide the level of protection it was designed for could be seriously affected by any modifications to the structure, its mounting or to the chassis to which it is attached.

Tigercat emphasizes that the certification of approval of the ROPS, FOPS, OPS structure will become void if any such modifications take place.

Tigercat may officially grant approval for modifications only by: i.

Written approval of repairs or modifications signed by the Tigercat Engineering Manager; or

ii.

Approved modifications officially released by Tigercat.

Both of the above are provided that the work is carried out in the factory approved manner.

Unauthorized modifications and/or repairs made or contributed to by a customer or a Tigercat distributor may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the customer or Tigercat distributor will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for situations arising from having created unauthorized modifications/changes to the structure.

Operator's cabs are designed to ROPS, FOPS, OPS standards so that they will withstand force and absorb energy during a roll-over (ROPS), when resisting the impact of a falling object (FOPS) and minimize the possibility of operator injury from penetrating objects (OPS). When a permanent deflection of the structure occurs, the structure can no longer provide the original designed level of protection and should be replaced. Attempts to straighten the structure, particularly by the application of heat, can reduce still further the structures remaining capability to protect.

The mounting and the frame or chassis to which the cab is attached is considered an integral part of the ROPS, FOPS, OPS and is included in the design, test and certification of the product.

Contact the Tigercat Service department before attempting any modifications or repair to roll-over protective structures.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

iv

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Introduction

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and it's ability to perform safely could be at serious risk.

IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only to be undertaken as follows: i)

The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat.

ii)

Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager.

Authorization by any other person is unacceptable.

Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in having created this situation.

Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment, Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from Non-approved Field Product Changes to its product.

Should Tigercat become involved in a dispute resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests.

The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified.

Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

v

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Introduction

vi

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 1 - SAFETY MARCH, 2010

Read and understand this safety section prior to operating any equipment.

Read and understand all manuals for any attachments or accessories.

CONTENTS - SECTION 1 BOOM LIFT LOCK ....................................................................................... 1.12 ENGINE ACCESS PANELS ......................................................................... 1.13 FELLING TREES ........................................................................................... 1.7 FIRE PREVENTION ..................................................................................... 1.19 DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES ........................................... 1.23 FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES ........................................................... 1.19 WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED .................. 1.22 WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE ............................ 1.20 WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS ................................ 1.21 FLUID INJECTION INJURY ......................................................................... 1.14 GREASE INJECTION INJURY .................................................................... 1.15 LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS LIGHTNING SAFETY ..................................................................... 1.16, 1.18 WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? ........................................................... 1.16 PARKING THE MACHINE ............................................................................. 1.8 SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES ON CAB DOORS ................................... 1.9 SAFETY LABELS ............................................................................... 1.24, 1.25 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL ........................................................... 1.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING ....................................................... 1.6 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING ............................................. 1.10, 1.17 SAFETY SYMBOLS ....................................................................................... 1.2 SIGNAL WORDS ........................................................................................... 1.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety

SAFETY SYMBOLS

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all.

To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the operator’s manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed.

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!

Always read the operator's manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications

The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death.

Follow the instructions in the safety message.

Understanding Signal Words

DANGER DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Do not let an untrained person operate the machine.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as orange safety vest, gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary. These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels.

1.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety Use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

KEEP BACK 500 FEET

Do not climb onto or jump off the machine at any time.

Do not try to climb onto or off a moving machine.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 500 feet (150 meters) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all harvesting equipment has been shut down before advancing to the machine.

Do not use the joystick(s) or steering wheel as a handle to assist entering or leaving the cab.

Do not use the machine foot controls as a step.

When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the 3 point technique - Use 1 hand with 2 feet or 2 hands with 1 foot.

DANGER ROTATING SAW The safety of persons outside the cab is the responsibility of the machine operator

WARNING It is not recommended to walk on machine surfaces that are not designated walking areas.

No attempt should be made to walk on angled steel surfaces or surfaces that are irregular in shape.

Walking surfaces on the machine must be covered with anti-slip materials to provide a safe foot hold and prevent slipping.

These anti-slip surfaces should be maintained on a regular basis. If the surface shows signs of wear, the anti-slip material must be replaced immediately.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing.

WARNING Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery and do not provide a safe foot hold.

1.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces. Dry, deice, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with an anti-slip material before mounting or dismounting the machine.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

Safety Hazards - Viton Seals O-rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material produce a highly corrosive acid when subjected to temperatures above. 600°f (315°c).

This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact.

Machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately.

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire:

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

Machine should be washed completely before and after every major service.

Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to ROPS, FOPS, OPS structures.

•

Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat; they will appear black and sticky.

•

If these are found, Do Not Touch!!!

•

Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets, If fluoro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

•

Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

•

Any cloths, residue and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

Check for fluid leaks, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

Check windows and door guards for damage.

Check protective windows for cracks, a damaged window has reduced strength to stop flying objects.

Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair clear visibility all round the machine.

Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

NOTE: Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing.

Check all fluid levels.

Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, or other devices removed.

1.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety WARNING WARNING

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle is provided and approved with seating for the operator only.

WARNING WARNING Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds.

Wash hands after handling.

Do not allow anyone to operate the machine who may not be physically fit or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Extra clearance may be required particularly where the ground is uneven.

Approach with extreme caution any area where overhanging electrical power lines are present.

Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

Maintain a distance of 10 feet. (3 meters) between the machine or boom and any power line carrying up to 50,000 volts or less plus 1/2 inch (10 mm) for each additional 1,000 volts above the 50,000 volt level.

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for your own protection.

If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle.

Even though the brakes are fully engaged, block the wheels to prevent movement during transport.

Install the articulation lock bar when ever the machine is to be transported.

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company’s regulations for the operation of this machine.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by felling head manufacturer.

1.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure that the machine responds correctly.

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Make sure that all safety screens and guards including the skylight are installed and properly secured.

Do not open an escape hatch or the cab doors to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

Shut off engine when refuelling - DO NOT refuel the engine while smoking or near open flame or sparks.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine.

Sound the machine horn before starting the machine.

Keep the cab doors closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab.

The operator’s seat is equipped with either a lap belt or lap and shoulder harness belts. Use either of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

Keep the cab doors closed and use seat belt when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the operator's cab.

Never use the parking brake to slow down or stop the machine except in an emergency.

Keep the brake properly adjusted at all times.

Start the engine according to the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Before moving the machine to the work site, check to ensure that all doors, panels, and access covers are installed properly and secured.

Always rest the felling attachment on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or shut off.

Felling operations should only be performed from the operator's seat.

Secure loose items in the cab.

1.6

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when machine is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force.

When working on slopes, travel straight up or down the slope to prevent roll-over.

NEVER travel across a STEEP slope or side hill:

When the engine is running, DO NOT allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

Boom supports encroach on cab door opening when machine is steered.

• •

•

If you travel across a MODERATE slope, NEVER make an uphill turn as this could cause a tip-over situation.

•

As logs are added to the accumulator pocket the handling and the stability of the machine will change.

•

Do not run engine when persons are on steps or in doorway area.

To avoid tip over, keep the felling head as low as possible to maintain a low center of gravity.

•

Serious injury or death could result from crushing.

Always be prepared to dump the load in case of an emergency.

•

Do not overload the machine as this can create an unstable condition and cause a rollover.

FELLING TREES Pieces of wood, debris from the ground and even teeth separating from the saw blade become potentially dangerous missiles when thrown from these machines.

Inspect saw teeth, tooth retaining bolts, saw disc and felling head assembly.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. Never operate the boom or attachment over the heads of bystanders.

Ensure that all saw tooth retaining bolts are at correct torque value.

Replace all worn saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align unused cutting tips.

Do not turn on saw blade until machine is at cutting site.

Always replace saw tooth retaining bolts when replacing saw teeth.

Never travel near co-workers or other pieces of equipment with saw blade turning.

Inspect saw disc for stress cracks and that saw disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

Do not allow people or other pieces of equipment near the felling operation.

Use only prearranged and approved signalling practices.

Never start the machine if the saw blade has missing teeth, teeth retaining bolts or a bent saw disc.

Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator’s seat.

Shut down machine immediately if vibration occurs during cutting.

Watch for ground hazards such as metal debris, wire fencing or rocks.

Check that the saw discharge area is clear and undamaged.

When travelling position felling head and boom accordingly so as not to impair vision.

If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog, rain or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored.

1.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety Before leaving operator's cab, apply the parking brake and lower the felling attachment onto the ground.

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued When moving from tree to tree with the saw blade turning, take care not to make contact with other vegetation or debris.

If out of the operator's cab for an extended period shut the machine off.

Do not over load felling head.

•

Park on level ground.

Work within your operating skills, do not attempt to cut down a tree that is too large for the felling head.

•

Do not park on a hillside or incline.

•

Lower felling attachment onto level ground.

Operate so that the chip discharge area of the felling head is not directed at people, livestock, buildings or other machines.

•

Engage the parking brake.

•

Stop the engine and release pilot system pressure by performing the following steps:

When parking the machine:

When making the cut, properly position felling head in front of tree and have saw blade running at full rpm.

1. Close both doors. Turn key switch to ON position. Do not start the engine. Press pilot reset switch.

Always know and control the direction the tree will fall to prevent injury to co-workers or damage other vehicles.

Complete either steps 2A or 2B. 2A.Fully apply brake foot pedal 50 times or more.

When backing away from a cut, watch out for obstacles in your path.

2B.Turn rear differential switch ON and hold front differential lock switch ON for 30 seconds. While waiting, pump brake foot pedal at least 10 times.

Always travel with felling head as close to the ground as possible, never elevate the felling head unless necessary.

3. Pressure may remain in the system after completing all of the above steps.

Use caution when loosening hydraulic connections.

Never use this machine to clear a logging deck on a new tract of timber when the rest of the equipment and operator's are also moving in. Preplan to clear decks in advance before other equipment arrives.

For additional information, refer to RELEASE PILOT SYSTEM PRESSURE in SECTION 5 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

Never work alone. Regularly inform other crew members of your intentions, location and length of time to perform duties.

Stop the saw blade before leaving the cutting area. NOTE: The saw blade will continue to free wheel for several minutes after the saw switch has been turned OFF. To stop the blade from rotating, CAREFULLY lower the saw blade onto a stump. This should be done gently to prevent unnecessary loading of the saw blade, saw housing and bearings.

724E-017

•

Park machine at least 50 feet (15 meters) away from other equipment and in a cleared area. In the event of a fire, this distance will minimize the chance of the fire spreading to other equipment.

24863A

Turn the battery disconnect switch off if the vehicle is to be parked for an extended period of time (Example - overnight).

NOTE: Wait for 30 seconds after turning key switch off before turning the battery disconnect switch off. The engine ECM requires time after the engine is turned off to record the engine data and log the information for the current operating session. If the battery disconnect is turned off too soon, the data will not be recorded and an error message will be displayed when the battery power is turned back on and the key switch is turned on.

1.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety SWITCH

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

•

When travelling on public roads, use accessory lights (when installed) and other cautionary devices to provide operators of other vehicles warning of your approach. Ensure your machine meets all regulatory requirements.

• ACTUATOR

When transporting the machine watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

INTERLOCK SWITCH (L.H. DOOR SHOWN)

197-5

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCHES ON DOORS: Both doors are equipped with safety interlock switches to prevent the machine from being operated while either of the doors are open (pilot system is shut off).

Before transporting the machine check to ensure that all doors, panels and access covers are installed properly and secured.

IMPORTANT

CAUTION

24 VOLT

Safety interlock switches DO NOT lock out the steering function on machines equipped with a steering wheel.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CAUTION DO NOT use the steering joystick to assist entering or leaving the cab.

NOTE: The engine can be started but the machine functions cannot be operated with a door open.

To operate: Close both doors and press the PILOT RESET switch.

CAUTION All functions on the machine can now be operated, either as intended or by accidentally touching them.

Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

The door safety interlock switches and the pilot reset switch are a safety feature and their function must not be defeated in any way.

1.9

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in SECTION 3 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. When servicing or repairing equipment, shut the engine down, and disconnect the positive (+) battery cable from both batteries.

Install a “DO NOT START ENGINE” sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

Safety This machine is equipped with sensitive electronic control equipment, prior to welding:NOTE: Wait for 30 seconds after turning key switch off before turning the battery disconnect switch off. The engine ECM requires time after the engine is turned off to record the engine data and log the information for the current operating session. If the battery disconnect is turned off too soon, the data will not be recorded and an error message will be displayed when the battery power is turned back on and the key switch is turned on.

724E-017

24863A

Turn Battery Disconnect Switch to the OFF position and disconnect the positive (+) battery cable from both batteries.

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual and follow recommended procedures.

DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM THE ENGINE CPU

The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced at least daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

•• 726E-001

WARNING This machine is equipped with a reversible cooling fan. Exercise care when working in this area with the engine running.

Disconnect the engine CPU (Central Processing Unit) and engine wiring harness by unplugging the multi-pin connectors.

This machine is equipped with a reversible cooling fan to facilitate cleaning of the charge air cooler, radiator and oil cooler assembly. Exercise care when working in this area with the engine running.

If the fan switch in the cab is in the AUTO position, the fan could turn ON and/or go into REVERSE mode without warning.

Prior to welding on any part of the machine, it should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be made available at the welding location. Care must be taken in attaching the welding machine grounding clamp so electrical current does not pass through bearings, especially the center joint bearing.

•

DISCONNECT MULTI PIN CONNECTORS

•• • 724E-025 DISCONNECT PLUS 1 CONNECTORS Disconnect the Plus 1 Controller by unplugging the 2 multi-pin connectors.

1.10

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death. If any fluid is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.

Do not change any pressure or relief setting unless authorized instruction has been obtained.

Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools including lifting equipment immediately.

Never use bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower the felling head to the ground, stop engine and relieve trapped pressure from pilot system and brake accumulators before performing work on components, or disconnecting any hoses.

For the procedure on how to RELIEVE PRESSURE, refer to PARKING THE MACHINE in THIS SECTION.

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

1.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

WARNING

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

Always install boom lift lock before working on or around machine with boom raised.

• Always install 'T' handle retainer bolt • Use only to support boom and cutting head • Do not use to set hydraulics pressures

CAUTION

Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine.

Do not open cab doors or window screens when machine is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force.

WARNING Failure to follow all of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

REAR CHASSIS FRONT CHASSIS

•

•

RETAINING PIN

WARNING

• • LYNCH PIN

726D-039

LOCK BAR

•

WARNING, HOT FLUIDS AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

LOCK BAR IN LOCKED POSITION

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 100°F (38°C)!

To prevent accidental articulation of the machine and injury when working in the center joint area, install the frame articulation lock bar between the frames and hold in place with the lynch pins provided.

Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

WARNING DO NOT work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

WARNING Always allow the saw blade to come to a COMPLETE STOP before approaching saw head to make adjustments.

1.12

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued CAUTION The lower access panels are NOT HINGED or permanently attached to the machine, but are held in place by the UPPER DOORS. Therefore they can fall during the process of removing them from the machine. Once the UPPER DOOR is opened the LOWER PANEL is not fully supported and it is not safe to apply any weight or pressure to the panel, as it may fall out of the remaining supports. Do not use these LOWER PANELS as hand grips, when servicing the machine.

R.H. SIDE ACCESS PANELS

Compartment door and panel handles should be hand tight only at all times for easy access to the engine compartment and the pressurized water system in the event of a fire or other emergency. Refer also to FIRE PREVENTION in THIS SECTION.

HAND KNOB

•

•

•

••

R.H. ENGINE ACCESS PANELS

726-002

20231A R1

HAND KNOB

L.H. SIDE ACCESS PANELS

•

If the engine is running inside a building, ensure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a buildup of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments.

Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to remove toxic exhaust fumes.

If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

•

• •

Dispose of fluids properly.

726-001

L.H. ENGINE ACCESS PANELS

Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond or lake.

Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them.

1.13

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued

WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

FLUID INJECTION INJURY Hydraulic and diesel fuel systems on forestry machines operate at very high pressures, often 207 bar (3000 psi) and above. If a loose connection or a defect in a hose should occur, a fine, high velocity stream of fluid will result. Even for systems pressurized to as little as 7 bar (100 psi), this fluid stream can penetrate human skin as if it were a hypodermic needle.

Initially, an accidental fluid injection beneath the skin may only produce a slight stinging sensation.

There is a danger that you will tend to ignore this, thinking that it will get better with time. Most often, it does not! Within a very short time the wound may begin to throb painfully, indicating that tissue damage has already begun.

Similarly fluid injected directly into a blood vessel can spread rapidly through your circulatory system. The human body has little ability to purge injected fluid.

Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

Time becomes critical as tissue damage progresses rapidly. The longer you delay getting professional medical attention, the more damage can occur.

Although fluid injection accidents are rare, the resulting injury has on occasion required the amputation of a finger, a hand or in some cases the entire limb. The longer the delay in getting professional medical aid, the further up the limb the tissue damage can spread. An injury of this type can become very serious or even fatal if not dealt with promptly and properly.

In the event of any suspected fluid injection injury • Report the injury to your supervisor immediately.

• Seek professional medical attention immediately.

As always the best defence against suffering the effects of fluid injection is to prevent the accident from occurring in the first place.

When searching for possible fluid leaks • Never search for leaks with your bare hands.

Always wear thick protective gloves.

• Be sure to wear safety goggles for eye protection.

• Keep all body parts well away from the area being investigated for leaks.

• Use the end of a long piece of wood to move hoses or other obstacles.

•

Place the end of a long piece of wood in the suspected path of any fluid stream. Never use any part of your body.

• Recognize that the source of the leak and the fluid streaming from it may be very small and not easily visible. You may only be able to see the fluid that accumulates as a result of the fluid stream.

When performing any service work • Stop the engine and relieve all diesel fuel or hydraulic pressure before disconnecting any lines or otherwise working on the system.

• Never grab any hydraulic or diesel fuel connectors or hoses when they are subjected to pressure.

• Always ensure that hoses are rated for the pressures to which they will be subjected.

• Never use any hoses that you suspect could be defective.

1.14

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS continued GREASE INJECTION INJURY WHEN USING PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS Pneumatic grease guns can deliver grease at pressures from 17 - 400 Bar (246 - 5801 psi). It takes less than 7 Bar (100 psi) to inject a substance through human skin.

ALWAYS get professional medical treatment immediately after any type of injection injury.

Provide the physician with information on the type of grease, the pressure setting of the gun, and similar details.

The amount of fluid injected, type of fluid (or material), pressure at which it was injected, and the elapsed time between injection and surgery all influence the chances of successful treatment for this type of serious injury.

Prior to using a high pressure pneumatic grease gun perform the following: •

All operators of high pressure pneumatic grease guns MUST be trained in the hazards of its operations and the treatment for such injuries.

•

DO NOT OPERATE a high pressure pneumatic grease gun unless you have been trained in the proper operation and are aware of all safety precautions of such a tool.

•

Wear protective clothing such as gloves, safety hat and safety glasses.

•

Inspect all parts of the grease gun for wear and tear and replace all worn or damaged parts.

•

Ensure that protective shrouds are installed on all grease gun nozzles as safety devices.

•

Remove dirt and grease from grease fittings prior to greasing.

•

Replace any defective grease fittings on equipment with new fittings immediately.

•

When badly positioned fittings are identified, replace them with angled or swivel fittings for easier access.

1.15

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? Lightning is a discharge of the electricity produced by a thunderstorm. As the thunderstorm develops, many small particles of ice within the storm clouds bump together. These collisions create a positive charge at the top of a cloud and a negative charge at the bottom. As this continues a second positive charge builds up on the ground beneath the cloud, concentrated around high objects such as hills, trees, buildings, equipment and even people.

When the difference between the electrical charge in the cloud and on the ground becomes great enough to overcome the resistance of the insulating air between them, an electrical current flows instantly. This is a lightning strike.

The electrical potential in a lightning strike can be as much as 100 million volts. Lightning strikes can occur over very large distances, even as much as 60 km (37 miles). Lightning travels both in front of and behind a thunderstorm and so strikes happen even when rain has not started or has stopped. Lightning can hit in the same place, many times and often spreads out over 18 m (60 feet) within the soil around the strike point.

Thunder always accompanies lightning. When lightning occurs, the air through which it travels is instantaneously heated to a temperature more than 28,000°C (50,000°F). The air expands rapidly due to this heating, then quickly contracts as it cools. It is this contracting shock wave that we hear as thunder.

In many areas of the world, lightning strikes are second only to flooding as the greatest cause of storm related deaths and injuries. Although only 10% of lightning strike victims are killed, virtually all from cardiac or respiratory arrest, over 70% of those that survive suffer severe, life-long injury and disability. The symptoms of a lightning strike include memory loss, fatigue, chronic pain, dizziness, sleeping difficulty and the inability to complete several tasks at one time.

Safety LIGHTNING SAFETY In spite of the popular myth that being struck by lightning is an unlikely event, the facts show that lightning strikes occur frequently. As a result loggers are at high risk because their work is outdoors and close to known strike points such as tall trees and heavy equipment.

Loggers can increase their chances of avoiding a lightning strike by following a few simple safety practices.

1. Designate a member of your crew to

•

Monitor daily weather forecasts

•

Observe local weather conditions

•

Alert all other members of the crew when a possible lightning threat develops.

2. Don’t start or continue any work that cannot be stopped immediately, when a storm moves nearby.

3. Anticipate a high-risk situation and take action early by moving to a low-risk location. Do not hesitate. If there is lightning, you are in danger.

4. Obey the rule - If you see lightning, Flee. If you hear thunder, Clear.

5. Do not follow the now obsolete guideline to take shelter when the time between seeing lightning and hearing thunder is 30 seconds or less. This does not provide sufficient time to ensure safety. Always follow step 4.

6. Remain in your safe location for 30 minutes after the last sight of lightning or the last sound of thunder.

The safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed, substantially constructed building, a house, office, school, shopping area, etc. These are the safest because of the electrical wiring and plumbing that they contain. Should lightning strike, the electrical current will travel through the wiring or plumbing into the ground.

When such a building is nearby, always seek shelter there first.

1.16

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS continued

Safety WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE OUTSIDE AND SEE LIGHTNING OR HEAR THUNDER. If you can, get inside.

Unfortunately loggers do not often work close to buildings and therefore other alternatives need to be considered.

Sheds, weather shelters, hunting blinds, tents and other partially open or small structures are not safe against lightning strikes as they lack the electrically grounded components of larger buildings. They are intended for sun or rain protection only. Do not seek shelter from lightning strikes inside these structures.

The second safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed car, van, truck or bus with a metal roof and metal sides. The electrical energy of a lightning strike to these vehicles is carried to ground by the conducting outer metal surfaces. This is called the skin effect.

1. Run to the nearest building, motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab immediately. Being anywhere outside is not safe.

2. If inside a building: •

Don’t watch the lightning storm from open windows or doorways. Stay in inner rooms.

•

Stay well away from corded telephones, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures, radio microphones, electrical sockets and plumbing pipes and fixtures.

3. If inside a motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab: •

Under no circumstances whatsoever step outside of the vehicle or off the equipment to move to another shelter. Very dangerous electrical pathways to ground may go through you.

•

Shut down all operation, turn off the engine, close all doors and raise all windows.

•

Sit squarely in the seat with your hands in your lap and your feet flat on the floor mat.

However machines with a rollover canopy only are not safe against lightning strikes as they are open to electrically conductive rainwater and do not benefit from the skin effect. Operators of this equipment must abandon their machines and get to a safer location before lightning strikes.

•

Do not touch any metallic objects referenced to the outside of the vehicle.

Do not touch any door and window handles, control levers, foot pedals, steering wheels, cab interior walls and any other inside to outside metal objects.

Note that the rubber tires on motor vehicles and heavy equipment do not increase safety from lightning strikes. Lightning has already travelled a great distance through the air to strike the vehicle.

In comparison a few inches of rubber in a tire offers absolutely no additional insulation.

•

Do not touch any radio or telephone connected to an outside antenna.

Do not seek safety from lightning strikes in vehicles with fiberglass or plastic body shells or in convertible top vehicles. None of these are safe, as they do not offer skin effect lightning protection.

Heavy forestry equipment such as a skidder, loader, feller buncher, forwarder, etc. with a fully enclosed rollover protective structure (ROPS) cab take advantage of the skin effect and are therefore safe in electrical storms.

1.17

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS continued

What to do if you feel your skin tingling, your hair stands on end, light metal objects vibrate or you hear a crackling sound.

If you are caught outside and have no where else to go.

1. Lightning is probably about to strike. You only have a few seconds to act.

1. Avoid wide-open areas where you project above the surrounding landscape.

2. Put your feet together. Crouch down like in a baseball catcher’s position. Hold your head down. Cover your ears to protect them against the noise of the thunder.

2. Seek shelter in a low place, such as a ditch, ravine, valley, canyon or cave.

3. Get away from open water such as ponds or streams.

4. Do not take shelter under any isolated tall trees or small groups of trees.

5. Seek shelter amongst the dense, thick growth of the shortest trees.

3. Do not lie flat on the ground. By touching as little of the ground as possible, the lightning may not move across the ground to you.

What to do if a co-worker has been struck by lightning.

6. Avoid entering any small enclosures or shelters.

1. The victim does not carry any electrical charge. There is no danger to anyone helping this person. You can touch him or her immediately.

7. Do not seek shelter under any motor vehicle or heavy equipment.

2. Call your local emergency response telephone number immediately.

8. Keep clear of any materials that can conduct electricity such as wire fences and gates, metal pipes, poles, rails and tools.

3. If the victim has no pulse, their heart has stopped or they have stopped breathing, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) or mouth –to-mouth resuscitation immediately.

Use a portable defibrillator if one is available.

9. Stay at least 15m (50 feet) away from metal objects such as a fuel tank, a vehicle or machinery without a cab, motorcycle, ATV, etc.

10. Stay at least 5m (16 feet) apart from any other members of a group so that lightning won’t travel between you.

11. Do not use the telephone except for emergencies.

4. Be careful about staying in the storm to take care of the victim. You can get hit by lightning too. If you can, move the victim to a building as soon as possible.

To further increase your awareness about lightning safety, see the following web sites.

National Weather Service Lightning Safety http://www.lightningsafety.noaa.gov National Lightning Safety Institute http://www.lightningsafety.com

1.18

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety 4. Clean out all accumulated forest debris (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift.

FIRE PREVENTION

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris, in itself, may cause a fire; however, when mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased.

The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement the operator’s fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires.

The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum.

1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 2. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator and charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler, diesel fuel cooler and air conditioning condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics and to maintain efficient operation of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. 3. Blow off all forest debris and fine organic material accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present. Visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness is vital. Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite and smolder. If dislodged this smoldering debris can fall into other areas of the machine and thereby spread a fire.

5. Inspect the machine regularly for any signs of diesel fuel or hydraulic system leakage.

Check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting up any equipment.

6. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately.

7. Steam clean the engine, hydraulic pumps, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments and all machine belly pans at least once a month or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

8. Use only nonflammable solutions for cleaning the machine and components.

9. Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires. Do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

10. During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

11. Park the machine at least 50 feet away from other equipment at the end of each shift.

12. Never leave the machine parked with boom, arch or blade suspended off the ground. Should their supporting hydraulic hoses burn through during a fire, pressurized hydraulic oil may be injected into the fire and the boom, arch or blade will fall rapidly to the ground.

1.19

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher FIRE PREVENTION continued 13. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to de-energize all electrical circuits.

14. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

Safety 17. AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job site to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that may have repositioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

18. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be close by.

19. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location.

20. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will most probably result.

EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY EFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS DRAMATICALLY OR PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL.

WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE •

Prevent the fire from happening in the first place by ensuring that all machine systems are frequently inspected and always well maintained.

•

Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and in working order. Fire extinguishers require routine care. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for inspection and maintenance shown on the label of the fire extinguisher and in the extinguisher manufacturer's manual.

•

Ensure that any pressurized water systems on the machine (if applicable) are charged and in working order. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

•

Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile forestry equipment will be Class A or B. Dry chemical extinguishers should be rated ABC and pressurized water extinguishers should be rated A.

15. Remove all keys, lock equipment and fuel cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism.

Class A fires involve ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics, Class B fires occur with flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, oil and grease and Class C fires apply to energized electrical equipment.

16. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lighted cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere or when servicing batteries.

1.20

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher FIRE PREVENTION continued

Safety WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS •

If operating the machine when a fire occurs: 1. Lower all working attachments to the ground.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Ensure that the nozzle of any hand held extinguisher and pressurized water system available on the machine and at the work site fits within the fire extinguisher access holes in the doors of the machine.

Ensure that your fire detection system* is in working order. Refer to FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. Ensure that your fire suppression system** is charged and in working order. Refer to FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. Ensure that you are familiar with the recommended procedures for fire contained in the emergency action plan of your company.

Ensure that you follow all national, state / provincial and local regulations dealing with fire fighting in effect in your specific geographic region. Regulations will vary from region to region but most will usually require that: 1. Workers assigned to fire fighting duties must be physically capable of performing them safely and effectively.

2. Workers designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan must receive full and proper training from a qualified instructor.

3. Whenever portable fire extinguishers are provided for use in the workplace, training must be provided to familiarize workers with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with fire fighting.

4. Training must be provided upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter.

Ensure that after you have received the training as outlined above, that you know how to use the fire extinguisher, the pressurized water system (if applicable) and the fire

2. Shut the engine off.

3. Activate the fire suppression system**.

4. Radio or call for help. Be certain to report a fire immediately.

5. Exit the machine taking fire extinguisher and pressurized water system hose (if applicable) with you.

6. At all times ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution. All fires can be very dangerous and life threatening.

7. Only if you can safely do so, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

•

Before deciding to fight the fire, be certain that: 1. The fire is small and not rapidly spreading.

2. There is always a clear, safe escape route to your back.

3. You have received training in the use of the available fire extinguishing systems and are confident that you can operate them effectively.

4. If in any doubt about whether or not to fight the fire – DON’T. Instead stand well clear of the fire and wait for help to arrive.

5. Be aware that engine coolant , diesel fuel or hydraulic hoses could fail during a fire. If this happens, hot coolant, fuel or oil could possibly be ignited by the fire.

6. If possible a dry chemical fire extinguisher or fire suppression system** should be used first to fight a machine fire. Then immediately afterwards use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a pressurized water extinguisher (if available). A fire suppressed by dry chemical may re-ignite from the heat retained by any debris or hot machine components in the area. The water will cool the area, reducing the chances of re-ignition.

suppression system** on your machine.

There is not enough time available to read instructions during a fire emergency.

Ensure that all information necessary for you to immediately contact all sources of help (local fire department, etc) in the event of a fire emergency is recorded and readily available at all times.

1.21

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher FIRE PREVENTION continued •

Safety WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED •

1. Ensure that the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed.

Use the PASS method. This is the most effective use of a fire extinguisher.

•

•

•

•

Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being pressed.

Break the plastic seal as the pin is pulled.

Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire. Do not aim the nozzle at the flames. In order to put out the fire, you must extinguish the fuel, not the flames. Hose nozzles are often clipped to the extinguisher body.

Release the hose before taking aim.

Squeeze the handle to release the pressurized extinguishing agent. The handle can be released at any time to stop the discharge.

Sweep from side to side at the base of the fire until the fire is completely out or the fire extinguisher is empty

Before returning the machine to work.

2. Ensure that the fire detection system* or the fire suppression system** is properly serviced and in working order (if applicable).

3. Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged.

•

Notify your equipment dealer and / or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101.

*NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine.

**NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

20229A

•

• •

•

•

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher.

Only if you can safely do so, open the access panels to the machine in the area of the fire.

Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine.

Ensure that the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire so that re-ignition does not occur.

Remain with the machine until help arrives.

1.22

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES Both ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers and fire suppression systems discharge a chemical powder to extinguish the fire. The chemical makeup and the small particle size of the powder as well as the force of the discharge all contribute to the fire fighting capability. These same characteristics also permit the powder to penetrate into and fully cover all components in the vicinity of the discharge.

Safety 3. In areas exposed to heat during the fire, the dry chemical powder will melt forming a coating that cakes or crusts on all surfaces.

To break down the caked dry chemical, spray or wash these areas with a 50/50 mixture of hot water and isopropyl alcohol. Allow this mixture to stand in place for several minutes.

The caked dry chemical when exposed to moisture is also mildly acidic. Therefore when the break down procedure has been completed, follow this immediately with the neutralizing procedure as described in step 2.

The following are recommendations for the cleanup and neutralizing of areas exposed to dry chemical powder.

Workers performing this work should wear protective clothing, safety goggles and a fine particle dust mask to minimize their personal exposure to the dry chemical powder.

Ensure that all electrical systems have been completely de-energized prior to any cleanup.

1. In areas of the machine that remained cool and dry during the fire, the dry chemical will stay in powder form.

Be certain to clean these areas immediately to prevent any settled residual powder from coming into contact with moisture whether through direct contact or humidity in the air.

Remove the powder residue by blowing off with air, sweeping, dusting or vacuuming using a HEPA filter capable of trapping the small dry chemical particles. Then wipe all surfaces with a damp cloth.

2. In areas exposed to moisture, the dry chemical powder will combine with water to form a paste that is mildly acidic. Note that all surfaces covered by this dry chemical paste including electrical contacts are vulnerable to corrosive attack.

To neutralize the acidic paste on large surfaces, spray or wash these areas with a mixture of 3 parts hot water to 1 part baking soda. Allow this mixture to stand for several minutes before rinsing with warm water.

Wash the area with a mild soap and water solution. Rinse thoroughly with water. Blowdry to remove all residual water.

Cleaning of electrical contacts should be done using an electrical contact cleaner that has no flash or fire point and is non-corrosive and non-conductive such as CRC Contact Cleaner 2000.

1.23

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety FIRE PREVENTION!

SAFETY LABELS SAFETY LABELS CAB LABEL

OPERATOR'S MANUAL LOCATION This label indicates the storage location of the operator's manual.This label is located on the outside of the operator's manual case inside the cab.

This label advises operator's of the following: READ UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW THE FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES IN THIS MANUAL. These guidelines provide all the necessary action required to preventing fires on this machine. DO NOT OPERATE THIS MACHINE until you have read these instructions and have performed any necessary maintenance required that will prevent the potential of a fire from starting on this machine.

It is also important to note that fire prevention inspections and maintenance MUST BE PERFORMED FREQUENTLY (several times per day). A clean combustible free machine as well as frequent inspections of the exhaust components, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables and performing any necessary repairs immediately will help prevent fires.

Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times, know where it is and KNOW HOW TO USE IT!

1.24

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

SAFETY LABELS CHECK DAILY

CHECK DAILY FOR

This label indicates the location of each FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE. The label is installed on each fire extinguisher hole on the engine hood.

DEBRIS LEAKS DAMAGED WIRES/HOSES WORKING FIRE FIGHTING DEVICES Presented by T.E.A.M. Working Group

21907A R1

This label is installed in the cab. In addition to the previous label it is a reminder to check the machine daily for the possibility of debris build-up, leaks, damaged wires and hoses and take the necessary action required to clean up any debris accumulation, repair any leaks, damaged wires or hoses.

The label also advises to check and ensure that all fire fighting devices are in good working order.

SAFETY LABELS

1.25

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Safety

1.26

DANGER USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY This information is intended to encourage logging organizations and operators to develop and practice additional rules that suit particular terrain conditions and job requirements. It is also intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

The following information is in addition to any safety instructions or recommended safe operating practices that may already be in circulation.

CONTENTS COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS DIRECTION OF THROW ........................................................ 7 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY ............................ 8 RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS ............................................ 7 THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES .................................... 10 DANGERS ................................................................................. 3 FORWARD ................................................................................. 2 BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS ............................................. 2 OTHER INSTRUCTIONS ....................................................... 3 SAFE PRACTICES ................................................................. 3 SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED ............................. 2 STORED ENERGY ................................................................. 2 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY ......................... 9 SAW HEAD DON’TS ................................................................ 15 TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE ......................... 4

Tigercat

5211A • R2-1101

PAGE 1 OF 16

®

using high speed disc saws safely FORWARD:

Tigercat

®

Several types of heads involved Tigercat wheel type feller-bunchers and crawler feller-bunchers can be supplied with several optional makes and models of high speed disc saw tree felling heads. Because each has certain advantages and disadvantages they are chosen where they best do specific types of work.

Stored energy The saw blade stores energy from the hydraulic motor during the times between tree cuts so that it can supply up to 1000 hp during a 1 sec tree cut. However this rotational energy, if misapplied can result in wood materials or other objects being thrown strongly enough to cause damage and to hurt people.

Be aware of the hazards It is important that users of machines with disc saw felling heads are aware of certain safety precautions that need to be taken. In this section some previously unknown, unexpected safety hazards are illustrated and explained . These should be studied before use of the machinery and then reviewed again after use has begun.

FIGURE 1: BROADSIDE SAW CONTACT WITH A LOG COULD PRODUCE A THROW

FIGURE 2: A SUDDEN MACHINE MOVEMENT MAY CAUSE AN UNEXPECTED THROW AT THE CAB

2

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

®

Safe practices It is understood and expected that logging organizations and operators will develop and practice additional rules that suit (for example) particular conditions of terrain, trees, soil and job requirements. The information given here is intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

It should not be assumed that all possible dangers have been discovered and described here.

Other instructions It is also understood and expected that all instructions contained in service and operator's manuals for use and maintenance of Tigercat disc saw heads and other disc saw heads installed on Tigercat machines will be followed.

THE DANGERS

There are at least these means by which a rotating disc saw can cause harm by throwing: • The normal throwing of chips from the cut.

• Soil particles are thrown from the ground.

• Loose chunks of wood encountered or produced are tossed by the exposed blade.

• Sticks and debris falling onto the blade or sliding across the blade are struck by the teeth and thrown.

• Metal pieces from the blade or from objects encountered are thrown.

• Wood pieces enter the saw housing and are expelled by the blade.

• In very peculiar cases the saw can throw long lengths of wood as spears.

3

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

®

TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE Since the configuration of the saw housing can affect the safety of its use we need to identify some particular types of housing shapes and guarding being used.

Figure 3 shows a typical commonly used saw housing plan where there is a continuous skirt around the saw except at a mouth opening where the trees are cut and taken. The skirt extends below the saw enough to intercept tangential throw. There are snouts on both sides of the mouth so that if pushed against the side of a felled tree or log the saw teeth will not contact the wood.

THROW ANGLE

IF A SAW HEAD IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, SNOUTS PREVENT SAW TEETH FROM CONTACTING WOOD.

•

•

FIGURE 3: TYPICAL COMMONLY USED SAW HOUSING, CONTINUOUS SKIRT WITH OPENING WHERE TREES ARE CUT. SNOUTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE MOUTH.

4

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

®

Figure 4 shows another commonly used plan. It has no blade guarding snouts so that the saw blade teeth do protrude ahead of the housing. This may be preferred over figures 3 and 5 for dexterity in tree getting.

THROW ANGLE

IF A SAW HEAD WITHOUT SNOUTS IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, SAW TEETH WILL CONTACT WOOD.

FIGURE 4: ANOTHER COMMONLY USED HOUSING PLAN WITH NO SNOUTS, BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

In figure 5 there is a much longer snout on the ingoing side of the mouth, i.e., where the teeth of the rotating blade are entering the housing. The broad side of a log, if nudged, will not contact the saw teeth and more thrown material will be intercepted by the extra length of snout.

THROW ANGLE

NUDGED LOG WILL NOT CONTACT SAW TEETH.

• EXTRA LENGTH OF SNOUT WILL INTERCEPT PORTION OF THROWN MATERIAL.

FIGURE 5: HOUSING USES LONGER SNOUT ON IN-GOING SIDE OF MOUTH WHERE ROTATING BLADE ENTERS HOUSING.

5

using high speed disc saws safely Housing types cont.

Tigercat

®

In figure 6a and 6b there is an additional opening in the housing skirt. Openings in this location are sometimes provided for escape of wood chips produced by the saw teeth in the cut and being taken into the housing.

A CHIP ESCAPE PORT CAN ALLOW THROW BEHIND THE MACHINE

REAR

FRONT

FIGURE 6a

FIGURE 6b

FIGURE 6c

FIGURE 6: ADDITIONAL OPENING IN THE HOUSING SKIRT.

In figure 6c a guard has been added to the chip escape port so that tangential travel of chips and other material is intercepted as soon as it leaves the housing.

Each figure shows a shaded area where normally tangentially thrown material can escape from the saw housing. Deflected and dropped chips escaping below the bottom edge of the housing skirt are not included. The areas and angles are not exact but do show that one head can be different from another.

It is important that the operator familiarize himself with the blade rotation direction, the effectiveness of any snout on the in-going side and which direction any chip escape ports allow material to fly.

6

using high speed disc saws safely COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS

Tigercat

®

Recognizing the Dangers While it may appear that these illustrated danger areas can be visually recognized on the job by observing how far chips fly during a cut, that is only true for chips and other light weight materials.

Metal parts and wooden spears can be thrown to surprisingly greater distances. Even distant personnel on the ground, in other vehicles, or in buildings are at risk if the throw is in their direction.

Direction of throw The direction of possible tangential throw for metal parts and stones is dependent on the housing configuration and might be expected to be the same as observed for the chips. However, these throws can occur at any time the saw is running, in whichever direction the angle of throw is pointed by boom geometry, not just when a cut is being made.

Throw distance The throw distance for metal pieces and stones, can be many times the distance shown by the pattern for chips. More testing and data collection is needed to pin down a “safe distance” but if someone or something is in a place that can be seen by the operator and in the throw direction of a high speed disc saw, then the operation is not safe regardless of the distance.

Safe operating areas These saw heads must not be used in areas where the logging operation does not have control over the presence and movement of people. In particular, clearing of vegetation in urban and populated areas should not be done with a Tigercat manufactured or supplied high speed disc saw. High speed disc saw heads are intended for high productivity wood harvesting in areas remote from normal habitation. The possible presence of people and property within throw range and the likelihood of encountering scrap metal, wire fencing, steel posts and concrete must be respected.

Assessing the potential dangers on the job site The extent of danger from high speed disc saws on the logging operation has to be assessed on the job site, depending on how much other work activity is in the area and whether the operator can do his job of cutting and bunching with good control of throw patterns. Danger is greater if the saw is equipped with detachable, or fragile, or brittle teeth, or if the site contains stones or abandoned metal.

7

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Regular maintenance Poor saw maintenance increases these dangers. Some designs that might allow fasteners to wear thin or fatigue and suddenly break, need thorough timely replacement procedures. It is important that the warning signs of missing saw tooth parts or the sounds of striking rocks be heeded and the operation adjusted to avoid danger.

High angle wrist rotation ability When a felling machine is equipped with a high speed disc saw head with a high angle wrist rotation ability it should be determined that the limits of the boom, stick, tilt, wrist, upper leveling and any other freedoms, do not permit a direct throw at the operators cab during normal operation, see figure 7a. It is probably essential that the housing have a long snout on the throw side and that if a chip escape port is used it should be guarded.

With these high mechanical freedom arrangements there is a chance that an unforeseeable operator misadventure or equipment failure could result in an accidental direct or deflected throw at the operators cab, refer to figure 2 and 7b. The cab should be capable of resisting such accidental and ricochet throws. The velocity energy of metal or rock pieces leaving the blade is extremely high. The operators cab cannot be considered safe to routinely operate in the chip throw area, even if it has been especially constructed to prevent penetration by accidentally thrown objects.

8

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

FELLING HEAD • WITH A CHIP ESCAPE PORT AND SHORT SNOUT. • SHOWN IN A HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION POSITION, PLACING OPERATOR'S CAB IN DIRECT LINE WITH UNGUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT

FIGURE 7a

PLAN VIEW OF MACHINE SHOWING CLOCKWISE AND COUNTERCLOCKWISE BLADE ROTATION

FIGURE 7b FELLING HEAD • WITH LONGER SNOUT ON THROW SIDE OF OPENING AND WITH A GUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT.

FIGURE 7: DISC SAW FELLING HEAD WITH HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY

9

®

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

Throwing long wood pieces Dangers from throws of long wood pieces are illustrated in figures 8 to 11. Tests and experience have shown that when a high speed rotating saw is applied to a loose piece of wood, the wood is either blown or pushed away, without a throw. If the wood is held firmly in all directions and the saw advanced into it at any feed speed, cutting will take place. If the wood is only held against escape from the saw radially, but not held tangentially, then the wood will be both partly cut and partly moved tangentially. In this last case tests have shown that if the piece of wood is backed-up by a solid slippery surface; and if the feed in is very fast; and if the piece of wood is long enough; then the tangential movement is a dangerous spear-like throw.

A SLAB, WHICH COULD LATER BE THROWN, MIGHT HAPPEN WHEN NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN HEAD TO COMPLETELY CUT THE LAST TREE

SLAB

•

SLAB

• FE

ED

IN

FIGURE 8a: HOW A SLAB CAN BE THROWN FROM THE SIDE OF A LOG

TH DIR ROW EC TIO N

SAW HOUSING HAS SKIS, BUT WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

FIGURE 8

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO SLAB/LOG

®

SLAB

LOG A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN CAUSE A DANGEROUS SPEAR THROW

• •

FIGURE 8b SIDE VIEW

FEED IN

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG

10

FIGURE 8c TOP VIEW

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Figures 8 and 9 show two ways that this might happen in the woods if using the saw head of figure 4 (where the throw contact can be long). A slab, still partly attached to a well backed-up tree bole and wet with sap, makes an ideally bad throw situation which could unintentionally occur in woods work. A small log in a pile of other logs might also be propelled out with enough length of continued contact to reach near saw tip speed.

A SMALL LOG IN A PILE OF OTHER LOGS MIGHT ALSO BE PROPELLED OUT WITH ENOUGH LENGTH OF CONTINUED CONTACT WITH THE BLADE TO REACH NEAR SAW TIP SPEED.

• FE

ED

IN

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG PILE

FIGURE 9a: HOW A LOG CAN BE THROWN LIKE A SPEAR SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

SMALL LOG

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE LOG PILE

FEED IN

•

•

A SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS ALLOWS A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

FIGURE 9b SIDE VIEW

FIGURE 9c TOP VIEW

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG

FEED IN

11

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Figure 10 shows how a head with snouts does not allow a long throw contact. Although tests show that a short contact length on a long log or tree butt does not result in a spear like throw, this action should nevertheless be avoided because abnormally large chips are sometimes produced and thrown.

UNCUT TREE OR STUMP BACKUP THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

• WHEN ONLY THE END OF A LOG CAN MAKE CONTACT WITH THE SAW, THERE IS NOT MUCH THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

FIGURE 10: FELLING HEAD HOUSING WITH SNOUTS DOES NOT ALLOW A LONG THROW CONTACT

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG

Figure 11 warns that blocks of wood can be tossed in any direction when improvising with a disc saw to trim over-size stumps. A long snout and a slow feed speed lessen danger during stump trimming.

A similar danger of throw may exist when clearing small brush with multiple pass cuts.

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO STUMP (FEED SPEED)

FIGURE 11: A BLOCK OF WOOD CAN BE TOSSED WHEN TRIMMING STUMPS

12

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Saw blade throw gap Saw blades have gaps between adjacent teeth and holders to permit installation and removal of the teeth and to provide spaces to accumulate chips in the cut, see figure 12. Fallen sticks and debris or sticks and debris sliding across the the saw blade can enter these gaps when the blade is rotating and be struck by the teeth and be tossed or thrown. Larger gaps and lower rotation speeds increase these dangers.

THROW GAP

FIGURE 12: SAW BLADE THROW GAP

13

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

Saw housing entrance and exit space To avoid the ingestion of materials into the housing space above the disc (and later ejection) the ingoing entrance for the saw rim of teeth is kept as small as practical. It is important that this high wear area be maintained at its original size and shape. The outgoing opening is large enough to allow the housing to clean itself and will allow most things inside to be thrown out, see figure 13. Its throw direction and angle must be respected. A long snout on the other side reduces this danger.

THE INGOING ENTRANCE OF THE HOUSING FOR THE SAW RIM OF TEETH SHOULD BE SMALL

THE OUTGOING OPENING IS LARGER TO ALLOW THE HOUSING TO CLEAN ITSELF AND WILL ALLOW MOST THINGS INSIDE TO BE THROWN OUT

FIGURE 13: SAW BLADE ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE

14

using high speed disc saws safely Comments and Instructions cont.

Tigercat

®

This information is offered by Tigercat as part of interim action to make saw heads safer. It is based on what has recently been reported from the field and on tests conducted on proving grounds.

Tigercat is continuing to do design and testing of tree felling machinery towards achieving greater safety in the woods. Tigercat would be thankful for written reports describing any unsafe happenings, including near misses, in the use of felling heads and their carriers.

The following are some “SAW HEAD DON’TS” that apply particularly to throw prevention.

Do not point the throw of a disc saw head in a direction towards people, vehicles or buildings at any visible distance.

Do not operate in a way that throws chips in a direct-line at the machine cab.

Do not push hard with the saw against anything except a standing tree to be cut.

Do not mix new sharp teeth with old dull teeth on the same saw.

Do not change the blade rotation from its designed direction in the head.

Do not over speed the blade rpm.

Do not remove or shorten snouts provided by the head manufacturer or installer.

Do not neglect tooth fastening inspection, maintenance and replacement.

Do not neglect to repair worn or damaged saw housings.

Do not neglect to replace any covers removed for service or clean out.

Do not count on skis to give the throw protection that snouts do.

Do not nudge loose short pieces with the front of any type of head.

Do not nudge anything, even long logs, with the front of a head which has no snouts.

Do not cut short small stalks when blade speed is low.

Do not operate a high speed disc saw in a populated area.

Do not assume that visitors and other workers are aware of disc saw dangers.

Do not assume that the operator will spare you, a visitor, from danger.

Do not select and operate heads that throw rearward.

Do not select and operate heads with unnecessarily wide throw angles.

Do not neglect to read and follow all instructions provided by the saw and head manufacturers.

15

using high speed disc saws safely

Tigercat

16

®

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION & MAINTENANCE CONTENTS - SECTION 3 AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE .................................................................. 3.22 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING ............................................... 3.26 BELT, ENGINE SERPENTINE, REPLACING .............................................. 3.31 BLINK CODES ............................................................................................. 3.39 CENTER JOINT LUBRICATION .......................................................................................... 3.27 MAINTENANCE ........................................................................................ 3.27 DRIVE SHAFT SPLINE LUBRICATION, MIDDLE AND REAR .................... 3.32 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE ........................................................... 3.38 EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY .................................................... 3.5 FILTERS ENGINE AIR CLEANER ........................................................................... 3.22 FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR ...................................................... 3.18 FUEL TANK STRAINER ........................................................................... 3.19 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS ....................................................... 3.20 HYDROSTATIC CHARGE PUMP PRESSURE FILTERS ....................... 3.21 SERVICING GUIDELINES FOR OIL FILTERS ......................................... 3.21 FIRE PREVENTION ....................................................................................... 3.6 HYDRAULIC OILS ....................................................................................... 3.11 NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT ....................... 3.2 INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ...................................................... 3.2 TIGHTENING POINTS ............................................................................... 3.2 OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE .......................................................................... 3.2 OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES ................................................ 3.4 OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM .................................................................. 3.3, 3.4 PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ................................... 3.24 PRIMING THE FUEL SYSTEM .................................................................... 3.18 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE GENERAL ................................................................................................... 3.5 8 HOURS .................................................................................................... 3.7 125 HOURS ................................................................................................ 3.8 250 HOURS ................................................................................................ 3.8 500 HOURS ................................................................................................ 3.9 1000 HOURS .............................................................................................. 3.9 2000 HOURS ............................................................................................ 3.10 SEASONAL .............................................................................................. 3.10 SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS CHART .............................. 3.13, 3.15 SPEED CONTROL LEVER ADJUSTMENT ................................................. 3.37 STARTUP PROCEDURE AFTER MAINTENANCE ..................................... 3.28 TORQUE CHART ........................................................................................ 3.41 TORQUE, FLUID CONNECTIONS .................................................... 3.44, 3.46 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - GENERAL ................................................... 3.43 TRANSMISSION CHECK OIL LEVEL ......................................................... 3.27 WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD ........................................................ 3.47 WHEELS, INSTALLING ................................................................................. 3.2

MARCH, 2010

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE *INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION:PERFORM THE INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION USING Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5340 AND 5347; "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT"

*FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT:WITH THE OWNER'S MECHANIC PRESENT, PERFORM AN INSPECTION AND SERVICE ACCORDING TO THE Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5340 AND 5347; "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT" THIS MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE FIRST 125 HOUR TIME FRAME. *IMPORTANT: TO QUALIFY FOR CONTINUED WARRANTY, THIS REPORT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO Tigercat Industries Inc. WARRANTY DEPARTMENT.

Tightening points for First 125 hour inspection report:~

IMPORTANT!

All hydraulic connections

Wheels:

Hose clamps

When installing wheels, ensure that all paint has been removed from the mating surfaces of both the wheel disc and the flange of the axle to ensure metal to metal contact.

Center joint pin securing bolts Transmission securing bolts Engine mounting bolts

For additional instructions also refer to section 8 of the service manual.

Pump drive gearbox securing bolts Axle mounting bolts

Hour meter ~ maintenance:

Wheel retaining bolts

Check the hour meter on a regular basis to determine your scheduled maintenance times.

Cab securing bolts Pin retainers

The intervals and times on the scheduled maintenance chart in this manual are for normal operating conditions.

Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting

If your machine is being operated in difficult or severe conditions, you should service your machine at shorter intervals.

NOTE: Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

*OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE

LEAKAGE RATE ONE DROP IN 10 SECONDS ONE DROP IN 5 SECONDS ONE DROP PER SECOND THREE DROP PER SECOND DROPS BREAK INTO STREAM

PER DAY 0.424 0.852 4.26 14.2 90.83

LOST 0IL (LITERS) PER PER MONTH YEAR 12.72 152.0 25.6 306.6 127.76 1533.1 425.86 5110.31 2725.5 32706.0

3.2

PER DAY 0.112 0.225 1.125 3.75 24.00

LOST 0IL (GALLONS) PER PER MONTH YEAR 3.36 40.0 6.75 81.0 33.75 405.0 112.5 1350.0 720.0 8640.0

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM Effective for all 700 Series wheeled Feller Bunchers sold in U.S.A. and Canada, oil sampling must be performed during the warranty period as per the schedule below. Warranty coverage of Powertrain components, specifically hydrostatic pump and motors, boom/steer pump, axles, transfer case, pump drive gearbox and driveshafts is contingent on performance of regular oil sampling at the owner’s expense during the warranty period.

700 Series Location

First Sample

Follow-up Samples

Hydraulic Oil

125 hrs

Every 1000 hrs or 6 Months

Transmission

125 hrs

Every Oil Change (500 hours or 3 Months)

Pump Drive Gearbox

125 hrs

Every Oil Change (500 hours or 3 Months)

*Front & Rear Drive Axle 125 hrs

Every Oil Change (1000 hours)

* Machines 7262571 and up FIRST SAMPLE There will be no charge for the first oil samples required to be taken during the 100-Hour Inspection Service that will be scheduled and performed by your Tigercat dealer. Refer to NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. FOLLOW-UP SAMPLES All follow-up samples must be taken as indicated in the chart above and will be the responsibility of the machine owner.

Copies of all oil analysis results must be forwarded to the Tigercat Warranty Department for continued warranty coverage. If samples are taken using the Tigercat Oil Analysis Program, a copy of all results will automatically be sent to Tigercat.

Tigercat Oil Analysis Kits are available from your Tigercat dealer parts department. If required, arrangements can also be made with your Tigercat dealer to supply and perform all of the required followup oil samples.

Refer also to OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES in THIS SECTION for sample valve and drain plug locations.

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS KITS Each kit includes a Pre-paid Sample Bottle and Sample Information Form. Pre-printed mailing labels are also included to ensure all samples are quickly returned directly to the lab for immediate analysis and results within 24 hours of receipt.

The same type of sample bottle can be used for all types of oil testing including: Hydraulic Circuits, Final Drives, Axles, Gearboxes, Engines, etc.

To ensure accurate and meaningful results are obtained, each kit also includes detailed instructions on how properly collect, prepare and ship the oil samples.

Contact your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department to order Kits.

3.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES Fill out the Sample Information Form (SIF) completely and accurately. When taking multiple oil samples, fill out all of the required SIF forms in their entirety, prior to taking any oil samples. Then, immediately package each completed SIF form together with the matching oil sample in the black outer shipping container as each individual sample is taken. This will reduce the possibility of mixing up or incorrectly identifying the SIF forms and oil samples. Incorrectly identified samples could result in a false warning alarm.

OIL SAMPLING CONNECTOR

•

WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT (COLOR BLUE)

••

The accuracy of the lab analysis results is very dependent on the quality of the oil sample taken.

Collection of clean oil samples that are representative of the main body of oil are essential if meaningful lab results are to be obtained.

Erroneous readings may result if proper collection, handling, packaging and shipping practices are not followed prior to the sample being tested by the lab.

To be able to accurately compare and trend the lab results over time, all follow-up samples should be consistently taken from the same location using the same techniques as all previous samples.

•

Ensure that all sample valves and drain plugs are clean and free of debris.

•

Remove the sample bottle cap only when ready to take the sample. Keep the cap clean – do not put it in your pocket or let it get contaminated in any way.

•

Do not allow any airborne dirt, etc. to enter the sample bottle.

•

Avoid contamination of the sample – replace the sample bottle cap immediately after filling the bottle to approximately ¾ full. All samples taken should be immediately forwarded to the lab for processing.

726E-045

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

Hydraulic Oil Samples: • Hydraulic oil samples should be taken from the circulating oil flow at operating temperature, with no functions actuated, using sample valves that are permanently located on the machine whenever possible.

•

To obtain a representative oil sample, sample valves must be purged before the actual oil sample is taken. Drain a minimum of 3 or 4 ounces of oil into a separate container and discard this oil using approved recycling methods.

•

Replace the dust cover on the sample valve immediately after taking the oil sample and sealing the sample bottle.

Transmission, Axles and Pump Drive Gearbox Samples: • These samples can be taken during the oil change process.

Contact your Tigercat dealer to purchase additional or replacement hydraulic sample valves or drain plugs.

In cases where oil samples must be pumped or otherwise drawn out of a reservoir or housing, a hand operated oil suction pump is also available from your Tigercat dealer.

3.4

•

To obtain a representative oil sample, ensure the oil is warm and has not settled very long (within 30 minutes of shutdown).

•

Place the required drain container under the machine to capture the used oil to be discarded using approved recycling methods.

•

Remove the drain plug and allow approximately 50% of the oil to drain, then place the sample bottle in the stream of draining oil to obtain a representative sample.

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL CAUTION All handles, steps and platforms must be kept free of grease, oil, fuel, mud, snow, ice and forest debris to prevent risk of personal injury.

Clean around filler caps before checking or adding fluids.

Before welding on machine be sure master switch is disconnected, two multi pin connectors on engine ECM are disconnected and two connectors on Plus 1 electronic module are disconnected.

Release hydraulic pressures and clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection.

Plug or cap immediately.

When welding secure ground connection as close to working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings.

Clean up spills as soon as possible.

Always use clean hydraulic oil and filters.

Drain dirty oil while still warm.

Clean away all branches, bark and chips.

Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires.

Do not exceed recommended fluid levels.

Service all hydraulic filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve. Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system.

Always have a fire extinguisher at hand.

For safety, always lower boom assembly to the ground when leaving cab, leaving machine unattended or during service.

Top up diesel fuel at end of each shift to reduce contamination by condensation.

For safety, when working under boom, always lower to ground, support properly or install lift boom cylinder locking device . (Refer to section 2 of this manual)

Clean up oil spills on walking surfaces and top of engine enclosure immediately.

Inspect the EXHAUST SYSTEM DAILY for any signs of LEAKAGE. Check for worn, cracked, broken, or damaged pipes or muffler.

Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires, DO NOT OPERATE the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

CHECK EMERGENCY EXITS MONTHLY~ Two alternate exit routes are provided: right hand cab door and the skylight/emergency exit. These are only to be used if the left hand cab door cannot be opened.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

3.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FIRE PREVENTION Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs.

CHECK FIRE EXTINGUISHER, DAILY:~

Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating.

CAUTION

CHECK CHARGE GAUGE DAILY

AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

1. Forest debris and fine organic material (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire.

2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routings during maintenance, ensure that ALL wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing.

A portable fire extinguisher is located in operator's cab. The extinguisher should be checked daily to ensure that it is charged. The pointer on the charge gauge should point to the green region. If the indicator falls out of this green area, the extinguisher should be serviced immediately.

3. Read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel.

4. In case of fire lower the boom system to the ground and shut off the engine before discharging the fire suppression system.

Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT.

Also refer to the SAFETY section of this manual for additional information on how to prevent fires from starting on the machine.

Refer to the manufacture's Use and Information manual for proper usage, additional information and recommended inspection and maintenance intervals.

3.6

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE • Conduct an overall visual inspection.

EVERY 8 HOURS (EVERY SHIFT):~

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Check engine oil level • Drain fuel/water separator • Check air intake precleaner, clean as required • Check air cleaner unloader valve • Check air intake filter restriction indicator.

Replace primary filter if indicator is in red zone.

Replace secondary (safety) filter every third primary filter change to guarantee maximum performance and reliability.

WARNING

• Check hydraulic oil level

WARNING, HOT FLUIDS AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

• Check pump drive gearbox oil level with dipstick • Check transmission oil level at dipstick

•

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

•

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 100°F (38°C)!

• Lubricate mid drive shaft slip joint* 1-fitting, purge *Note: Lubricate mid drive shaft slip joint with machine articulated • Lubricate front drive shaft support bearing, 1-fitting, purge (If required).

• Lubricate center joint bearings, 2-fittings, purge • Lubricate steering cylinder ends, 4-fittings, purge • Lubricate tilt and lift cylinder ends, 8-fittings, purge • Lubricate lift boom and tilt linkage, 9 or 10 fittings, depending on felling head), purge Clean:~ • Potentially damaging limbs or sticks from machine.

• Between air conditioner condenser and cooling assembly.

• Air intake (Turbo II) precleaner compartment.

Check:~ • For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses • For loose nuts, bolts and fittings • Condition and tension of accessory drive belt.

• Water pressure gauge in cab (60 psi) for pressurized water system.

If the water system has been operated, refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION for refilling and charging instructions.

3.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 125 HOURS:~

Visually inspect for:• Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hose

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Wear in any other components

And in addition:~ • Lubricate rear axle pivot, 2-fittings, purge

Clean/replace:• Air conditioner re-circulation filter • Cab fresh air filter

• Lubricate rear drive shaft slip joint , 1-fitting, purge

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Check:• Engine coolant level • Air intake primary filter element, check restriction indicator at FULL rpm

EVERY 250 HOURS:~

• All air intake system components (including charge air cooler) rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair immediately.

• Charge Air Cooler for damage, wear, cracks, or leaks and repair immediately.

• Fluid level in batteries unless maintenance free • Engine rpm.

• Hydraulic oil restriction indicator for boom/saw circuit with engine at FULL rpm

• Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance And in addition replace:~ • Oil in pump drive gearbox NOTE: Refer to the service manual section 8 for oil change procedure.

• Oil in transmission NOTE: Refer to the service manual section 8 for oil change procedure.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts • Check fuel tank filler screen • Torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance • Proper operation of pressurized water system.

(Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL and PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION) Visually check for damage to:• Lift boom and tilt linkage • Front and rear frame • Center joint area • Attachment Make repairs immediately

3.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 500 HOURS:~

EVERY 1000 HOURS:~

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Perform 8 hour maintenance

• Perform 125 hour maintenance

• Perform 125 hour maintenance

• Perform 250 hour maintenance

• Perform 250 hour maintenance

And in addition replace:~ • Engine fuel filter

• Perform 500 hour maintenance

• Hyd. Oil press. Filter, drive charge press. †

And in addition replace :~ • Engine air cleaner unloader valve

• Hyd. Oil press. Filter, fan drive charge press. †

• Fuel intake strainer

• Hyd. Oil return filter, trav./steer †

• Strainer in accumulator charge valve

• Hyd. Oil return filters, saw/boom †

• Oil in axles, front and rear (machines 7262571 and up) NOTE: Refer to the service manual section 8 for oil change procedure.

• Hyd. Oil return filter, pilot † • Lubricate door and door screen hinges.

Check:~ • All hydraulic pressures • Transmission mounting, Check, re-torque

And in addition:~ • Lubricate front and rear axle pinion grease seal (machines 7262571 and up) 1-fitting per axle, purge.

• Parking brake lever in cab, apply WD-40 to both sides of slide and clevis pin

Check:~ • Motion between center joint lugs

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

† Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.9

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SEASONAL:~

EVERY 2000 HOURS:~

Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank (and both front and rear axles on machines 7262501 to 7262570) with recommended hydraulic oil. See "approved hydraulic oils". Also see section 8 of the service manual for axle draining procedure.

• Perform 8 hour maintenance • Perform 125 hour maintenance • Perform 250 hour maintenance • Perform 500 hour maintenance • Perform 1000 hour maintenance

Drain and refill pressurized water system.

(Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL and PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION)

And in addition replace:~ • Oil in axles, front and rear (machines 7262501 to 7262570) NOTE: Refer to the service manual section 8 for oil change procedure.

• Oil in hydraulic reservoir • Water in pressurized water system • Replace turbocharger rubber inlet elbow and coupling - High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden. See AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION • Check ALL air intake tubing, rubber couplings and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage and repair immediately.

• Refer to diesel engine service manual and attachment manual for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

NOTE: When refilling the hydraulic system, vent pumps, motors and valves of air by opening a plug or hose fitting located near or on top of the pumps, motors and valves until oil free of air is seen flowing out of the plug or hose fitting. Failure to vent air from the hydraulic system could cause serious damage to hydraulic components. Tighten plugs or fittings and clean up any spilled oil when completed.

NOTE: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for 1 hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

NOTE: Check all hydraulic system components especially cooling fan for proper operation after hydraulic oil has been replaced.

3.10

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS In addition to providing the vehicle with its normal operational functions, hydraulic oil is also used to fill the axle assemblies, apply brakes and operate differential locks.

Wet disk brakes in the axles require oil with specific properties to ensure reduced chatter and ensure proper lubrication of mechanical components.

Use only one of the following oils to fill or replenish the hydraulic system.

Chevron

Tractor hydraulic fluid (summer)

Citgo

Tractor hydraulic fluid (33-310) (summer)

Imperial

Esso hydraul 56 (summer) Hydraul 50 (low visc) (winter)

Shell

Donax TD (summer) Donax TDL (winter)

Sun

Sunfleet th fluid (summer)

John Deere

Type J20C (hy-gardtm) (summer) Type J20D (hy-gardtm) (winter)

3.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262530

32690B R1

3.12

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262530

726DLUBECHART.XLS

3.13

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262531 TO 7262570 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

ATTACHMENT

STEER CYLINDERS

4

4 FTG/8

1 FTG/125

24

2

7

8

25

16

17 14

23

1

22

DOOR SCREEN HINGES

BOOM CYLINDER PINS

2 FTG/500

8 FTG/500

8 FTG/8

15

REAR DOOR HINGES

AXLE OSCILLATION

BOOM/LINK PINS

10 FTG/8

2 FTG/125 18 1

13

9

10 11 5 12 19

5 6 4 26 21

21

CENTER JOINT

MID DRIVE SHAFT

2 FTG/8

1 FTG/8

3

REAR DRIVE SHAFT 25

20

1 FTG/125

LEGEND *** 2 FTG/125

STEER MACHINE FULLY BEFORE GREASING MID DRIVE SHAFT SLIP YOKE. LUBRICATION POINT WITH A DESIGNATED NUMBER OF FITTINGS (2 FTG) AND HOURS BETWEEN SERVICING (125 ). JOINT TO BE PURGED.

†

USE OF FILTERS OTHER THAN GENUINE TIGERCAT REPLACEMENT FILTERS IS NOT RECOMMENDED.

35959B R1

3.14

CHK REP DRN D/R LUB

HOURS CHECK REPLACE DRAIN DRAIN AND REFILL LUBRICATE

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262531 TO 7262570

726DLUBECHART.XLS

3.15

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262571 AND UP

45857B R2

3.16

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262571 AND UP

3.17

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE IMPORTANT: Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the manufacturer's manuals, could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters.

FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR Two fuel filters are supplied with the engine. Refer to the engine manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual for service information and replacement interval.

IMPORTANT: Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the engine manufacturer's operation and maintenance manual.

726E-046

Tigercat generally does not recommend the prefilling of fuel filters due to the risk of damage to the fuel system caused by unfiltered fuel. Unfiltered fuel used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the fuel system. Contaminants in unfiltered fuel can cause significant and costly damage to the engine.

The cleanliness of fuel cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

FUEL FILTERS

IMPORTANT: If the fuel supply is dirty, the fuel filter must be replaced more frequently than recommended in the owner’s manual. Operating the machine with a clogged fuel filter will result in low engine power. It is also recommended that the fuel/water separator bowl be drained daily.

When installing a new fuel filter, DO NOT pre-fill with diesel fuel, or engine fuel pump damage will result. This type of failure is not warrantable by the engine manufacturer.

PRIMING THE FUEL SYSTEM Whenever the fuel system has been drained, disconnected or the fuel filters have been replaced, the fuel system must be primed to remove any air from the system.

To prolong the operating life of the fuel filter, ensure that the fuel supply storage tank is clean and free of water and that the fuel is pre-filtered prior to adding it to the machine.

1. Turn the ignition key to the 'ON' position to activate the fuel shut-off valve.

2. Open the primer (hand) pump on the fuel filter/ water separator and pump fuel into the filters until fuel begins to seep out of the vent on the primer pump shaft. Close the primer pump and wipe up any spilled fuel.

3. Refer to the engine manufactures operation manual for more information on priming the fuel system.

3.18

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FUEL TANK STRAINER This is a stainless steel fuel strainer, screwed on to the inlet pipe of the engine fuel feed line inside at the bottom of the fuel tank.

Changing or cleaning the strainer: NOTE: This should only be required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the tank.

1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower cutting head to ground, stop engine, pull hand brake ON and block wheels.

STRAINER

••

2. Drain the fuel tank. (plug in bottom) 3. Remove the round fuel tank cleanout cover plate and “O” ring from the access hole.

4. Before removing the strainer, clean any debris from the bottom of the tank and wipe it clean.

726-008.PLT

5. Remove the fuel strainer using the hex on the end of strainer. Carefully clean the strainer (it may be damaged by rough handling).

6. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the strainer threads on to the pipe and elbow.

7. Reinstall the strainer using the hex on end.

8. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with “O” ring.

9. Refuel and check for leaks. Start the engine and check for leaks again.

3.19

FUEL TANK STRAINER

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

OIL SAMPLING CONNECTOR

8. Apply clean oil to new round gasket surfaces.

9. Install new round section gasket into inside lip of filter.

•• WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT (COLOR BLUE)

• •

• 726E-044

FILTER HEAD

GASKET

•

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS FILTER ELEMENT

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS There are three full flow filters mounted on filter heads with built-in bypasses. These filters are for boom/saw, steer/fan and low pressure return. The steer/fan (blue) filter contains a water absorbing element. For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION. Changing the filters:

FILTR_SEALS2

ROUND SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION 10. Screw on new filter until filter makes contact with filter head.

11. Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with head. (Approximately 1 1/2 additional turns after gasket contact) 12. Start the engine and check for leaks.

1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower cutting head to ground, stop engine, pull parking brake ON and block wheels.

2. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

3. Place rags below to catch the spillage of oil.

4. Wearing face protection (in case of an oil squirt), unscrew the old filter. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

5. Check the seating area for the gasket on the filter head and wipe it clean.

6. The Tigercat spin-on filter element is supplied with two gaskets. The round ('O' ring style) section gasket is used for all the return filters.

Discard the square section gasket.

7. Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head.

IMPORTANT! Contaminated hydraulic fluid can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs. Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

3.20

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES IMPORTANT! NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

• CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

726D-016

Tigercat generally does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil.

Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

• PILOT AND CASE DRAIN RETURN FILTER

CHARGE/CASE/PILOT FILTERS HYDROSTATIC CHARGE PUMP PRESSURE AND PILOT/CASE DRAIN FILTERS There are two other full flow filters mounted on filter heads with built-in bypasses. One is in the output side of the hydrostatic drive charge pump and the other is the case drain and pilot return.

For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in THIS SECTION. Changing the filters: 1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower cutting head to ground, stop engine, engage parking brake and block wheels.

2. Wipe clean the area around the filter and head.

3. Place rags below to catch the spillage of oil.

4. Wearing face protection (in case of an oil squirt), unscrew the old filter. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

5. Check the seating area for the gasket on the filter head and wipe it clean.

6. The new filter has an attached gasket. Apply hydraulic oil to the gasket surface.

7. Screw on the new filter until the gasket makes contact with the seat in the filter head.

8. Hand tighten filter an additional 1/2 turn only.

9. Start the engine and check for leaks.

3.21

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE

AIR CLEANER

726D-008

726D-007

ENGINE AIR CLEANER

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements. It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked periodically to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area.

The air cleaner on this machine uses two filter elements; a primary element and a safety element accessible in the hydraulic pump compartment.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

NOTE: The precleaner compartment should be checked and cleaned out daily to ensure proper operation of the precleaner.

CONTAMINANTS ARE BLOWN OUT OF SPECIAL DISCHARGE PORTS BY HIGH VELOCITY, AIR POWERED ROTOR

AS THE AIR SPINS, CENTRIFUGAL FORCE SEPARATES FOREIGN MATERIALS FROM THE CLEAN AIR

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

•

• SPINNER BLADE

••

• •

SPINNER ARM

•

726D-020

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

A filter restriction indicator is mounted to the output side of the air cleaner. This should show green when the engine is running at FULL RPM. Service is required only if the indicator shows red.

•

THE TURBO II PRECLEANER HAS SPECIALLY DESIGNED BLADES THAT CAUSE THE INCOMING AIR TO SPIN

•

ONLY THE PURIFIED AIR GOES TO THE AIR FILTER

TURBO II PRECLEANER OPERATION NOTE: Remove the precleaner every 500 hours and use a mechanics mirror to inspect the spinner assembly, check to ensure the spinner arms are not worn and the spinner blades are intact. In high dust conditions and especially abrasive dust and dirt the spinner arms and blades may wear rapidly.

726D-008

TURBO 2

If wear is noticed replace the spinner assembly immediately.

UNLOADER VALVE

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the body of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hours). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should suck closed at 1/3 throttle.

3.22

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

This valve should be replaced every 1000 hours.

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. Check and clean the valve. A good valve is soft and flexible. If plugged, be sure to check the filter elements as they may need replacing as well. Reattach the valve to the body.

• SAFETY ELEMENT

When operating in high dust conditions, the unloader valve should be checked and squeezed every 2 hours to release dust buildup.

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in THIS SECTION, the following instructions should also be noted: The most common and damaging servicing problems are:

•

OVER SERVICING Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty may actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine oil filters.

SERVICING Engine exposure to dust during servicing is a large reason for engine damage due to dust.

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and protective filter element are removed for replacement. The safety element does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

726D-006PLT

PRIMARY ELEMENT

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS 1. Release the cover latch gently to reduce the amount of dust dislodged.

2. Avoid dislodging dust from filter element(s) by gently pulling the element off the outlet tube.

3. Check your old filter sealing surfaces, This will help detect foreign material on the sealing surface that is causing leakage.

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube.

5. Always clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube before inserting a new filter element.

6. Inspect the new filter for damage.

7. Insert the new filter properly. Apply pressure to the outer rim of the filter not the flexible centre.

8. Check connections and ducts for an air tight fit. Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

3.23

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

FILL & CHARGE PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

OPERATION:

a. Completely discharge all water and compressed air from the tank via the hose end nozzle.

Turn the hand operated ball valve (shut off valve) under the seat to the ON position to draw water from the pressurized holding tank at the rear of the machine. When not in use turn the water supply OFF at this valve and relieve the pressure in the rubber hose, under the operator's seat.

HOSE

CAUTION Never remove fill plug before de-pressurizing tank or injury may result. This fill plug incorporates a vent hole to release air pressure from the tank before the threads disengage. DO NOT replace this fill plug with any substitute.

WATER SHUT OFF VALVE (SHOWN CLOSED)

9

•

196-16A

••

••

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM CONTROL VALVE (UNDER SEAT)

The pressure gauge on the side of the seat should read 4.14 Bar (60 psi).

•

AIR CHARGE VALVE TANK FILL PLUG

•• •

726D-44

b. Slowly unscrew fill plug two full turns. Any remaining air in the tank will be heard expelling from the special fill plug. Do not remove fill plug until all air has been expelled.

PRESSURE GAUGE

196-9A

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM

c.

Refer also to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. SYSTEM TEST: This system should be tested once every month by turning the shut-off valve ON and expelling water from the hose end nozzle. A very forceful discharge of water should be obtained. If the water does not come out with force (with pressure gauge reading 4.14 Bar (60 psi) the system needs to be PURGED. Refer to PURGING PRESSURIZED d.

WATER SYSTEM in THIS SECTION. e.

After testing, the tank must be refilled and pressurized to 4.14 Bar (60 psi) Refer to the following FILL AND CHARGE procedure. This FILL AND CHARGE procedure should be carried out yearly.

3.24

Close water shut off valve and fill tank with water. Tank capacity is approx. 16 liters (4.2 gals). NOTE: When temperatures below 0° C (32°F) are anticipated, add a Nontoxic R. V. Antifreeze or other suitable antifreeze solution to the water (50% water, 50% R. V. antifreeze).

NOTE: Most Nontoxic RV Anti freeze solutions contain corrosion and algae inhibitors, it is therefore suggested that this solution be added to the water on a continual basis regardless of temperature conditions.

Install fill plug in tank.

Charge water tank with compressed air by connecting an air hose to air charge valve on side of seat near the pressure gauge.

Pressurize to 4.14 Bar (60 psi) as indicated on pressure gauge.

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PURGING PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM Purging should be carried out whenever the flow of water does not forcefully discharge from the end of the hose with the pressure gauge reading 4.14 Bar (60 psi). a. Follow procedures (a) and (b) from FILL & CHARGE PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM and continue with: b. Close the water shut off valve and add 7.6 Liters (2 gallons) of clean water to the tank.

Reinstall the fill plug and charge the system with 4.14 Bar (60 psi) of compressed air through the charging valve. c.

Open the shut off valve and completely discharge all the water in the tank via the hose end nozzle.

d. If a forceful discharge was not achieved, repeat the purging procedure. If a second purging does not work, remove lines and check for an obstruction. e. After the purging operation, fill and charge the system as described in FILL & CHARGE PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM in THIS SECTION.

3.25

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

CAUTION

Any service work must be performed by authorized A/C technicians. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. PAG (polyalkeylene glycol) oil should be present in the system and must be used on 'O' ring fittings during assembly.

• If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 2.07 Bar (30 psi) or less.

• Always use personal protective equipment to guard against flying debris.

A/C SYSTEM TOTAL CAPACITIES PAG OIL R134a REFRIGERANT (polyalkylene glycol) 1.23 kg (2.75 lbs)

SERPENTINE BELT

0.2 kg (7 oz)

A/C COMPRESSOR

••

IDLER PULLEYS

The compressor and charge valves and receiver drier are accessed from the left side engine compartment. The evaporator core is accessed on the left hand side of the machine.

ALTERNATOR

Use this checklist to maintain system between service intervals.

BELT TENSIONER

•

•

• ••

WATER PUMP

••

•

a. Check serpentine belt. Ensure that all of the ribs on the serpentine belt align with the grooves on the engine pulleys.

•

b. Check cabair filters and clean as required.

726E-021

REMOVE TWO THUMB SCREWS TO ACCESS FILTER

••

726D-031

c.

CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE

AIR FILTER

208-19

Check the condenser core for dirt and debris.

Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

REMOVE SIX BOLTS TO ACCESS FILTER

•

d. Check the evaporator core and the inside of the A/C housing for dirt and debris. Clean as required. e. Run air conditioning system for 3 - 5 minutes. f.

Check to see that compressor clutch will engage.

NOTE: It is recommended that during cold weather when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of 5 minutes every 2 weeks. This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system.

726E-011

3.26

FRESH AIR FILTER

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

CENTER JOINT

TRANSMISSION:

MAINTENANCE OF CENTER JOINT Maintenance in this area is usually limited to:

By carefully following these procedures, the service life of the transmission will be extended and costly down time will be avoided.

a) Regular lubrication of the two center joint grease fittings to purge the pivot bearings of debris and water. Refer to SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS in THIS SECTION for lubrication intervals. Use only high quality, lithium based EP2 grease containing molybdenum disulphide.

For additional information, refer to TRANSMISSION in SECTION 8 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

••

TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL CHECK/FILL

b) Visually checking the center joint pivot for looseness every 1000 hours. With an observer on the ground, keeping well clear of the center joint area, perform the following test to check for looseness of center joint.

1. Have operator lift the felling head off the ground and then rapidly raise and lower the head several times to "bounce" machine.

2. As machine bounces, check for motion between the front and rear chassis frame lugs. Also check for a "clunking" sound at the center joint area.

REAR CHASSIS

CHECK TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL

CHECK OIL LEVEL Check oil level at end of every 8 hour shift.

Procedure: • Park on level ground, lower felling head, set parking brake on and turn off engine.

•

Clean dirt and debris from around oil dipstick and check oil level.

•

If required: add the recommended grade of oil through oil fill plug located on top of transmission housing.

FRONT CHASSIS

CHECK FOR MOVEMENT IN THIS JOINT AREA

724D-D11

726D-042

Do not overfill.

1000 HOUR CHECK

3. Movement between front and rear chassis lugs or clunking of the pivot indicates a loose joint and preload must be checked.

Refer SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information..

3.27

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

START-UP PROCEDURE AFTER MAJOR MACHINE MAINTENANCE

NOTE: If the axles were drained of oil, refer to FILLING THE AXLES in this SECTION and in SECTION 8 of THE SERVICE MANUAL.

This procedure should be followed: •

After major service or a rebuild.

•

Whenever the machine has been drained of hydraulic oil.

•

When any major component has been removed, repaired or replaced.

•

If the engine fuel supply has been disconnected or drained, refer to priming fuel system procedure in this section.

NOTE: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for 1 hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

• Proceed to MACHINE START-UP procedure.

PRE-STARTUP AND FILLING 1. Check oil levels in the engine, the pump drive gearbox and the transmission.

2. Check coolant level in the radiator.

3. Do a final inspection of all fittings and clamps to make sure they are tight and will not leak.

4. Install the articulation lock bar and engage parking brake.

5. Do not start engine. Purge air from hydraulic system as follows: •

Ensure all filters are in place.

DRIVE PUMP

REMOVE PLUG

•

•

720E-012

•

Remove the plug on the top case port of the drive pump. This port will assist in venting air as hydraulic oil is filling the system components. Reinstall the plug when hydraulic oil free of air begins to flow out the port.

•

Fill the hydraulic tank if it has been drained.

•

Fill all the pumps and motors with prefiltered hydraulic oil through the highest case drain ports and close the ports.

3.28

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINE START-UP

NOTE: If charge pressure gauge dose not indicate a rise in pressure, check for possible cause (air in system, leaks, loose hose fittings, pumps not turning, etc.). Repair problem.

Repeat step 5 until a rise in charge pressure is noticed.

Before beginning this procedure, perform the PRE START-UP AND FILLING steps.

NOTE: When the saw head is attached, re-torque all teeth (See saw manual). Attach the SAW BLADE GUARD and insert the SAW BLADE LOCKING PIN. 1. Ensure the articulation lock bar is installed.

6. Reconnect engine wiring harness multi pin connector.

7. Start engine. If charge pressure does not rise within 20 to 30 seconds, TURN ENGINE OFF. If charge pressure is between 18-31 Bar (260-450 psi.), run engine at IDLE for 20 minutes. Check engine oil pressure in cab.

Do not operate any functions.

DISCONNECT THE MULTI-PIN CONNECTOR FROM THE ENGINE CPU

••

8. With engine at IDLE, parking brake ON, hold foot brake down, bleed brakes in rear axle.

726E-001

2. Disconnect the engine wiring harness multi pin connector (prevents engine starting).

CAUTION Machine operator must ONLY take directions from the person doing the set-up.

9. On machines 7262501 to 7262570, hold both differential locks ON and run engine at IDLE for 30 minutes to purge air and fill axles with oil (axles fill with leakage from diff. locks). If wheels are not on, operate forward and reverse pedals very slowly with differential locks on to fill axles with oil.

IMPORTANT!

INSTALL A 0 - 70 BAR (0-1000 PSI) GAUGE AT ‘M3’ PORT.

Without a felling head attached, the tilt function can cause damage to the arms.

Watch the two LINK ARMS very carefully, as they may drop down beside the boom arms and wedge, causing the crank arms to bend.

When necessary, lower the boom DOWN, watching closely and tilt FORWARD, again watching the link arms closely.

• DRIVE PUMP

•

CRANK ARM LINK ARM

• 724E-047

DRIVE PUMP 'M3' TEST PORT CONNECTION

•

3. Install a 0-70 Bar (0-1000 psi.) gauge on drive pump to check charge pressure at ‘M3’ port.

Watch gauge closely.

4. Close cab doors, turn ignition key switch to the 'ON' psition and depress the pilot reset switch.

This will allow pilot oil to circulate and refill the pilot and case drain circuits during the following cranking procedure.

5. Crank engine for 5 seconds, wait for 5 seconds. Check charge pressure gauge during cranking to observe for pressure reading. Repeat 5 times to pump oil into pumps and system components.

• BOOM ARM

• 718E-028

CRANK, LINK AND BOOM ARMS

10. Set throttle to IDLE and run each BOOM function for 2 minutes at LOW pressure to purge air from circuit.

3.29

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

NOTE: If the machine was on wheels, the steer and drive functions were not properly purged or flushed. Remove the articulation lock bar and at LOW IDLE, slowly operate the steer function right and left a few times. With the parking brake released and at LOW IDLE, slowly operate the drive function forward and reverse a few times.

11. Set throttle to FULL and run each function again for 2 minutes to flush circuit.

HAND FILL PUMP

12. Set throttle to idle and shut engine off.

•

726E-012

HAND FILL PUMP

15. If required, top up the hydraulic oil reservoir with clean hydraulic oil using the hand fill pump.

16. Remove gauge from M3 test port on drive pump. Clean up any spilled oil.

195-17

CHECK ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

13. Top up the radiator with clean coolant.

HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR

•

NOTE: If possible, allow the machine to stand for 4 to 6 hours before setting any of the operating pressures. This will allow any air bubbles in the oil to escape and is a good time to check for leaks.

17. Recheck hydraulic oil level and top up if required.

18. Refer to appropriate section of the service manual to check and set operating pressures.

SIGHT GAUGE HYD. OIL LEVEL

• SENDING UNIT LOW HYDRAULIC OIL

•

726E-012

HYDRAULIC OIL RESERVOIR

14. With cylinders fully retracted, check hydraulic oil level.

3.30

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

REPLACING THE ENGINE SERPENTINE BELT 1. Park the machine on level ground. Parking brake ON, felling head resting on the ground and engine off. Turn battery disconnect switch OFF. SERPENTINE BELT

IDLER PULLEYS

••

••

•

ALTERNATOR

•• BELT TENSIONER

A/C COMPRESSOR

•• •

••

WATER PUMP

••

726E-021

2. Install a Johnson bar with a 3/8" square drive in the square socket hole of the belt tensioner.

3. Loosen belt tensioner and remove the serpentine belt.

4. Replace the serpentine belt. Ensure that all of the ribs on the serpentine belt align with the grooves on the engine pulleys.

3.31

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MIDDLE AND REAR DRIVE SHAFT SPLINE LUBRICATION

GREASE GUN

When operating in extremely wet or dusty conditions or when the regular service schedule has been neglected, insufficient lubrication to the spline area of the middle drive shaft will result in premature wear. In addition old grease often forms into a semi-solid, rubber-like plug preventing the purging of contaminants (water, dirt, sand, etc.) through the slip spline seal.

•

The most common cause of joint and slip spline failure is lack of proper lubrication.

GREASE APPEARS AT RELIEF HOLE 720C-01

FIG. 'C' REAR DRIVE SHAFT YOKE END

2

•• •

726M-008

1

•

MIDDLE SLIP SPLINE

••

MIDDLE SLIP SPLINE LUBRICATION 1. Park machine on level ground and steer fully to the right (this reduces drive shaft total length). Lower felling head to the ground.

726M-012

2. Set parking brake ON and stop the engine.

726M-009

3. Apply grease to grease nipple (1) until new, clean grease exits from the relief fitting (2).

REAR SLIP SPLINE

REAR SLIP SPLINE LUBRICATION 4. Apply grease to grease nipple (1) until new, clean grease appears at the relief hole at yoke end of slip spline, FIG. 'C'.

1

• •

1

5. Plug or cover relief hole and continue to apply pressure to grease nipple until new, clean grease appears at slip spline seal.

2

726M-011

Check to see if grease is exiting from the relief fitting (2). If grease does not exit from the relief fitting, remove the the relief fitting and reapply grease at the grease nipple. If grease flows out of relief fitting hole replace relief fitting.

6. If grease does not appear at slip spline seal and continues to exit from the covered relief hole, remove the drive shaft and inspect for "hardened" grease build up, rust or other contaminants within the drive shaft. Repair or Replace drive shaft.

If grease does not exit from the relief fitting hole, remove drive shaft and inspect for "hardened" grease build up, rust or other contaminants within the drive shaft. Repair or Replace drive shaft.

3.32

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262570

Torque drive shaft yoke (universal Joint) fasteners to the following torque: FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

• 6-C (3/8” - 24 UNF) 37 lbf/ft (50 Nm) lubricated

REAR DRIVE SHAFT

• •• ••

MIDDLE DRIVE SHAFT

724E-016 724E-042 724E-043 724E-044

DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION - TWO SPEED TRANSMISSION SINGLE MOTOR 3.33

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262570

Torque drive shaft yoke (universal Joint) fasteners to the following torque: FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

• 6-C (3/8” - 24 UNF) 37 lbf/ft (50 Nm) lubricated

REAR DRIVE SHAFT

• •• ••

MIDDLE DRIVE SHAFT

724E-038 724E-042 724E-043 724E-044

DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION - SINGLE SPEED TRANSMISSION DUAL MOTOR 3.34

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262571 AND UP Torque drive shaft yoke (universal Joint) fasteners to the following torque: • 6-C (3/8” - 24 UNF) 37 lbf/ft (50 Nm) lubricated

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

NOTE: Yoke bolts on axles are metric threads all other drive shaft bolts are imperial threads.

REAR DRIVE SHAFT

•• •• •

MIDDLE DRIVE SHAFT

DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION - TWO SPEED TRANSMISSION SINGLE MOTOR 3.35

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262571 AND UP

Torque drive shaft yoke (universal Joint) fasteners to the following torque: FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

• 6-C (3/8” - 24 UNF) 37 lbf/ft (50 Nm) lubricated NOTE: Yoke bolts on axles are metric threads all other drive shaft bolts are imperial threads.

REAR DRIVE SHAFT

• •• ••

MIDDLE DRIVE SHAFT

724E-038 724E-042 724E-043 724E-044

DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION - SINGLE SPEED TRANSMISSION DUAL MOTOR 3.36

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SPEED CONTROL LEVER ADJUSTMENT 7

The friction setting on the speed control lever is variable and can be adjusted to allow proper operation.

•

The friction setting on the speed control lever may require adjustment, during normal operation, to maintain the set position of the lever, especially at maximum throw.

FRICTION SETTING PROCEDURE Before starting work, read and follow all servicing safety precautions in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. 1. Park machine on level ground, apply parking brake, lower attachment to ground, shut off engine.

2. Position the speed control lever in the neutral position (pointing straight up).

M724D-02

3. Raise the protective rubber ‘boot’ from the speed control valve body, located on the side instrument panel.

SPEED CONTROL LEVER

4. Locate the adjustable friction set screw.

SPEED CONTROL LEVER

5. Tighten the adjustable friction set screw as required (2.5mm hex key)

•

6. Replace the protective rubber ‘boot’ over the speed control valve body.

PROTECTIVE RUBBER BOOT

• ADJUSTABLE FRICTION SET SCREW

••

CONTROL PANEL

••

630B-31

3.37

SPEED CONTROL LEVER FRICTION SET SCREW LOCATION

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

FAN CONTROL

The temperature sensor in the hydraulic tank operates in a similar manner to the engine coolant temperature sensor but independently and with a different temperature range of (See COOLING SET POINTS).

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

••

This sensor will signal the electronic control module to turn the fan ON at (See COOLING SET POINTS). As the temperature of the hydraulic oil increases, the speed of the fan will also increase to a maximum 2200 rpm fan speed @2200 rpm engine speed, at this point the temperature of the hydraulic oil will be (See COOLING SET POINTS), of higher.

COOLING SET POINTS CONTROLLER PLUS ONE

724E-025

FAN ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE WIRING

Charge Air Min Charge Air Max Engine Coolant Min Engine Coolant Max Hydraulic Oil Temp Min Hydraulic Oil Temp Max

50°C 84°C 85°C 96°C 49°C 71°C

(122°F) (183°F) (185°F) (205°F) (120°F) (160°F)

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan is stopped due to low engine coolant, air intake or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will immediately turn the cooling fan to run at 1200 rpm. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

720D-052

FAN ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE This control consists of an electronic processing module, a three position FAN switch in the operator's cab with CLEAN/AUTO/FULL ON* positions for fan control.

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN (PURGE) position make sure that there are no personnel on the left side of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris

724E-004

When the switch is in the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position, the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of coolant, air intake or oil temperatures. The AUTO CLEAN/REVERSE feature will not function in the FULL ON position.

FAN SWITCH

When the engine coolant temperature reaches 85°C (185°F) the sensor on the engine in conjunction with the electronic control module will send a signal to the control valve to start to turn the fan slowly. The fan speed is variable from zero up to a maximum of 2200 rpm fan speed @2200 rpm engine speed. As the temperature of the coolant increases so does the speed of the fan up to the maximum 2200 rpm fan speed @2200 rpm engine speed. At this point the engine coolant temperature will be 96°C (205°F), or higher.

When the switch is pressed momentarily to the CLEAN (PURGE) position, the control module will signal the control valve to reverse the flow of oil to the motor and turn the fan in reverse. The control module will also turn the air conditioning system OFF for as long as the fan switch is in the CLEAN (PURGE) position.

3.38

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE BLINK CODES

GREEN LED

The electronic control module has two LED lights on the front top left side of the controller. A GREEN LED is used to indicate that power is ON and the controller is activated. The RED LED is used to provide a visual warning in the form of BLINK CODES whenever the controller senses a fault in the system.

The chart on the following page can be used for BLINK CODE TRANSLATION AND DIAGNOSTICS.

RED LED

724E-018

•••

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

Tigercat wire colour code chart applicable to all products manufactured by Tigercat Industries Inc. COLOUR Red Black White Blue Purple Tan Yellow Grey Brown Green Orange

FUNCTION EXAMPLE Power ........................................ (fused and unfused) Ground Engine control ........................... (fuel shut-off, start aid) Propulsion Control .................... (transmission/reverser solenoids) Monitor, electrical and mechanical systems .................. (air cleaner, alternator, wheel speed, engine speed) Electrical and electromechanical control ......... (park brake, alternator excitation) (power door motor, backup alarm) Monitors .................................... (flow, pressure, temperature, level) Standard monitor system .......... (logic module to monitor) Lights Electro-hydraulic control ........... (pilot solenoids) Accessories .............................. (horn, A/C, heater) 3.39

3.40

••••

••••

47

48

1 sec

1 sec

1 sec

1 sec

1 sec

1 sec

1 sec

••••••••

•••••••

••••••

••••

•••

••

•

••••••

Electronic Saw gauge in cab will not operate correctly.

Coolant has reached/exceeded Overheat Set Point. Decrease coolant temp to below overheat set point.

Fan runs at full speed forward. No effect on automatic reverse. Engine Hydraulic Oil has reached/exceeded Overheat Set Point. Decrease hydraulic oil temp to below overheat set point. diagnostic display reads fault code SPN 1638 FMI 0

Fan runs at full speed forward. Fan will not automatically reverse.

Engine Coolant Overheat Condition

Hydraulic Overheat Condition

Fan runs at full speed forward controller and will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display. Fan will not automatically reverse.

J1939 CAN BUS Fault

2) If multiple faults are present a 5 second delay will separate the Fault Code Sequences.

"RED LED" and "GREEN LED" will flash momentarily when master disconnect is switched from "off" to "on"

"GREEN LED" ON Steady indicates System is Activated/ON

x

x

x

x

Fan runs at full speed forward and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Resistance is out of operating range at hydraulic oil temprature sender. Check connection between the hydraulic Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display. Fan will not temperature sender and controller and replace hydraulic oil temperature sender if necessary. automatically reverse.

Engine J1939 not present or Faulted. Check that J1939 backbone is in good condition, all resistors and connectors are properly connected.

x

Fan will try to continue to perform as normal. If the fault is detected more Current is out of operating range at the fan reverse coil. Check wire connections between the reverse coil of fan than 3 times in 10 minutes; fan will run at full speed forward, not pump and the controller (720/724D). Check connections at reverse coil of fan valve and the controller automatically reverse and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan (724E/726D/M726D). Check ground connect Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display.

Fan Reverse Coil is out of operating range

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender out of range

x

x

x

720E/ 724E/ 726E

Fan will try to continue to perform as normal. If the fault is detected more Current is out of operating range at fan valve proportional coil. Check connections between proportional coil of fan than 5 times in 10 minutes; fan will run at full speed forward, not valve and controller. Check ground connections. automatically reverse and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display.

Current is out of operating range. Check connections between relay and controller. Check relay ground connections. Check relay.

Pressure transducer has malfunctioned or has become disonnected and no signal is present. Check the signal wire from the transducer. When the transducer is given 5V sensory power, 0.5 V should be present at the signal wire at 0 psi.

(To diagnose fault)

POSSIBLE CAUSE / SOLUTION

Fan Proportional Coil is out of operating range.

Fan runs at full speed forward. Fan will not automatically reverse and A/C OFF Output Relay is out of controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine operating Range diagnostic display.

Saw Pressure Sensor Fault

(Only when fault code is active)

EFFECT

NOTES : 1) To clear fault codes from controller, turn master disconnect switch "off", wait 15 secs, and turn "on". If fault persists see Possible Cause/Solution.

••••

46

••••

43

••••

••••

42

44

••••

41

1 sec

(Fault Location)

(Flash Bit Sequence)

•

DESCRIPTION

"RED LED"

16

FAULT CODE

PLUS1 CONTROLLER FAULT CODE INFORMATION

BLINK CODE TRANSLATION / DIAGNOSTICS

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TORQUE CHART LOCATION

THREAD DIAMETER

Cylinders Pin bolts Piston nut, steer cyl.

Piston nut, boom/tilt cyl.

Gland, steer cyl.

Keeper plate bolts

TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm

3/4" UNC 1 1/4" UNF 1 1/2" UNF 3/4" UNC

282-310 930 1640 450 282-310

393-420 1282 2260 620 389-420

1/2" UNC 3/4" UNC

80-88 282-310

109-119 393-420

Engine mounting Bolts, mount to chassis Bolts, brackets to engine Bolts, bracket to pump drive

7/8" UNC M12-1.75 (10.9) 5/8" UNC

364 75 159-175

500 100 216-237

Pump drive gearbox Drive plate to flywheel Bell housing to CUMMINS engine

M10 x 1.5 (10.9) M10 x 1.5 (10.9)

32 32

43 43

1 1/4" x 18 UNEF 3/4" UNC

475-525 357

644-711 484

1/2" UNF 1/2" UNF 3/8" UNF

120-132 120-132 37-49

163-179 163-179 50-66

Axle mounting bolts Front Rear

7/8" UNC 3/4" UNC

364 226

500 310

Wheel bolts

7/8" UNF

500-550

679-745

Transmission housing to frame

7/8" UNC

364

500

Center joint bearing Bearing retaining bolts Pin retaining bolts

Drive shafts Yoke retaining nut, front shaft Pillow block retaining bolts Universal joint bolts Rear & Mid. drive shaft Front drive shaft to Mid. drive shaft Front drive shaft to axle

Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the appropriate manuals.

724D-TORQUECHART.XLS

3.41

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS The torque values listed below are for general use only.

DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL GRADE 8 BOLTS

GRADE 5 BOLTS

IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS GRADE 5 BOLTS GRADE 8 BOLTS COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 14 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm 11 - 12 15 - 16 8 - 10 11 - 13 20 - 28 27 - 38 26 - 30 35 - 40 44 -48 60 - 65 33 - 36 45 - 49 70 - 77 95 - 104 52 - 57 71 - 77 106 - 117 144 - 158 80 - 88 109 - 119 153 - 168 208 - 228 115 - 127 156 - 172 212 - 233 288 - 316 159 - 175 216 - 237 376 - 414 510 - 561 282 - 310 393 - 420 606 - 667 822 - 904 455 - 501 617 - 679 909 - 1000 1233 - 1355 682 - 750 925 - 1016 1288 - 1417 1746 - 1921 966 - 1062 1310 - 1441 1817 - 1999 2464 - 2710 1360 - 1496 1844 - 2027 DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm 13 - 14 18 - 19 10 - 13 14 - 17 23 - 28 31 - 38 18 - 25 25 - 33 49 - 54 67 - 73 37 - 41 50 - 55 78 - 86 106 - 116 58 - 64 79 - 86 120 - 132 163 - 179 90 - 99 122 - 134 171 - 188 232 - 255 128 - 141 174 - 191 240 - 264 326 - 358 180 - 198 244 - 268 420 - 462 570 - 626 315 - 347 427 - 470 668 - 735 906 - 996 501 - 550 679 - 745 995 - 1096 1359 - 1486 746 - 821 1012 - 1113 1445 - 1590 1960 - 2155 1083 - 1191 1469 - 1613 2012 - 2213 2728 - 2997 1509 - 1660 2046 - 2250

DRY COARSE lbf-ft Nm THREAD 1/4" - 20 7- 8 10 - 11 5/16" - 18 14 - 18 19 - 24 3/8" - 16 31 - 34 42 - 46 7/16" - 14 49 - 54 66 - 73 1/2" - 13 75 - 83 102 - 112 9/16" - 12 109 - 120 148 - 162 5/8" - 11 150 - 165 204 - 223 3/4" - 10 266 - 293 360 - 397 7/8" - 9 394 - 433 535 - 586 1" - 8 591 - 649 802 - 879 1 1/8" - 7 794 - 873 1077 - 1183 1 1/4" - 7 1120 - 1232 1519 - 1670 FINE DRY lbf-ft Nm THREAD 1/4" - 28 9 - 10 12 - 13 5/16" - 24 17 - 22 23 - 29 3/8" - 24 35 - 39 48 - 53 7/16" - 20 55 - 61 75 - 83 1/2" - 20 85 - 94 116 - 127 9/16" - 18 121 - 133 164 - 180 5/8" - 18 170 - 187 231 - 253 3/4" - 16 297 - 327 403 - 443 7/8" - 14 434 - 477 589 - 646 1" - 14 646 - 711 876 - 965 1 1/8" - 12 891 - 980 1208 - 1328 1 1/4" - 12 1240 - 1364 1682 - 1849

LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 8 - 10 11 - 13 10 - 15 13 - 20 23 - 25 31 - 34 37 - 41 50 - 55 57 - 63 77 - 85 82 - 90 111 - 122 113 - 124 152 - 168 200 - 220 271 - 298 296 - 326 402 - 441 443 - 489 601 - 663 596 - 656 808 - 889 840 - 924 1139 - 1252 LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 9 - 10 12 - 13 16 - 20 21 - 27 26 - 29 35 - 39 41 - 45 56 - 61 64 - 70 87 - 95 91 - 100 124 - 135 128 - 141 174 - 191 223 - 245 303 - 332 326 - 359 442 - 486 484 - 534 657 - 724 668 - 735 906 - 996 931 - 1024 1262 - 1387

METRIC

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS SIZE

CLASS 4.8 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 8.8 OR 9.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 10.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

M6 M8 M10

4.8 12.0 23.0

3.5 8.5 17.0

6.0 15.0 29.0

4.5 11.0 21.0

9.0 22.0 43.0

6.5 16.0 32.0

11.0 28.0 55.0

8.5 20.0 40.0

13.0 32.0 63.0

9.5 24.0 47.0

17.0 40.0 80.0

12.0 30.0 60.0

15.0 37.0 75.0

11.5 28.0 55.0

19.0 47.0 95.0

14.5 35.0 70.0

M12 M14 M16

40.0 63.0 100.0

29.0 47.0 73.0

50.0 80.0 125.0

37.0 60.0 92.0

75.0 120.0 190.0

55.0 88.0 140.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

70.0 110.0 175.0

110.0 175.0 275.0

80.0 130.0 200.0

140.0 225.0 350.0

105.0 165.0 225.0

130.0 205.0 320.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

165.0 260.0 400.0

120.0 190.0 300.0

M18 M20 M22

135.0 190.0 260.0

100.0 140.0 190.0

175.0 240.0 330.0

125.0 180.0 250.0

260.0 375.0 510.0

195.0 275.0 375.0

330.0 475.0 650.0

250.0 350.0 475.0

375.0 530.0 725.0

275.0 400.0 540.0

475.0 675.0 925.0

350.0 500.0 675.0

440.0 625.0 850.0

325.0 560.0 460.0 800.0 625.0 1,075.0

410.0 580.0 800.0

M24 M27 M30

330.0 490.0 675.0

250.0 360.0 490.0

425.0 625.0 850.0

310.0 650.0 450.0 950.0 625.0 1,300.0

M33 900.0 M36 1,150.0

475.0 825.0 600.0 925.0 675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,075.0 800.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 700.0 1,200.0 875.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 1,700.0 1,250.0 1,600.0 1,150.0 2,000.0 1,500.0 950.0 1,650.0 1,200.0 1,850.0 1,350.0 2,300.0 1,700.0 2,150.0 1,600.0 2,700.0 2,000.0

675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,750.0 1,300.0 2,200.0 1,650.0 2,500.0 1,850.0 3,150.0 2,350.0 2,900.0 2,150.0 3,700.0 2,750.0 850.0 1,450.0 1,075.0 2,250.0 1,650.0 2,850.0 2,100.0 3,200.0 2,350.0 4,050.0 3,000.0 3,750.0 2,750.0 4,750.0 3,500.0

TORQUECHARTGENERAL.XLS

3.42

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

PRESSURE SETTINGS With hydraulic oil at operating temperature 49°C - 60°C (120°F - 140°F) Location

Pressure

Engine RPM

Pressure

Engine RPM

7262501 to 7262530 BAR PSI

72625031 and up BAR PSI

Pilot Manifold Pressure Relief Valve Pressure Reducing Valve

46.5 38

675 550

46.5 38

675 550

1000 1000

29.3

425

29.3

425

1800

331 331 365.4 365.4

4800 4800 5300 5300

331 331 365.4 365.4

4800 4800 5300 5300

2200 2200

255

3700

255

3700

2200

Drive Pump - Single Motor Two Speed Charge Pressure Relief Valve Multi Function Valve: · P.O.R. Forward · P.O.R. Reverse · High Pressure Relief Forward Non-Adjustable · High Pressure Relief Reverse Non-Adjustable Drive Motor - Single Motor Two Speed Drive Motor P.O.R.

2350 ± 25 High Idle 850 ± 25 Low Idle

Drive Pump - Dual Motor One Speed Charge Pressure Relief Valve Multi Function Valve: · P.O.R. Forward · P.O.R. Reverse · High Pressure Relief Forward Non-Adjustable · High Pressure Relief Reverse Non-Adjustable

29.3

425

29.3

425

1800

348.2 348.2 348.2 348.2

5050 5050 5500 5500

348.2 348.2 348.2 348.2

5050 5050 5500 5500

2200 2200

Drive Motor - Dual Motor One Speed Drive Motor P.O.R. Loop flushing Pressure Relief Non-Adjustable

279.2 24.8

4050 360

279.2 24.8

4050 360

2200

Steer Valve (Joystick Steering Only Steer Valve Main Relief Steer Right Port Relief Steer Left Port Relief

172.4 221 221

2500 3200 3200

172.4 221 221

2500 3200 3200

2200 1000 1000

269 214 248

3900 @ 1000 rpm 3100 @ 2200 rpm 3600 @ 1000 rpm NA

303 248 276 16-19

4400 @ 1100 rpm 3600 @ 2200 rpm 4000 @ 2200 rpm 225-300 @ 2200 rpm

179.3 200 200 221 221 76 221 200 152

2600 2900 2900 3200 3200 1100 3200 2900 2200

179.3 200 200 221 221 76 221 200 152

2600 2900 2900 3200 3200 1100 3200 2900 2200

Saw Saw Valve Main Relief Saw Motor P.O.R. Saw Pump P.O.R. Standby Pressure Boom Valve Mid Inlet Main Relief or Main Relief Tilt In Port Relief Tilt Out Port Relief Accumulator Clamp Open Port Relief Accumulator Clamp Close Port Relief Clamp Open Port Relief Clamp Close Port Relief Boom Lift Port Relief Boom Lower Port Relief

IMPORTANT NOTES: ~ Boom support must be used part# 4128A ~ When performing tilt out function, without a felling head installed, do not allow crank arms to hit boom

PRESSURE SETTINGS.R1.XL 11/09/07

3.43

2200 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Par ker ark

Assemblly Tor orque Assemb que The four-bolt port is simply a circular opening (flow passage) surrounded by four tapped holes in a certain pattern for acceptance of the flange clamping bolts.

The flat surface of the port compresses the O-ring contained in the groove in the flange head when the clamp bolts are torqued. In some instances, the groove is in the port and not in the flange head. The bolts, through the clamp halves, clamp down the flange head on to the flat surface of the port compressing and trapping the O-ring in the groove and leaving no gap for it to extrude under pressure. The hydraulic pressure is thus sealed by the compressed O-ring as long as the bolts are tightened enough to maintain solid metal to metal contact between the flange head at the outside diameter of the O-ring and the top of the port.

The 4-Bolt Split Flange consists of four main components: • A body (flange head) • An O-ring • One “captive” or two “split” flange clamps

• Four bolts and washer

WASHERS

•• •• •

BOLTS FLANGE CLAMP

Flange Port Assembly FLANGE HEAD

The steps to properly assemble the flange port clamping bolts are: 1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of burrs, nicks, scratches or any foreign particles.

2. Lubricate the O-ring.

3. Position flange and clamp halves.

4. Place lock washers on bolts and insert through clamp halves.

5. Hand tighten bolts.

6. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence (see Fig. T9) in small increments to the appropriate torque level listed in Table T6 or Table T7 on this page.

O-RING

•• •

TAPPED HOLES

•• FLANGE.TIFF

Fig. T8 - 4 Bolt Split Flange Components

FLANGE2.TIFF

Fig. T9 - Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque ft. lbs.

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32 40 48 56 64 80

1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11

17 +/- 2 25 +/- 3.5 31 +/- 4.5 41 +/- 5 52 +/- 6 60 +/- 6 85 +/- 9 144 +/- 15 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8

M8 M10 M10 M12* M12 M12* M12 M16 M16 M16 M16

25 49 49 85 85 135 95 220 220 220 220

DASH SIZE 8 12 16 20 24 32 *

FLANGE SIZE 1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 SO

INCH BOLT (J518) 5/16-18 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10 f

TORQUE METRIC BOLT TORQUE FT LBS (ISO 6162) N-M 17 +/- 2 M8 25 30 +/- 4.5 M10 49 46 +/- 4.5 M12 85 69 +/- 6 M14* 135 125 +/- 8 M16 210 208 +/- 20 M20 425

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T7 - Code 62 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T6 - Code 61 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

3.44

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Par ker ark

Assemblly Tor orque Assemb que

JIC 37 Degree Flare SAE Dash Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NPTF

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12 3-12

NA NA 2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 2 2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

1/8-27 NA 1/4-18 NA 3/8-18 1/2-14 7/8-14 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/2-11 1/2 2-11 1/2 NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NA NA 9/16-18 NA 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 NA 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 NA NA

NA NA 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

BSPT

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

Thread Size

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

O'ring Face Seal / Seal-Lok SAE Dash Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 1/2 TO 3/4 NA 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/3 TO 1/2 NA 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 NA NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Thread Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

1/8-28 NA 1/4-19 NA 3/8-19 1/2-14 NA 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1 1/4-11 1 1/2-11 2-11 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

SAE J1926 Straight Thread Port Assembly Torques ASSEMBLY TORQUE (+10 % - 0) SAE Dash Size

2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 32

Non-Adjustable Thread Size

Seal-Lok

ft. lbs (in. lbs) 5/16-24 (310) 3/8-24 (310) 7/16-20 (310) 1/2-20 (360) 9/16-18 (420) 3/4-16 60 7/8-14 100 1 1/16-12 135 1 3/16-12 175 1 5/16-12 200 1 5/8-12 250 1 7/8-12 305 2 1/2-12 375

N-m 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

Adjustable

Triple-Lok Ferulok Pipe Fittings ft. lbs (in. lbs) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

N-m 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Plugs Hollow Hex

Seal-Lok ft. lbs (in. lbs) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

N-m

3.45

20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

Triple-Lok Ferulok ft. lbs (in. lbs) (60) (100) (180) (250) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

N-m 7 11 20 28 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

HP5ON-S ft. lbs (in. lbs) (30) (55) (120) (170) (410) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

N-m 3.5 6 13.5 19 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

Hex Head P5ON-S ft. lbs (in. lbs) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

N-m 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Assemblly Tor orque Assemb que

EATON Aeroquip Recommended Parallel Connection Assembly torque

Eaton recommends that a

The values listed are for

Torque wrench be used to

steel connections. Contact

assure proper fitting

Eaton Aeroquip for torques values for

assembly of these

other materials

connections.

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss Low Pressure with 37º (SAEJ514) Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss High Pressure with ORS (J1453)

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-9 12-13 13-15 18-20 14-15 19-21 23-24 32-33 40-43 55-57 43-48 59-64 68-75 93-101 83-90 113-122 112-123 152-166 146-161 198-218 154-170 209-230 218-240 296-325

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24

ORS

Dash Size -04 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-10 11-16 14-16 20-22 18-20 24-27 24-26 33-35 50-60 68-78 72-80 98-110 125-135 170-183 160-180 215-245 200-220 270-300 210-280 285-380 270-360 370-490

SAE 37º (JIC)

Thread Size (inches) 9/16-18 11/16-20 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

10-12 18-20 32-35 46-50 65-70 92-100 125-140 150-165

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 14-16 24-27 43-47 62-68 88-95 125-136 170-190 204-224

Dash Size -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24 -32

Metric Thread Size mm M10x1 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2

Thread Size (inches) 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

11-12 15-16 18-20 38-42 57-62 79-87 108-113 127-133 158-167 245-258

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 15-16 20-22 24-28 52-58 77-85 108-119 148-154 173-182 216-227 334-352

BSPP Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 13-15 18-20 15-19 20-25 19-23 25-30 33-40 45-55 37-44 50-60 52-66 70-90 55-70 75-95 81-96 110-130 96-111 130-150 162-184 220-250 170-192 230-260 258-347 350-470

Nominal Thread Size Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque inches** lb.-ft.

Newton Meters G1/8-28 13-15 18-20 G1/4-19 19-23 25-30 G3/8-19 33-40 45-55 G1/2-14 55-70 75-95 G3/4-14 103-118 140-160 G1-11 162-184 220-250 G1 1/4-11 170-192 230-260 G1 1/2-11 258-347 350-470 ** "G" denotes parallel threads, other than ISO 6149 (Port connection only)

Eaton Aeroquip Fluid Conveyance Products A-HOOV-MC001-E January 2005

3.46

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Weights of Commercial Wood

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Alder, Red Ash, White Aspen, Quaking Bald Cypress Basswood, American Beech, American Birch, Paper Birch, Yellow Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Incense Cedar, Northern White Cedar, Port-Orford Cedar, Western Red Cherry, Black Cottonwood, Eastern Douglas Fir, Coast Douglas Fir, Inland North Elm, American Fir, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir, Nobel Fir, Red Fir, Silver Fir, White Gum, Black Gum, Blue Gum, Red Gum, Tupelo Hemlock, Eastern Hemlock, Western Hickory, Pecan Hickory, True Larch, Western Locust, Black Magnolia, Cucumber

737 769 689 817 673 865 801 929 577 721 449 897 433 721 785 881 577 865 449 721 481 769 577 753 721 1121 801 897 801 657 993 1009 769 929 785

46 48 43 51 42 54 50 58 36 45 28 56 27 45 49 55 36 54 28 45 30 48 36 47 45 70 50 56 50 41 62 63 48 58 49

Maple, Big Leaf Maple, Black Maple, Red Maple, Silver Maple, Sugar Oak, Black Oak, Chestnut Oak, Red Oak, Red, Swamp Oak, Swamp Chestnut Oak, White Oak, White, Swamp Pine, Jack Pine, Loblolly Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Long Leaf Pine, Norway, Red Pine, Short Leaf Pine, Slash Pine, Sugar Pine, Western Yellow Pine, White-Western Pine, White-Eastern Poplar, Yellow Redwood Spruce, Black Spruce, Engleman Spruce, Red Spruce, Sitka Spruce, White Sweetgum Sycamore, American Tamarack Walnut, Black Willow, Black

753 865 801 721 897 1009 977 1009 1073 1041 993 1105 801 993 625 993 673 993 993 817 721 561 577 609 801 513 625 545 529 545 801 833 753 929 801

47 54 50 45 56 63 61 63 67 65 62 69 50 62 39 62 42 62 62 51 45 35 36 38 50 32 39 34 33 34 50 52 47 58 50

Note: The values shown here are green weights.

3.47

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

3.48

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 5 - PILOT SYSTEM APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 5 ACCUMULATOR CHARGE VALVE ........................................................................................... 5.2 CHARGE PRESSURES ...........................................................................................................5.3 OPERATING DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................5.2 REPLACE FILTER ................................................................................................................... 5.8 SCHEMATIC ............................................................................................................................ 5.2 ACCUMULATORS ..................................................................................................................... 5.3 BRAKE ACCUMULATOR ........................................................................................................5.3 CHARGING .............................................................................................................................5.9 CHECK PRE-CHARGE PRESSURE .......................................................................................5.9 PILOT ACCUMULATOR .......................................................................................................... 5.3 TESTING DEVICE ................................................................................................................... 5.9 HYDRAULIC GROUP CAB ............................................................................................. 5.19, 5.20 HYDRAULIC GROUP FRONT CHASSIS ................................................... 5.12, 5.13, 5.14, 5.15 HYDRAULIC GROUP REAR CHASSIS ................................................................ 5.16, 5.17, 5.18 HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE ..............................................................................5.11 PILOT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................ 5.6 PILOT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC ................................................................................................... 5.7 PILOT MANIFOLD ..................................................................................................................... 5.4 ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................5.5 OPERATING DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................5.4 PILOT SHUT OFF ................................................................................................................... 5.4 PILOT PRESSURE SETTINGS ................................................................................................5.10 RELEASE PILOT SYSTEM PRESSURE ................................................................................... 5.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher PILOT SYSTEM COMPONENTS

Pilot System

••

Oil flow for the pilot system is supplied by the fixed displacement steer pump. The accumulator charge valve diverts some of this oil to the pilot accumulator, brake accumulator and pilot manifold. The pilot manifold supplies oil at a reduced pressure, to two joysticks, a foot control valve and solenoid operated control valves (within the manifold). An additional solenoid valve is used as the pilot shut off to stop the flow of pilot oil to all pilot actuated functions.

STEERING PORT

•

For information on the STEER PUMP and JOYSTICK CONTROL VALVES, refer to SECTION 11 in THIS MANUAL.

••

• •

DRAIN PORT

For a detailed description of FOOT CONTROL VALVES, refer to SECTION 8 in THIS MANUAL.

ACCUMULATOR CHARGE VALVE

M724D-23

OPERATING DESCRIPTION When the accumulator is charged above its lower limit, the charging valve spool is held against the spool stop by normal system back pressure.

System pressure is directed to one end of the charging valve spool through a drilled passage.

The lower limit check ball is held on its seat by accumulator pressure.

ACCUMULATOR CHARGE VALVE The accumulator charge valve controls the flow of oil to the steer valve, the pilot manifold and both the pilot and brake accumulators.

The accumulator charge valve has an internal sintered bronze filter, through which all oil passing to the pilot manifold and accumulators must flow.

This filter should be replaced every 1000 hours.

For filter replacement procedures, refer to REPLACE CHARGE VALVE FILTER in THIS SECTION. No further adjustments or pressure settings are required.

When the pressure in the accumulator drops to its lower limit, charging is required. Reduced accumulator pressure allows the pilot valve spring to unseat the lower limit check ball. At the same time, the upper limit check ball is seated. The pilot valve spool permits only one limit check ball to be seated at any time.

ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE

RETURN LINE PRESSURE

UPPER LIMIT CHECK BALL

UPPER LIMIT CHECK BALL

PILOT VALVE SPOOL

PILOT VALVE SPOOL RETURN

TO ACCUMULATOR

FILTER LOCATION

ACCUMULATOR PORT

THIS SECTION details the location, and operation of the accumulator charge valve, accumulators and pilot manifold (including solenoid valves).

SYSTEM PRESSURE

PRESSURE PORT

TO ACCUMULATOR

LOWER LIMIT CHECK BALL PILOT VALVE SPRING

CHECK VALVE

RETURN

LOWER LIMIT CHECK BALL PILOT VALVE SPRING

CHECK VALVE ORIFICE

ORIFICE

CHARGING VALVE SPRING

SPOOL STOP

TO STEER VALVE

PRESS. PORT

CHARGING VALVE SPOOL

SPOOL STOP

CHARGING VALVE SPRING

ACCUMULATOR CHARGED ACCUCHG

TO STEER VALVE

PRESS. PORT

CHARGING VALVE SPOOL

ACCUMULATOR BEING CHARGED

TYPICAL CHARGING VALVE SCHEMATICS 5.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher Unseating the lower limit check ball allows pressure from the accumulator to enter the chamber behind the charging valve spool. A combination of accumulator hydraulic force and charging valve spring force balances the hydraulic force due to the pump pressure (system pressure) acting on the opposite end of the charging valve spool. Therefore pump pressure is higher than the accumulator pressure, which causes the accumulator to charge. The rate at which the accumulator is charged depends on the orifice in the check valve seat.

When the accumulator is charged to its high limit, accumulator pressure will unseat the upper limit check ball, and seat the lower limit check ball.

Unseating the upper limit check ball releases the pressure in the chamber behind the charging valve spool, which flows to return and permits the charging valve spool to unload the pump.

When the operating pressure in the system (pump pressure) is greater than the pressure in the accumulator, the check valve at the accumulator charging orifice is forced off its seat; thus charging the accumulator to system pressure without the aid of the charging valve.

Pilot System PILOT ACCUMULATOR The pilot accumulator receives pressure from the accumulator charge valve. The pilot accumulator has two functions. First, it dampens system pressure fluctuations and provides a constant pressure source for pilot manifold controlled functions. Second, it provides a stored pressure for use as an emergency reserve for functions controlled through the pilot manifold. Minimal movement of these functions is available after the engine stalls or is shut down.

BRAKE ACCUMULATOR The brake accumulator receives pressure from the accumulator charge valve. The brake accumulator ensures that the brake remains responsive at all times by maintaining an optimum pilot pressure to the brake foot control valve. The brake accumulator holds sufficient pressure for up to 5 brake applications after the engine stalls or is shut down. Beyond this the pressure drops substantially. For further information about BRAKES refer to SECTION 9 of THIS MANUAL. VALVE GUARD

ACCUMULATOR CHARGE PRESSURES

VALVE CAP

Machines 7262501 to 7262570: Upper Limit - 124 Bar (1800 psi) Lower Limit - 83 Bar (1200 psi)

GAS VALVE

BODY

Machines 7262571 and up: Upper Limit - 145 Bar (2100 psi) Lower Limit - 117 Bar (1700 psi)

BLADDER

ACCUMULATORS Both the pilot and brake accumulators are bladder type and are installed with a nitrogen precharge pressure. The gas pressures should be checked if the pilot system exhibits repeated and frequent charging cycles. Refer to CHECKING PRE-CHARGE PRESSURE in THIS SECTION. Prior to performing any maintenance or system modifications, exercise CAUTION to bleed off any stored system pressure by depressing the brake pedal at least 50 times and operating all controls several times. Refer to RELEASE PILOT SYSTEM PRESSURE in THIS SECTION for this procedure.

HYDRAULIC CONNECTION ACCU-1

POPPET (Seats against oil port after oil evacuation)

ACCUMULATOR (BLADDER TYPE)

WARNING Hydraulic circuits with accumulators store hydraulic oil under pressure and may remain pressurized after the engine is turned off.

WARNING The accumulator must not be altered in any way. Do not weld or machine the pressure vessel. Use only NITROGEN for charging accumulators, never use oxygen or air due to risk of explosion.

5.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher PILOT MANIFOLD The pilot manifold is mounted under the edge of the outside rear wall of the cab and supplies pilot oil at a reduced pressure to the following circuits: • • • • • • • • • • •

Steer joystick Boom joystick Clamp(s) foot pedal Speed/Creep joystick Saw Drive (If applicable) Accumulator arm(s) close Accumulator arm(s) open Front Axle differential lock Park Brake (If applicable) Clamp Arm Open Rear Axle differential lock

(P2) (P2) (P2) (C1) Solenoid valve (C2) Solenoid valve (C3) Solenoid valve (C4) Solenoid valve (C5) Solenoid valve (C6) Solenoid valve (C7) Solenoid valve (C8) Solenoid valve

OPERATING DESCRIPTION The pilot manifold consists of a one piece manifold block into which, a pressure reducing valve, a pressure relief valve and a pilot shut off solenoid valve are installed. Solenoid operated control valves are installed at outlet ports C1, C2 (if applicable), C3, C4, C5,C6, C7 and C8. Plugs are installed in ports when they are not used. A “quick connect” type test port fitting is installed in port P2 for attaching a pressure gauge during hydraulic set-up procedures.

Oil is supplied to the pilot manifold (port P1) from the steer pump via the accumulator charge valve and the pilot accumulator. The pilot accumulator provides a constant pressure source for the pilot controls. For a more detailed description of accumulators and their operation, refer to ACCUMULATORS in THIS SECTION. Oil entering the pilot manifold passes through the pilot pressure reducing valve. The pilot pressure reducing valve reduces and maintains the pilot pressure on the outlet side of the pilot manifold to a pre-set value.

PILOT PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE 48 BAR (675 PSI.)

•

Pilot System Pilot oil then passes through the pilot relief valve.

The relief valve is set higher than the pressure reducing valve and diverts pilot oil back to tank if the reducing valve fails to limit the pilot pressure.

To adjust the pressure reducing and the relief valves first loosen the jamnut, then to lower the pressure value screw OUT (counter-clockwise) the adjusting screw or, to raise the pressure value screw IN (clockwise) the adjusting screw. Tighten jamnut to lock this setting. For complete pressure setting instructions, refer to PILOT PRESSURE SETTINGS in THIS SECTION. The solenoid operated pilot shut off control valve blocks pilot oil to the solenoid valves (C1 - C8) when either of the cab doors are open. This will prevent the machine from being operated accidentally or in the case of an operator leaving the machine in an emergency. When the cab doors have been closed, and the pilot reset switch has been turned on, the pilot shut off solenoid is energized and pilot oil is allowed to flow to the outlet ports (P2) and solenoid operated pilot valves (C1 - C8). All functions controlled through the pilot manifold will respond to the operator’s movement. Refer to PILOT SYSTEM SHUT OFF in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL. The solenoid operated pilot valves control the position of the spool valves or pistons to which they are hydraulically connected. When a solenoid operated pilot valve is energized, usually by a switch in the cab, pilot oil is directed to shift the spool or piston in the function control valve.

When the solenoid is de-energized, a spring forces the spool back to the neutral position, blocking the pressure side and opening the pilot line back to tank. There are no adjustments on the solenoid valves.

PILOT SHUT OFF SOLENOID VALVE

INSTALL A 0-70 BAR (0 - 1000 PSI.) GAUGE ON "P2" PORT

•

•

• PILOT PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE 38 BAR (550 PSI.) 720E-011

PILOT MANIFOLD - TYPICAL 5.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Pilot System

7262531 AND UP

7262501 TO 7262530

SOLENOID OPERATED CONTROL VALVE(S)

•

• PILOT OIL TO BOOM JOYSTICK (END OF BLOCK)

RELIEF VALVE

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE PILOT SHUT OFF VALVE

• •

•

• •

•

• •

GAUGE TEST PORT

• •

C8* C7*

C6* • NOT USED (7262501 TO 7262530)

•

• •

•

C5*

•

ORIFICE C4 *

•

ORIFICE

•

720E-013

IN FROM ACCUMULATOR CHARGE VALVE

C3*

PILOT OIL TO STEER JOYSTICK AND CLAMP PEDAL (FRONT OF BLOCK)

C1*

C2* • SAW (7241011 TO 7241014) • SAW (7241021 TO 7241090) • NOT USED (7241101 AND UP)

PILOT MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY - TYPICAL 5.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Pilot System

PILOT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION The boom/fan/steer pump supplies oil to the pilot manifold (port ‘P1’) via the accumulator charge valve.

The accumulator charge valve controls the flow of oil to the pilot manifold, the steer valve, and to both the pilot and brake accumulators.

The pilot accumulator provides a constant pressure source for the pilot manifold controlled functions. The brake accumulator provides optimum pilot pressure to the brake foot control at all times. The pilot accumulator and brake accumulator are connected in series for charging.

A check valve is located between the two accumulators. This check valve prevents the pilot system from using brake accumulator pressure, but allows the brake accumulator to use pilot accumulator pressure.

Oil entering the pilot manifold passes through the pilot pressure reducing valve, pilot pressure relief valve and pilot shut off solenoid. The pilot shut off solenoid valve (in the pilot manifold) is energized when the cab doors are CLOSED and the pilot reset switch is ON. When the pilot shut off solenoid valve is energized, pilot oil can flow to the outlet ports (P2) and the solenoid operated pilot valves (C1 - C8) in the pilot manifold.

Pilot oil from the outlet ports (P2) supplies the steering joystick control valve, boom joystick control valve and clamp foot control valve.

These three valves are manually operated pilot valves.

When a solenoid operated pilot valve (C1-C8) is energized, by a switch in the cab, pilot oil is directed to shift the spool in the corresponding control valve and operate the required function.

In the case of front and rear differential lock, the pilot oil leaving the pilot manifold operates clutch packs in the axles to lock the differentials.

5.6

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

NOTE: CIRCUIT VARIES DEPENDING ON MACHINE SERIAL NUMBER - REFER TO APPLICABLE SERIAL NUMBERS ON THIS ILLUSTRATION.

Pilot System

PILOT CIRCUIT 5.7

726E-037

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher RELEASE PILOT SYSTEM PRESSURE

Pilot System REPLACE CHARGE VALVE FILTER

WARNING Hydraulic circuits with accumulators store hydraulic oil under pressure and may remain pressurized after the engine is turned off.

Prior to beginning any service work on the pilot system or the braking system, pressure must first be released to prevent injury from oil spraying.

The following steps must be followed to release pressure: 1. Close both doors. Turn ignition switch to ON position. Do not start the engine. Press pilot reset switch.

Complete either steps 2A or 2B. 2A. Fully apply brake foot pedal 50 times or more.

2B. Push and hold both front and rear differential lock switches (on L.H. jostick) ON for 30 seconds. While waiting, pump brake foot pedal at least 10 times.

NOTE: With both of the differential locks ON when the engine is OFF pilot oil stored in the accumulator is vented to tank. This drains the pilot system accumulator only.

Pumping the brake foot pedal vents both the pilot system accumulator and the brake accumulator to tank. This is necessary to relieve the pilot pressure trapped in the brake accumulator by the check valve.

3. Pressure may remain in the system after completing all of the above steps. Use caution when loosening hydraulic connections.

NOTE: This sintered bronze filter should be replaced every 1000 hours. The filter is included in kit number 90045. Do not clean and reinstall an old filter.

The accumulator charge valve is accessed from the right side of the heat exchanger compartment door.

1. The machine should be parked on level ground with felling head lowered and oil cool.

Engage parking brake and shut off engine.

2. Prior to beginning any service work on the pilot system or the braking system, pressure must first be released to prevent injury from oil spraying. Refer to RELEASE PILOT SYSTEM PRESSURE in THIS SECTION. 3. Clean the charge valve and all debris from this area.

4. Carefully remove the hex socket plug on the top of the valve (oil may run out). Loosen the outer locknut first and then the screw assembly. Remove carefully as parts may fall out.

5. Once the screw is out, there are 7 parts that need to be removed. These parts may need to be removed with a magnet or hook tool. The last washer, below the filter, does not have to be removed.

6. Discard the old filter. Do not clean this filter, replace it with a new filter. Reassemble the parts paying close attention to orientation and order of the parts. It is recommended that all items included in kit be replaced at this time.

7. Torque the screw assembly to 24.4 - 27 Nm (18 - 20 lbf-ft) and then the outer locknut to 24.4 - 27 Nm (18 - 20 lbf-ft).

STEERING PORT

PRESSURE PORT

DRAIN PORT

SPRING "O" RING

ACCUMULATOR PORT

PLUG WASHER

LOCKNUT

FILTER WASHER "O" RING SEAT POPPET AU001-3

ACCUMULATOR CHARGE VALVE 5.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher CHARGING THE ACCUMULATORS

Pilot System •

NOTE: A detailed instruction sheet is provided with the charging and testing device. The following is only a suggested guide.

•

Close the drain valve on the charging and testing device and connect the hose to the nitrogen bottle.

•

Remove the valve guard and cap.

•

Screw the charging and testing device onto the gas valve.

HOSE*

PRESSURE GAUGE*

ADAPTER* ADAPTER* NITROGEN BOTTLE

ACCUMULATOR

ASSEMBLY PART NO. 90254 INCLUDES PARTS SHOWN * ACCU-

CHARGING AND TESTING DEVICE

•

Open the gas shut-off valve on the nitrogen bottle and allow gas to flow slowly into the accumulator.

•

Close the shut-off valve frequently and check the value of the pre-charge by depressing the button on the charging device and observing the gauge.

•

If pre-charge pressure is high, lower it by opening the drain valve and carefully depressing the button on the charging device.

CHECKING THE PRE-CHARGE PRESSURE After the accumulator has been put in service, the pre-charge pressure should be checked with an accumulator charging and testing device.

Prior to beginning any service work on the pilot system or the braking system, pressure must first be released to prevent injury from oil spraying.

Refer to RELEASE PILOT SYSTEM PRESSURE in THIS SECTION. Install the charging and testing device on the gas valve. While depressing the button on the charging device, observe gas pressure reading on gauge. Refer to CHARGING THE ACCUMULATORS in THIS section for correct pressures.

If the gas pre-charge pressure is low, investigate the cause and correct it. Possible causes of lost pre-charge pressure include a leaking or damaged gas valve, or a damaged bladder.

Pilot Accumulator pre-charge - 48.3 Bar (700 psi) Brake Accumulator pre-charge 7262501 to 7262570: - 52 Bar (750 psi) 7262571 and up: - 62 Bar (900 psi) NOTE: The pre-charge pressure will vary depending on the temperature. Once the desired pre-charge is reached, wait two minutes for the gas temperature to equalize.

Re-check pre-charge and adjust if necessary.

•

Disconnect hose from nitrogen bottle.

•

Remove charging and testing device from accumulator and install valve cap and guard, torque to 20-40 Nm (175-350 lbf/ins).

Check to ensure there are no leaks, if the gas valve is leaking, it should be replaced. Use only valves approved for accumulator service.

NEVER USE AN AUTOMOTIVE TYPE VALVE.

5.9

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher PILOT PRESSURE SETTINGS The following procedure deals with setting up the PILOT circuit, i.e., the pilot manifold relief valve and the pressure reducing valve.

WARNING To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

1. Park machine on level ground, lower felling head to the ground and set parking brake ON. Install articulation lock bar, block wheels and stop engine.

WARNING Hydraulic circuits with accumulators store hydraulic oil under pressure and may remain pressurized after the engine is turned off.

Pilot System 4. Ensure that the hydraulic oil temperature is between 49°C -60°C (120°F -140°F).

5. Turn the pressure reducing valve adjusting screw (far left, top of manifold) all the way IN (clockwise).

6. Turn the relief valve adjusting screw (second from left) OUT (counter-clockwise) until the spring tension is completely relieved, then turn adjusting screw IN (clockwise) one full turn .

7. Start the engine and set the throttle control to IDLE. NOTE: * Refer to section 3, PRESSURE SETTINGS chart in this manual for pressure and speed specifications.

8. Adjust the relief valve pressure to *specifications.

9. Adjust the pressure reducing valve pressure to *specifications.

10. Leave parking brake ON, shut off the engine.

Remove all pressure gauges and wipe up any excess oil from test port area.

RELIEF VALVE

2. Prior to beginning any service work on the pilot system or the braking system, pressure must first be released to prevent injury from oil spraying. Refer to RELEASE PILOT SYSTEM PRESSURE procedure, outlined earlier in this section.

••

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

•

3. Connect a 0-70 Bar (0-1000) psi pressure gauge to the test port at ‘P2’ of the pilot manifold. The pilot manifold is located under the back edge of the cab, in front of the frame which supports the front edge of the roof enclosure.

AW119

5.10

PILOT MANIFOLD

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE

Pilot System 5. Adjust throttle to FULL.

Heat the hydraulic oil in the machine in preparation for hydraulic set-up procedures as follows: 1. Park the machine on level ground, parking brake ON and felling head down. Install articulation lock bar, stop engine and block wheels.

2. Connect a 0 - 350 Bar (0-5000 psi) gauge to the mid inlet test port on the boom valve.

•• MID INLET TEST PORT

MID INLET MAIN RELIEF

6. Operate clamp closed for 15 seconds, then stop for 5 seconds.

WARNING DO NOT leave the machine while heating the oil, as overheating of engine or oil can cause serious damage.

7. Repeat step 6 while monitoring hydraulic oil temperature until the temperature is between 49°C - 60°C (120°F - 140°F). This process will take 20 to 30 minutes depending on ambient air temperature.

8. Ensure that hydraulic oil is between 49°C 60°C (120°F - 140°F), then proceed to required hydraulic set-up procedure.

WARNING

•• 724D-D20

BOOM VALVE

3. Start the engine and adjust throttle to IDLE. Place a sheet of cardboard in front of the oil cooler section of the heat exchanger. The radiator must remain uncovered to prevent engine overheating.

4. Adjust the boom valve main relief to 138 Bar (2000 psi) using the clamp close function.

The temperature rises quickly when setting relief valves. Remove the cardboard blocking the oil cooler if necessary to maintain the proper temperature. Do not pass oil over relief valves for longer than 5 seconds at a time during set-up procedures. Damage to valves can occur from excessive heat.

9. Return boom valve main relief to normal pressure settings using clamp closed function, refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS in SECTION 18 (SAW).

5.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

726E-034

Pilot System

HYDRAULIC GROUP FRONT CHASSIS- (7262501-7262530) 5.12

32609BR1

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

726E-008

Pilot System

HYDRAULIC GROUP FRONT CHASSIS - (7262531 - 7262570) 5.13

35286B

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

720E-032

Pilot System

HYDRAULIC GROUP FRONT CHASSIS - SAW ATTACHMENT - (7262571 AND UP) 5.14

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

720E-032

Pilot System

HYDRAULIC GROUP FRONT CHASSIS - SHEAR ATTACHMENT 5.15

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

726E-007

Pilot System

HYDRAULIC GROUP REAR CHASSIS - (7262501 TO 7262530) 5.16

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

726E-007

Pilot System

HYDRAULIC GROUP REAR CHASSIS - (7262531 - 7262570) 5.17

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

726E-050

Pilot System

HYDRAULIC GROUP REAR CHASSIS - (7262571 AND UP) 5.18

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

720E-028

Pilot System

HYDRAULIC GROUP CAB - TWO SPEED TRANSMISSION 5.19

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

726E-051

Pilot System

HYDRAULIC GROUP CAB - ONE SPEED TRANSMISSION 5.20

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 6 - ELECTRICAL, GAUGES & ALARMS APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 6 BLINK CODE TRANSLATION / DIAGNOSTICS ............................................................. 6.16, 6.17 BLINK CODES ..........................................................................................................................6.15 ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS .............................................................................. 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE ........................................................................................6.14 FAN ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE ................................................................................6.15 FUSE AND RELAY PANEL - CAB ................................................................... 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, 6.11 FUSE AND RELAY PANEL - MAIN ................................................................................. 6.12, 6.13 RELAYS AND WIRE CONNECTIONS ....................................................................................... 6.7 SENSOR, SENDER LOCATIONS .............................................................................................6.18 WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART ................................................................................................6.17 WIRE CONNECTIONS - RELAYS ............................................................................................. 6.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC - SHEET 1 OF 4

30665B R3 718E-071

6.2

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC - SHEET 2 OF 4

30665B R3 718E-072

6.3

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC - SHEET 3 OF 4

30665B R3 718E-073

6.4

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC - SHEET 4 OF 4

30665B R3 718E-074

6.5

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

A/C HEATER RELAYS

••

••

GREY, GREEN AND BROWN CONNECTORS

•

724E-037

FAN ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE WIRING AND CONNECTORS FAN CONTROLLER The electronic control module for the hydraulic driven cooling fan is located on the lower front panel of the cab just inside the right cab door.

A/C HEATER RELAYS

••

Three relays used to controll the A/C and Heater functions are located on the side of the A/C Heater unit just inside the right cab door.

•• • GREY, GREEN AND BROWN CONNECTORS 724E-038

6.6

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher RELAYS AND WIRE CONNECTIONS

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

6.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher FUSES AND RELAYS

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

724E-006

720E-002

FUSE PANEL - IN CAB

FUSE AND RELAY PANEL - CAB Each major circuit on the vehicle is protected against current overload by fuses. The fuses and relays are located in two places on the machine.

The Cab fuse and relay panel is located in the compartment just below the main control panel as shown above. The main fuse and relay panel is located in an electrical box in the engine compartment.

IMPORTANT

24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 6.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

724E-035

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

FUSE AND RELAY PANEL - CAB

LABEL - FUSE AND RELAY PANEL - CAB 6.9

29676A R1

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

724E-006

718E-075

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL PIN NUMBER ASSIGNMENT (VIEWED FROM REAR OF PANEL) 6.10

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL WIRE NUMBER CHART

1

••

724E-035

718E-030

To access the rear of the fuse and relay panel, remove the wing nut (1) at the top of the panel.

Pull the top of the panel outwards then tip the panel down to access the wiring and connectors.

6.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

724E-036

720E-003 30369B

LABEL - MAIN FUSE AND RELAY PANEL ~ ENGINE COMPARTMENT

MAIN FUSE AND RELAY PANEL - ENGINE COMPARTMENT This main fuse and relay panel is located in an electrical box in the engine compartment on the rear wall.

6.12

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

718E-070 30369B

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

MAIN FUSE AND RELAY PANEL ~ ENGINE COMPARTMENT PIN NUMBER AND WIRE ASSIGNMENT CHART 6.13

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

FAN CONTROL

The temperature sensor in the hydraulic tank operates in a similar manner to the engine coolant temperature sensor but independently and with a different temperature range of (See COOLING SET POINTS).

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

••

This sensor will signal the electronic control module to turn the fan ON at (See COOLING SET POINTS). As the temperature of the hydraulic oil increases, the speed of the fan will also increase to a maximum 2200 rpm fan speed @2200 rpm engine speed, at this point the temperature of the hydraulic oil will be (See COOLING SET POINTS), of higher.

COOLING SET POINTS CONTROLLER PLUS ONE

724E-025

FAN ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE WIRING

Charge Air Min Charge Air Max Engine Coolant Min Engine Coolant Max Hydraulic Oil Temp Min Hydraulic Oil Temp Max

50°C 84°C 85°C 96°C 49°C 71°C

(122°F) (183°F) (185°F) (205°F) (120°F) (160°F)

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan is stopped due to low engine coolant, air intake or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will immediately turn the cooling fan to run at 1200 rpm. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

720D-052

FAN ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE This control consists of an electronic processing module, a three position FAN switch in the operator's cab with CLEAN/AUTO/FULL ON* positions for fan control.

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN (PURGE) position make sure that there are no personnel on the left side of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris

724E-004

When the switch is in the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position, the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of coolant, air intake or oil temperatures.

The AUTO CLEAN/REVERSE feature will not function in the FULL ON position.

FAN SWITCH

When the engine coolant temperature reaches 85°C (185°F) the sensor on the engine in conjunction with the electronic control module will adjust the signal to the control valve to start to turn the fan slowly. The fan speed is variable from zero up to a maximum of 2200 rpm fan speed @2200 rpm engine speed. As the temperature of the coolant increases so does the speed of the fan up to the maximum 2200 rpm fan speed @2200 rpm engine speed. At this point the engine coolant temperature will be 96°C (205°F), or higher.

When the switch is pressed momentarily to the CLEAN (PURGE) position, the control module will signal the control valve to reverse the flow of oil to the motor and turn the fan in reverse. The control module will also turn the air conditioning system OFF for as long as the fan switch is in the CLEAN (PURGE) position.

6.14

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE BLINK CODES

GREEN LED

The electronic control module has two LED lights on the front top left side of the controller. A GREEN LED is used to indicate that power is ON and the controller is activated. The RED LED is used to provide a visual warning in the form of BLINK CODES whenever the controller senses a fault in the system.

The chart on the following pages can be used for BLINK CODE TRANSLATION AND DIAGNOSTICS.

RED LED

724E-018

6.15

•••

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

BLINK CODE TRANSLATION / DIAGNOSTICS FAULT CODE

"RED LED"

DESCRIPTION

(Flash Bit Sequence) 11

•

1 sec

•

12

•

1 sec

••

13

•

1 sec

•••

14

•

1 sec

••••

15

•

1 sec

•••••

16

•

1 sec

••••••

17

•

1 sec

•••••••

18

•

1 sec

19

•

1 sec

21

••

1 sec

22

••

1 sec

••

23

••

1 sec

•••

24

••

1 sec

••••

41

••••

1 sec

•

EFFECT

(Fault Location)

(Only when fault code is active)

Attachment Pump Displacement Control Coil

Attachment pump will turn off and will not turn on.

Incorrect Cutter Mode Selected

Attachment pump will not turn on.

Saw Blade Overspeed

Attachment pump will turn off and will not turn on.

Saw Blade Speed Sensor Fault

Attachment pump will turn off and will not turn on.

Attachment Pump Reverse Displacement M726D closed loop attachment circuit - If running in reverse attachment pump will turn off and Control Coil will not run reverse, no affect on forward operation.

Saw blade will retract for a specified length of time and will not stop when it passes the blade Intermittent Saw Blade Proximity Sensor proximity sensor or blade will not fully retract automatically. Manual retract button may be used Fault to fully retract saw blade.

Saw Pressure Sensor Fault

Electronic Saw gauge in cab will not operate correctly.

Cutter Control Valve Pilot Solenoid Fault

Attachment pump will turn off and will not turn on.

Intermittent saw blade may not extend. Controller will continue to send current to extend valve coil.

Intermittent saw blade may not retract. Controller will continue to send current to retract valve • • • • • • • • • Intermittent Saw Blade Retract Valve Coil coil.

••••••••

•

Intermittent Saw Blade Extend Valve Coil

Main Pump Horsepower Control Coil Fault Engine anti-stall may not function correctly.

Pilot Pressure Sender Fault

Engine will not automoatically idle down during times of inactivity

Parameter Fault

Anti-stall and auto-idle may not function correctly

Saw Cut Control Coil Fault

Saw cut function may not work correctly.

A/C OFF Output Relay is out of operating Fan runs at full speed forward. Fan will not automatically reverse and controller will send SPN Range 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display.

Fan Pitch Forward Coil is out of operating Fan will continue in increase pitch until is running at full pitch, will not decrease pitch or reverse range and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display.

42

43

••••

••••

1 sec

1 sec

••

Fan will try to continue to perform as normal. If the fault is detected more than 5 times in 10 Fan Forward Coil is out of operating range minutes; fan will attempt to run at full speed forward, not automatically reverse and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display.

Fan Proportional Coil is out of operating range.

Fan will try to continue to perform as normal. If the fault is detected more than 5 times in 10 minutes; fan will run at full speed forward, not automatically reverse and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display.

Fan Pitch Reverse Coil is out of operating range

Fan will continue in increase pitch until is running at full pitch, will not decrease pitch or reverse and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display.

Fan Reverse Coil is out of operating range

Fan will try to continue to perform as normal. If the fault is detected more than 3 times in 10 minutes; fan will run at full speed forward, not automatically reverse and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display.

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender out of range

Fan runs at full speed forward and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display. Fan will not automatically reverse.

Engine will not automatically idle down

•••

44

••••

1 sec

••••

45

••••

1 sec

•••••

46

••••

1 sec

••••••

47

••••

1 sec

•••••••

48

••••

1 sec

••••••••

Fan Reverse Frequency Potentiometer J1939 CAN BUS Fault Engine Coolant Overheat Condition Hydraulic Overheat Condition

Fan performs normal operation but will be default to automatically reverse every 20 minutes.

Fan runs at full speed forward controller and will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display. Fan will not automatically reverse.

250B - Engine will not automatically idle down. Engine anti-stall will not function.

Fan runs at full speed forward. Fan will not automatically reverse.

Fan runs at full speed forward. No effect on automatic reverse. Engine diagnostic display reads fault code SPN 441 FMI 0 Fan runs at full speed forward. No effect on automatic reverse. Engine diagnostic display reads fault code SPN 1638 FMI 0

NOTES : 1) To clear fault codes from controller, turn master disconnect switch "off", wait 15 secs, and turn "on". If fault persists see Possible Cause/Solution.

2) If multiple faults are present a 5 second delay will separate the Fault Code Sequences.

"GREEN LED" ON Steady indicates System is Activated/ON "RED LED" and "GREEN LED" will flash momentarily when master disconnect is switched from "off" to "on"

6.16

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms

BLINK CODE TRANSLATION / DIAGNOSTICS FAULT CODE

POSSIBLE CAUSE / SOLUTION

718E

720D/ 724D

(To diagnose fault) 11 12 13 14

15

Mode selector switch is in the incorrect position or the electrical boom connector is not connected. Place mode selector switch in the correct mode or connect boom eletrical connector and turn cutter on. Check connections between attachment and controller. Check resistance of attachment ID connector inside attachement.

Saw blade speed has exceeded the saw max speed set point. Check saw speed and adjust BODC screw on saw motor if necessary. Check flow to saw motor in saw mode.

Speed sensor has malfunctioned or blade has not turned for an extended period of time with the cutter on. Check that saw blade turns when cutter is on. Check connection between speed sensor and controller. Check speed sensor ground. Check speed sensor for proper installation and operation.

Current is out of operating range. Check connections between attachment pump reverse coil and controller. Check reverse coil ground connections.

21

Current is out of operating range. Check connections between attachment pump coil and controller. Check coil ground connections.

18

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x x

24

Current is out of operating range. Check connections between saw cut valve section coil and controll. Check coil ground connections.

41

Current is out of operating range. Check connections between relay and controller. Check relay ground connections. Check relay.

x

Current is out of operating range at the fan pitch forward coil. Check connections between the coil and the controller. Check coil ground connections.

x

Current is out of operating range at the fan forward coil. Check connections between the forward coil of fan pump and the controller. Check coil ground connections.

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Current is out of operating range at fan valve proportional coil. Check connections between proportional coil of fan valve and controller. Check ground connections.

Current is out of operating range at the fan pitch reverse coil. Check connections between the coil and the controller. Check coil ground connections.

x x

Voltage is out of operating range. Check connections between sensor and controller. Verify that sensor has been calibrated using the service tool.

Replace pressure sensor if necessary.

Parameter set points are out of operating range. Check settings with service tool.

42

x

x

23

22

M726D M726E

Intermittent saw blade proximity sensor has failed, come out of adjustment or become disconnected. Check sensor and sensor position, remove debris, check sensor connections.

19

17

726D

Current is out of operating range. Check connections between attachment pump coil and controller. Check coil ground connections.

Pressure transducer has malfunctioned or has become disonnected and no signal is present. Check the signal wire from the transducer. When the transducer is given 5V sensory power, 0.5 V should be present at the signal wire at 0 psi.

Current is out of operating range. Check connections between cutter control pilot solenoid and controller. Check cutter control solenoid ground connections.

Current is out of operating range. Check connections between intermittent saw blade extend valve coil (locted in intermittent saw head) and controller. Check solenoid ground connections.

Current is out of operating range. Check connections between intermittent saw blade retract valve coil (locted in intermittent saw head) and controller. Check solenoid ground connections.

16

720E/ 724E/ 726E

x

43

Current is out of operating range at the fan reverse coil. Check wire connections between the reverse coil of fan pump and the controller (720/724D). Check connections at reverse coil of fan valve and the controller (724E/726D/M726D). Check ground connections. x

44

Resistance is out of operating range at hydraulic oil temprature sender. Check connection between the hydraulic temperature sender and controller and replace hydraulic oil temperature sender if necessary.

45

Voltage is out of operating range at the reverse frequency potentiometer or it is uncalbirated. To calibrate pot- Turn potentiometer fully out (+), wait 5 secs, then turn potentiometer fully in (-), wait 5 sec. Turn out (+) 1/4 turn to reset automatic reverse frequency.

46

Engine J1939 not present or Faulted. Check that J1939 backbone is in good condition, all resistors and connectors are properly connected.

x

47

Coolant has reached/exceeded Overheat Set Point. Decrease coolant temp to below overheat set point.

x

x x

x

x

x

x 48

x x

x

Tigercat wire colour code chart applicable to all products manufactured by Tigercat Industries Inc. COLOUR Red Black White Blue Purple Tan Yellow Grey Brown Green Orange

FUNCTION EXAMPLE Power ........................................ (fused and unfused) Ground Engine control ........................... (fuel shut-off, start aid) Propulsion Control .................... (transmission/reverser solenoids) Monitor, electrical and mechanical systems .................. (air cleaner, alternator, wheel speed, engine speed) Electrical and electromechanical control ......... (park brake, alternator excitation) (power door motor, backup alarm) Monitors .................................... (flow, pressure, temperature, level) Standard monitor system .......... (logic module to monitor) Lights Electro-hydraulic control ........... (pilot solenoids) Accessories .............................. (horn, A/C, heater) 6.17

x x

Hydraulic Oil has reached/exceeded Overheat Set Point. Decrease hydraulic oil temp to below overheat set point. x

x

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SWITCH PILOT SHUT OFF LEFT CAB DOOR

Electrical, Gauges and Alarms SWITCH BACK-UP ALARM

•

SWITCH PILOT SHUT OFF RIGHT CAB DOOR

• • •

•

CONTROL PANEL

SWITCH BATTERY DISCONNECT

POWERVIEW DISPLAY MODULE

• PARKING BRAKE PROXIMITY SENSOR (IF EQUIPPED)

•

718E-066

CAB CONTROL PANEL - FUSE AND RELAY PANEL COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR

SAW PRESSURE SENSOR (IF EQUIPPED)

••

•• BATTERY COMPARTMENT

• HYDRAULIC OIL TEMP SENSOR

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL SENSOR

726E-038

•• • •••

••

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SAW PRESSURE SENSOR (IF EQUIPPED)

SENSOR & SWITCH LOCATIONS 6.18

720E-003

ELECTRICAL BOX

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 7 - ENGINE APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 7 CHARGE AIR COOLER ..................................................................................................................

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION CUMMINS ENGINE .....................................................................................................................

COOLING SYSTEM CHARGE AIR COOLER ..............................................................................................................

COOLANT FLOW DIAGRAM .......................................................................................................

COOLANT FLOW DURING OPERATION ....................................................................................

FILLING THE SYSTEM WITH COOLANT ....................................................................................

7.8 7.3 7.8 7.6 7.6 7.6

ENGINE SERPENTINE BELT ......................................................................................................... 7.7 PRECLEANER SERVICE ..................................................................................................................................... 7.9 REPLACING SERPENTINE BELT .................................................................................................. 7.7 SERPENTINE BELT ........................................................................................................................

START CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS AT REST ......................................................................................................................................

RUN AND DRIVE .........................................................................................................................

RUN, NO DRIVE ..........................................................................................................................

START .........................................................................................................................................

STARTING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................

7.7 7.4 7.5 7.5 7.4 7.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Engine PARKING BRAKE - SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 to 7262530

STARTING CIRCUIT For detailed engine information, refer to the engine manufacturer's manual.

For engine starting and stopping procedures refer to STARTING ENGINE and STOPPING ENGINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

•

The engine starting circuit is controlled by a proximity switch located in the parking brake circuit which prevents the engine from being started when the parking brake is OFF.

•

The parking brake must be in the ON position to allow the engine to start. The engine is started by turning the key to the START position and then releasing it to the RUN position after the engine starts.

PROXIMITY SENSOR

7B

337-19

PARKING BRAKE DISENGAGED POSITION

Refer to START CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS in THIS SECTION. PARKING BRAKE - SERIAL NUMBER. 7262531 and up The parking brake assembly is installed in the drive line between the transmission and the front axle. Five rotating discs are splined to the brake shaft and 6 stationary discs are held in place in the brake housing. The brake is spring applied and hydraulically released.

• 337-20

7B

PARKING BRAKE ENGAGED POSITION

PULL up on handle to ENGAGE parking brake.

PUSH down on the handle to DISENGAGE parking brake.

724E-004

On machines equipped with two hydraulic motors and a single speed transmission, this parking brake operates ONE of TWO disc brake calipers on the transmission. The second caliper is used only when setting up the machine hydraulic system. Machines equipped with a single hydraulic motor and two speed transmission have only ONE disc brake caliper.

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

A parking brake switch on the instrument panel activates and deactivates the brake, also the brake will be activated when the cab door is open or if the engine is not running.

NOTE: The parking brake must be in the ENGAGED position to START the engine, and in the DISENGAGED position to DRIVE the machine.

A proximity sensor is attached to the brake lever housing. This electrical circuit prevents the machine from being driven when the parking brake is engaged.

7.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Engine

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION - CUMMINS ENGINE

FUSES AND RELAYS

With the parking brake ON, the parking brake switch or proximity sensor is closed and the drive enable relay (4) is energized through wire 11.

KEY SWITCH

726D-004

•

When the parking brake is OFF, the drive enable relay (4) is de-energized, voltage is not available in wire 4 and therefore the engine cannot be started. This prevents accidental starting of the engine when the parking brake is OFF.

724E-004

KEY AND PARKING BRAKE SWITCHES

It should be noted that with the engine running, the parking brake ON and the drive enable relay energized, voltage is not available in wire 3 to the drive prevent relay (6). Because of this, driving the machine is still not possible until both cab doors are closed and the pilot reset switch is pressed.

When the key is turned to the START position, voltage is supplied to the start circuit through wire 2 from the contacts of drive enable relay (4) and wire 4 to the start relay (5).

To set machine in drive mode, place parking brake OFF to de-energize the drive enable relay (4) and allow voltage to flow to drive prevent relay (6) along wire 3. Close both doors and press the pilot reset switch. This will energize the pilot lock relay (7), de-energize the drive enable relay (4) and allow voltage to flow through wire 36 to energize the drive prevent valve solenoid and allow pilot oil to the drive pedals.

For schematic diagrams, showing various stages of the start circuit, refer to START CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS - CUMMINS 'B' ENGINE OPTION in THIS SECTION. Voltage is supplied through wire 23 & 24 to the coil of the start relay (5), which closes and supplies voltage through wire 8 to the coil of the remote start solenoid relay. The start solenoid relay closes and supplies voltage through wire 467 to close the contacts of the start solenoid and supply battery power to the starter to turn the engine.

••

MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY

724E-039

MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY 7.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Engine

START CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS START CIRCUIT - AT REST MASTER DISCONNECT OFF

724E-028

START CIRCUIT - START

724E-029

7.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Engine

START CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS START CIRCUIT - RUN, NO DRIVE

724E-030

START CIRCUIT - RUN AND DRIVE

724E-031

7.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Engine The engine vent discharges air directly from the top of the engine to the surge tank.

COOLANT FLOW DURING OPERATION

Additional coolant stored in the surge tank flows slowly down the shunt hose to the water pump inlet replacing the air removed from the cooling system.

The water pump circulates coolant through the radiator, engine oil cooler, the engine block and cylinder head. If the thermostat is closed, coolant is returned to the water pump through a bypass inside the engine.

FILLING THE SYSTEM WITH COOLANT

The thermostat opens when the coolant reaches operating temperature. Then the coolant flows across the radiator core to the outlet and back to the water pump through the bottom radiator hose.

A surge tank is located above the radiator. A small vent tube is connected between the surge tank and the thermostat housing. The anti-freeze/water solution used in the cooling system always contains small amounts of gas produced by combustion leakage. This gas must be vented to the outside to prevent cavitation of the engine water pump and to promote efficient heat transfer between the engine block and the coolant. These gases separate from the coolant in the radiator top tank and are carried up through the vent tube where they collect in the surge tank and eventually discharge through the pressure cap.

FLOW OF COOLANT WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND THERMOSTAT OPEN

The coolant is added through the filler neck in the surge tank. This coolant fills the bottom radiator hose at the water pump through the shunt hose and then fills the radiator from the bottom upwards. Air is displaced through the vent tube to the surge tank. As the radiator is filled, coolant flows through the water pump and engine oil cooler to fill the engine. Coolant will flow out the top radiator hose through the thermostat bypass and into the engine once the radiator has filled.

The engine vent discharges air directly from the engine to the surge tank.

When the engine is at operating temperature and the thermostat has opened, any remaining air is purged through the vent tube. The system will then require more coolant to fully top off both the engine and the radiator.

CHARGE AIR COOLER

RAD CAP

SURGE TANK RADIATOR

•

VENT HOSE

•

••

THERMOSTST HOUSING WATER PUMP

SHUNT HOSE

••

••••

•• ••

• •• • • • ENGINE OIL COOLER 726M-037A

DRAIN TAP

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM 7.6

TOP RADIATOR HOSE

•

BOTTOM RADIATOR HOSE HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher ENGINE SERPENTINE BELT SERPENTINE BELT

IDLER PULLEYS

••

ALTERNATOR

• BELT TENSIONER

• •

Engine Look for pinholes and/or bumps. If any are found it means dirt and debris is getting in between the serpentine drive belt and the pulleys. Turn the belt around and see if there are chunks of the ribs missing.

A/C COMPRESSOR

••

CRACKS ACROSS BACKING ARE ACCEPTABLE CRACKS PARALLEL TO BACKING ARE NOT

•• ••

WATER PUMP

••

726E-031

BELT WITH CRACKS ACROSS RIBS

726E-021

726E-032

BELT WITH CHUNKS OF RIB MISSING The serpentine belt is a single, continuous belt used to drive the alternator, A/C compressor and water pump. The belt is guided by idler pulleys and a spring loaded belt tensioner.

Crank the engine to expose sections of belt for inspection. A few, small widely spaced chunks are okay. But if there are many and/or close together, replace the serpentine drive belt. Hairline cracks are normal, but if they go into the backing, or flat side, of the serpentine drive belt replace the belt.

The serpentine belt is more efficient than a multiple belt system. By using a single, wider belt instead of multiple, thinner belts, the belt is put under increased tension without stretching. Higher tension reduces slip, which increases belt life and mechanical efficiency. Reduced slip allows for the use of lower-ratio pulleys; this reduces the load on the engine, increasing fuel economy and available power.

If cracks are observed 3 mm (1/8 in) apart, all around the belt, the belt may be reaching the end of its serviceable life and should be replaced.

Small cracks spaced at greater intervals are acceptable. However, the onset of cracking typically signals that the belt is only about halfway through its usable life.

Serpentine belts are also much easier to maintain and change, since there is no need to remove multiple belts to replace a single broken or worn belt

REPLACING THE SERPENTINE BELT 1. Park the machine on level ground. Parking brake ON, felling head resting on the ground and engine off. Turn battery disconnect switch OFF.

The backside of the serpentine drive belt, or the smooth side, drives the water pump. If the serpentine belt gets oil soaked or glazed, it will slip and not provide the proper circulation to keep the engine cool. And if there is oil on the serpentine belt, it’s coming from somewhere, repair the oil leak before putting on a new serpentine drive belt.

2. Install a Johnson bar with a 3/8" square drive in the square socket hole of the belt tensioner.

3. Loosen belt tensioner and remove the serpentine belt.

Check for tears or abrasions. If any are found it means the serpentine drive belt is rubbing a pulley flange or bolt as it winds it's way around.

This will happen more often as the drive belt gets older. If this happens, file the pulley flange smooth or clear the obstrution out of the belt path.

4. Replace the serpentine belt. Ensure that all of the ribs on the serpentine belt align with the grooves on the engine pulleys.

7.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

Engine MAINTAINING THE CHARGE AIR COOLER

The charge air cooler is an air to air heat exchanger which cools turbocharged engine intake air. This cooling makes the intake air more dense for improved combustion, reduced emissions and increased efficiency of the engine.

Other advantages of a charge air cooler include increased fuel economy and reduced wear of engine components due to lower intake manifold temperatures. The charge air cooler is located above the oil cooler and radiator sections of the heat exchanger. Refer also to ENGINE MANUFACTURER'S MANUAL.

Inspect charge air cooler for dirt and debris blocking fins. Inspect the charge air piping and hoses for leaks holes, cracks or loose connections. Tighten hose clamps as required.

Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL and CLEANING THE A/C CONDENSER AND COOLING ASSEMBLY in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. NOTE: If the engine experiences a turbocharger failure or other event where oil or debris enters the charge air cooler the charge air cooler must be cleaned. If debris cannot be removed the charge air cooler must be replaced. Refer to ENGINE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

AIR FLOW DURING OPERATION Intake air from the engine air cleaner enters the turbocharger where the air is pressurized. The pressurized air flows from the turbocharger to the charge air cooler where it is cooled by ambient air flow. The cooler pressurized air flows from the charge air cooler to the intake manifold of the engine.

Refer also to COOLING SYSTEM AND CROSSFLOW FAN in SECTION 10 of THIS MANUAL.

CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

CROSS-FLOW COOLING FAN

• •• INTAKE MANIFOLD

•• • TURBOCHARGER

726M-047

CHARGE AIR COOLER: AIR FLOW DURING OPERATION 7.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher PRECLEANER - ENGINE AIR INTAKE

Engine

The precleaner is the first defense against foreign objects entering the air intake to the air cleaner filter elements and the engine. This unit draws its air supply through the perforated door of the precleaner compartment, where the course outer screen blocks the passage of large particles such as leaves, twigs or pine needles. Inside the precleaner is a turbine fan which spins due to the passage of air over its blades. The blades direct large particles to the outside of the casing, where they are blown out the exhaust port area. The main air stream continues into the air filter assembly for removal of fine dust and particles.

AS THE AIR SPINS, CENTRIFUGAL FORCE SEPARATES FOREIGN MATERIALS FROM THE CLEAN AIR

CONTAMINANTS ARE BLOWN OUT OF SPECIAL DISCHARGE PORTS BY HIGH VELOCITY, AIR POWERED ROTOR

726E-027 726D-058

• CHECK SPINNER BLADES FOR WEAR. REPLACE IF WORN.

•

•• •

•

THE TURBO II PRECLEANER HAS SPECIALLY DESIGNED BLADES THAT CAUSE THE INCOMING AIR TO SPIN

ONLY THE PURIFIED AIR GOES TO THE AIR FILTER

TURBO 2 TURBO II PRECLEANER OPERATION SERVICE

Under normal conditions, the outer screen and the precleaner should be checked and cleaned every 8 hours of any debris such as leaves, needles, dirt and twigs.

The complete precleaner unit must be removed for inspection and cleaning whenever the air cleaner primary filter element is replaced. This is done by loosening the gear clamp behind the unit and pulling it loose. Check the blades for wear and dirt build-up and clean them or replace the spinner assembly if blades are worn. Check the exhaust port area (narrow slots around outside of casing) for dirt and particle build-up. Clean the entire unit. When installing the unit, ensure that the precleaner outlet tube is inserted into the tube attached to the inner wall properly and tighten the gear clamp.

7.9

PRECLEANER COMPARTMENT

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Engine

7.10

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 8 - DRIVE APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 8 AXLES 7262523 TO 7262570 ............................................................................................... 8.44 AXLE LUBRICATION ............................................................................................ 8.46 BRAKE BLEEDING ............................................................................................... 8.46 BRAKE LINING INSPECTION (REAR AXLE ONLY) ............................................ 8.45 DIFFERENTIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS ..................................................... 8.45 DRAINING THE AXLES ........................................................................................ 8.46 FILLING AXLES, ALTERNATIVE METHOD .......................................................... 8.47 FILLING THE AXLES ............................................................................................ 8.46 REAR AXLE OSCILLATION SHIM ........................................................................ 8.48 SERVICE BRAKES (REAR AXLE ONLY) ............................................................. 8.45 7262571 AND UP ..................................................................................................... 8.50 AXLE LUBRICATION ............................................................................................ 8.51 REAR AXLE OSCILLATION SHIM ........................................................................ 8.52 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION ................................................................ 8.3 SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION ............................................................ 8.2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM, DRIVE DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION .............................................................. 8.15 SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION ............................................................ 8.7 DRIVE MOTOR DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION .............................................................. 8.10 DRIVE MOTOR PRESSURE SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS ................................ 8.20 DRIVE PEDAL PILOT VALVE ...................................................................................... 8.12 DRIVE PREVENT VALVE ............................................................................................ 8.13 DRIVE PUMP AND MOTOR PRESSURE SETTINGS AND ADJUST DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION .............................................................. 8.25 DRIVE PUMP PRESSURE SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION .......................................................... 8.18 DRIVE SHAFT, FRONT, INSTALLATION ................................................................... 8.38 HYDRAULIC OIL HEAT-UP ......................................................................................... 8.30 HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................... 8.8 HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION ................................................................ 8.3 SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION ............................................................ 8.2 PRESSURE SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION DRIVE PUMP ........................................................................................................ 8.18 MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ................................................................... 8.22 MOTOR POR ........................................................................................................ 8.20 SPEED CONTROL LEVER VALVE ............................................................................. 8.14 TEST DRIVE DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION .............................................................. 8.23 SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION .......................................................... 8.16 TRANSMISSION 1-SPEED (DUAL MOTOR) .............................................................. 8.37 TRANSMISSION 2-SPEED (SINGLE MOTOR) ................................................. 8.33, 8.35 SHIFT LEVER ................................................................................................. 8.34, 8.36 WHEEL INSTALLATION .............................................................................................. 8.54

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

LOW PRESSURE RETURN

SWASHPLATE, AXIAL PISTON DRIVE PUMP

BENT AXIS PISTON DRIVE MOTOR

TO VEHICLE DRIVE

FROM DIESEL ENGINE

HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY

724D-44

TYPICAL CONTINUOUS CLOSED LOOP HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SINGLE MOTOR (2-SPEED TRANSMISSION)

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION A hydraulic system is termed closed loop when the hydraulic oil returning from the motor is fed straight back to the pump without first returning to tank. When the machine is travelling forward, one side of the closed loop is a high pressure supply while the other side is a low pressure return. The supply and return will alternate from side to side of the closed loop as the direction of travel of the vehicle goes from forward to reverse.

The primary components of the single motor two speed transmission hydrostatic drive system are a hydraulic pump and a hydraulic motor connected together by two hydrostatic hoses. The pump converts the mechanical power of the diesel engine into hydraulic power. This high pressure flow of hydraulic oil is then transmitted to the hydraulic motor through a connecting hose. The motor then reconverts the hydraulic power back into the mechanical power used to propel the machine. Low pressure hydraulic oil flow then returns from the motor to the pump through the other connecting hose thereby completing a continuous closed loop hydraulic circuit.

Hydrostatic drives are used because they offer enhanced operator control of vehicle speed and tractive effort. As well hydrostatic drive systems give flexibility in the positioning of components within the machine when compared to mechanical drive systems.

8.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

HIGH PRESSURE SUPPLY

BENT AXIS PISTON DRIVE MOTOR (LH) TO VEHICLE DRIVE

SWASHPLATE, AXIAL PISTON DRIVE PUMP

FROM DIESEL ENGINE

BENT AXIS PISTON DRIVE MOTOR (RH) TO VEHICLE DRIVE

LOW PRESSURE RETURN

724D-25

TYPICAL CONTINUOUS CLOSED LOOP HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DUAL MOTOR (1-SPEED TRANSMISSION)

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE SYSTEM DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION A hydraulic system is termed closed loop when the hydraulic oil returning from the motors is fed straight back to the pump without first returning to tank. When the machine is travelling forward, one side of the closed loop is a high pressure supply while the other side is a low pressure return. The supply and return will alternate from side to side of the closed loop as the direction of travel of the vehicle goes from forward to reverse.

The primary components of the dual motor one speed transmission hydrostatic drive system are a hydraulic pump and two hydraulic motors connected together by hydrostatic hoses. The pump converts the mechanical power of the diesel engine into hydraulic power. This high pressure flow of hydraulic oil is then transmitted to the hydraulic motors through a connecting hose. The motors then reconvert the hydraulic power back into the mechanical power used to propel the machine. Low pressure hydraulic oil flow then returns from the motors to the pump through the other connecting hose thereby completing a continuous closed loop hydraulic circuit.

Hydrostatic drives are used because they offer enhanced operator control of vehicle speed and tractive effort. As well hydrostatic drive systems give flexibility in the positioning of components within the machine when compared to mechanical drive systems.

8.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

DRIVE PUMP The hydrostatic drive pump is mounted at the top center position of the pump drive gearbox. The input drive shaft of the pump is connected directly to the output of the gearbox. The gearbox is driven directly by the diesel engine through a drive coupling.

The hydrostatic drive pump is actually two separate hydraulic pumps mounted in a common case and driven by the same input drive shaft.

The primary pump is a variable displacement, swashplate, in line axial piston type pump. The

volume and direction of oil flow from the piston pump is determined by the angle of the tiltable swashplate. When the swashplate is stroked to a maximum displacement angle, the piston pump will produce maximum flow in one direction in the closed loop. As the swashplate is de-stroked, the flow smoothly decreases until there is no flow at an angle of zero (0°). Continuing to angle the swashplate past this neutral position steplessly reverses the direction of flow from the piston pump.

TO CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

•• •• 'A' POR VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW 'B' POR VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW

5 MM ALLEN KEY 1 1/16" WRENCH

••

5 MM ALLEN KEY 1 1/16" WRENCH

•• •

GAUGE TEST PORT (M3) • QUICK CONNECT

TO DRIVE FOOT CONTROL VALVE

PRESSURE PORT 'A'

••

••

••

••

••

PRESSURE PORT 'B'

CHARGE PRESS. RELIEF • 1 1/16" WRENCH • 1/2" SOC. WRENCH

•

SUCTION FROM TANK

•• GAUGE TEST PORT 'M2' • PORT SIZE - 06 JIC

GAUGE TEST PORT 'M1' • PORT SIZE - 06 JIC CHARGE PUMP

724E-047

DRIVE PUMP 8.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SYSTEM PRESSURE PORT 'B'

SLIDE BLOCK

Drive CONTROL CYLINDER

SERVO ARM

SWASHPLATE CONTROL VALVE FEED BACK SWASHPLATE CRADLE BEARING

DRIVE SHAFT

CHARGE PUMP

SYSTEM PRESSURE PORT 'A'

SWASHPLATE LEVELLER

SWASHPLATE

DRIVE PUMP

724D-01

devices in the event that the POR valve malfunctions or does not respond quickly enough to high pressure surges.

LOCKNUT PRESSURE LIMITER CHECK HIGH PRESSURE POPPET VALVE RELIEF/CHECK VALVE POPPET POPPET

PRESSURE LIMITER BYPASS ADJUSTING SCREW ACTUATOR 724D-26

The POR valve prevents continuous dumping of high pressure oil across the piston pump high pressure relief valves. This eliminates unnecessary heating of the oil and protects the pump and motors during rapid acceleration or deceleration and drive system stalls. For this reason the high pressure relief valves are automatically set to a higher pressure than the POR valve setting and are nonadjustable. The high pressure relief valves always dump oil from the high pressure to the low pressure side of the closed loop, keeping the hydraulic oil within the closed loop.

PRESSURE LIMITER POPPET SEAT

CROSS SECTION OF POR (MULTI-FUNCTION VALVE)

The hydrostatic piston pump is equipped with two pressure override (POR) valves at ports A and B to protect the closed loop hydrostatic drive components from excessive pressure. These POR valves are also referred to as multifunction valves. When the tractive effort requirements of the vehicle are demanding, pressure on the high side of the closed loop can reach maximum. At this pressure the POR valve signals the swashplate control valve to de-stroke the swashplate, reducing piston pump flow and maintaining system pressure at the POR valve setting. Each POR valve incorporates an internal nonadjustable high pressure relief valve. The two high pressure relief valves at ‘A’ and ‘B’ ports are intended only to act as pressure limiting safety

The secondary pump of the drive pump is a fixed displacement, internal gerotor type that provides charge oil (make-up oil) for the hydrostatic pump and motors in the closed loop system. The charge pump also provides pilot oil to the drive foot controls.

8.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

DRIVE FOOT CONTROL VALVE CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

SWASH PLATE CONTROL VALVE

HIGH PRESSURE RELIEFS 'A' AND 'B'

•

•

•

P.O.R VALVES 'A' AND 'B'

•

•

CHARGE PUMP

•

• CHARGE PUMP RELIEF

• •

GAUGE TEST PORT 'A'

724E-092

• CONTROL CYLINDER

GAUGE TEST PORT 'B'

DRIVE PUMP SCHEMATIC

OPERATING DESCRIPTION The drive foot control valve directs oil from the charge pump and sends a pressure signal to shift the spool in the swashplate control valve. This changes the position of the control cylinder, which is directly connected to the swashplate of the piston pump. The angle and direction that the swashplate moves determines the speed and direction of travel of the vehicle. The angle and direction that the swashplate moves is directly proportional to the position of the drive foot control. When neither of the drive foot controls are depressed, pilot oil is not supplied to the swashplate. The swashplate therefore remains in the neutral position and no oil is pumped by the piston pump.

open, de-energizing the drive enable relay and energizing the drive prevent valve.

With the drive prevent valve energized, drive foot control oil can be directed to either the forward or reverse side of the pump swashplate control valve as required. With the drive prevent valve deenergized, drive foot control oil is directed to both sides of the pump swash plate control valve balancing the pressure on the control valve, the drive pump displacement control valve does not move and the pump swashplate angle remains at zero (0°).

The charge pump continuously introduces oil from the hydraulic tank into the hydrostatic drive system via a charge pressure filter. The charge pressure relief valve maintains a constant pilot pressure for use by the swashplate control system.

Excess charge pressure oil is relieved by the pump's charge pressure relief valve in conjunction with the loop flushing relief valve on the drive motors, this excess is dumped back into the case of the piston pump. Loop make up oil goes to the low pressure side of the closed loop to replenish losses due to internal leakage in the hydrostatic pump and motor. The flow of make-up oil acts as a cooling fluid for the piston pump and motors to ensure peak hydrostatic drive performance and long service life. The charge pressure filter ensures that only clean charge pump oil is introduced into the closed loop hydrostatic circuit and swashplate control system.

Should the charge pressure filter become clogged with debris, charge pump flow is diverted to tank thus preventing the entry of unfiltered charge oil into the hydrostatic system and control system.

For pressure setting procedures Refer to DRIVE PUMP AND MOTOR PRESSURE SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS in THIS SECTION.

NOTE: The motor displacement control starts at Min displacement on single motor two speed transmissions.

The drive foot control valve only functions when the parking brake is in the OFF position. This drive prevent circuit will not allow the machine to be driven with the parking brake ON. A switch in the parking brake circuit activates and deactivates the drive prevent valve. When the parking brake is in the OFF position, the switch contacts are 8.6

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

724E-100

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT - SINGLE MOTOR 2 -SPEED TRANSMISSION 8.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION The hydrostatic drive motor is mounted directly to the input of the two speed, manually shifted transmission. The output of the transmission is directly connected to the front and rear axles via the driveshafts. The hydrostatic drive motor is a variable displacement, bent axis, axial piston type.

SOME HOSES REMOVED FOR CLARITY

High pressure oil from the hydrostatic pump enters the motor via port A or port B depending on the direction of travel required. This oil is then directed to a set of pistons inside the motor rotating group cylinder housing. These pistons push against the back of the output shaft at an angle, causing the shaft to rotate.

SINGLE DRIVE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION

724D-101

The piston motor is made variable by changing the angle of the motor rotating group cylinder housing relative to the end of the output shaft. This angle determines the size or displacement of the motor.

The displacement determines the output speed and torque of the motor. Increasing the displacement, increases the torque output while reducing the output speed of the motor. Reducing the displacement reduces the torque and increases the speed.

Only when the pressure in the high pressure side of the closed loop exceeds the motor POR preset level does the displacement of the motor begin to increase. The point at which the spool in the displacement control valve begins to move and stroke the piston to maximum displacement is known as "Begin of displacement regulation" (motor POR) See note**.

As the motor displacement automatically increases, the machine speed automatically slows but the motor is able to drive the machine up steeper slopes and to travel on rougher or wetter terrain. As the pressure in the high pressure side of the closed loop falls below the motor POR pressure, the motor displacement automatically returns to the smallest displacement and the machine speeds up.

The displacement of the motor is changed by an internal control cylinder which receives high pressure oil from the motor pressure override valve (POR). The hydrostatic drive motor normally stays at the smallest displacement in order to drive the machine as fast as possible.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

PORT 'M1'

ROTATING GROUP

•

•

• 'A'

•

PORT 'B'

PORT 'A'

•

PORT 'X' PORT 'G'

•

•

• VIEW 'A' AQ012-G

SINGLE DRIVE MOTOR ~ (160CC SIZE) 8.8

DRIVE SHAFT MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW BEGIN OF STROKE (MOTOR 'POR') ADJUSTING SCREW AQ012-F

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

FLUSHING VALVE

NOTE** The term "begin of stroke set point" or "pressure override set point" can also be known as "begin of displacement regulation" or "begin of regulation" or "begin of displacement" or "motor POR". In this manual it will be referred to as MOTOR POR.

•

Vg MIN

CONTROL CYLINDER

Vg MAX

FROM CREEP SOLENOID VALVE

•

FROM PUMP

720D-048

MOTOR POR VALVE

FROM PUMP

DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC

The MOTOR POR set point must be correctly set for the system to function properly. Refer to DRIVE MOTOR PRESSURE SETTINGS in THIS SECTION .

A minimum displacement adjusting screw on the outside of the motor housing limits the maximum speed of the motor.

WARNING: Improper adjustment of Minimum displacement adjusting screw can result in motor and transmission failure due to overspeeding.

When installing a new motor always ensure stroke limiting screw is set correctly. Refer to SET MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT, in this section.

A flushing valve is incorporated into the motor.

This valve provides a regulated flow of oil from the low pressure side of the loop in the motor case. This action reduces the possibility of particle build up in the loop by providing a continuous change of oil, it also assists with cooling. This valve is factory set and requires no adjusting.

If terrain conditions demand maximum tractive effort at all times, the hydrostatic drive system has a creep capability. The pilot system's creep solenoid valve directs pilot oil to the motor’s 'POR' spool. The 'POR' spool shifts to direct control oil to the control cylinder. This holds the hydrostatic drive motor in the maximum displacement position and maximum tractive effort is continuously available.

8.9

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE MOTOR The motors are axial piston, variable displacement. The Left Motor is pressure compensated type and the Right Motor is proportional displacement control with pressure compensation. The motors form a closed loop circuit with the pump.

DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION Two motors are used to drive this machine. They are mounted to the input side of the transmission.

A splined coupling connects each of the motor shafts to the two transmission input shafts.

M3

M3

M4

M4 M5

720D-036

TO TANK

SHUTTLE VALVE

R.H. DRIVE MOTOR

720D-035

L.H. DRIVE MOTOR

SHUTTLE VALVE

LOOP FLUSHING VALVE

MOTOR 'POR' VALVE

•

• • MOTOR 'POR' VALVE

LOOP FLUSHING RELIEF VALVE

•

CONTROL CYLINDER

•

LOOP FLUSHING VALVE

• •

• FROM SPEED CONTROL VALVE

CONTROL CYLINDER

• •

DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC (LH MOTOR) AQ093

PROPORTIONAL DISPLACEMENT CONTROL VALVE

AQ092

8.10

LOOP FLUSHING RELIEF VALVE

DRIVE MOTOR SCHEMATIC (RH MOTOR)

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive The point at which the spool in the displacement control valve begins to move and stroke the piston to maximum displacement is known as "Begin of displacement regulation" (motor POR) See note**.

High pressure oil from the pump enters the motor via port 'A' or port 'B', depending on the direction of travel. The oil is directed to the back of a set of pistons in the motor's rotary group. The pistons push against the back of the drive shaft at an angle causing it to rotate.

The motor's POR set point must be correctly set for the system to function properly. Refer to DRIVE PUMP AND MOTOR PRESSURE SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS in THIS SECTION.

The angle of the pistons relative to the drive shaft determine the speed of the motor and the available torque. Reducing the angle provides increased speed with less torque. Increasing the angle will reduce the speed and provide more torque.

CREEP SWITCH

The angle of the pistons is variable and is changed by an internal control cylinder that receives high pressure oil via a combination of the motor's shuttle valve and the displacement control valve.

Displacement is regulated automatically between MINIMUM displacement and MAXIMUM displacement on the pressure compensated motor, in response to system pressure.

The R.H. Motor (proportional displacement control with pressure compensation) starts at MAXIMUM displacement and moves to MINIMUM displacement when pressure is supplied from the speed control lever. Displacement is regulated automatically between MINIMUM displacement and MAXIMUM displacement, in response to system pressure, except when the CREEP switch is ON.

'M3' TEST PORT

When the CREEP switch is OFF, pilot pressure oil is supplied via the creep valve to the speed control lever to motor port X1 and is applied to the end of the displacement control valve spool to direct pilot pressure oil to the end of the control cylinder and hold the motor at minimum displacement.

When CREEP is On pilot pressure oil via port X1 is removed from the end of the displacement control valve spool allowing the control cylinder to de-stroke the motor to MAXIMUM displacement.

De-stroking the motor will only occur if system pressure is below the motor's POR set point. The motors are allowed to change displacement based on motor regulation pressure.

NOTE** The term "begin of stroke set point" or "pressure override set point" can also be known as "begin of displacement regulation" or "begin of regulation" or "begin of displacement" or "motor POR". In this manual it will be referred to as MOTOR POR. SERVO PISTON CYLINDER

LOOP FLUSHING RELIEF VALVE

•

'M1' TEST PORT

•

•

PISTONS

•

PRESSURE COMPENSATION (MOTOR 'POR') ADJUSTING SCREW

•

B

A

•

'M2' TEST PORT

DISPLACEMENT CONTROL

•

• •

•

•

AQ064-2

'A'

• 'M5' TEST PORT

'M4' TEST PORT

VIEW 'A'

DRIVE SHAFT

AQ064-1

'X' DIMENSION

L.H. DRIVE MOTOR

•

•

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

CONNECTION TO TANK

See R.H. Drive Motor on next page

8.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive SERVO PISTON CYLINDER CONTROL THRESHOLD ADJUSTING SCREW

LOOP FLUSHING RELIEF VALVE

••

PISTONS

••

••

'A'

••

DRIVE SHAFT

••

•

•• •

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

R.H. DRIVE MOTOR

DRIVE PEDAL PILOT VALVE

••

PRESSURE COMPENSATION (MOTOR 'POR') ADJUSTING SCREW

VIEW 'A' AQ092B

DISPLACEMENT CONTROL

AQ092

OPERATING DESCRIPTION

•

5

• •

4

•

2

3

•

1

•

• • •

•

8

'P' PORT

1

SPOOL ARRANGEMENT AU013-1 In the neutral position the foot pedal is held centered by return spring (4).

2

P AU004

WORK PORTS 1, OR 2

T

AU013-2

When the pedal (1) is operated, the plunger (5) is pushed against the return spring (4).

DRIVE PILOT VALVE

At the same time the regulating spool (2) is moved through the regulating spring (3).

This pilot valve is a manually operated directional valve and operates on the same principal as a direct operating pressure reducing valve.

When the regulating stroke begins, there is a connection from port 'P' via hole (8) in the spool and work ports 1 and 2 in the base of the valve, to the swashplate control valve on the drive pump.

Operated by foot, this valve directs oil pressure* provided by the drive charge pump, to the swashplate control valve on the drive pump to drive the machine either forward or reverse.

Pressure provided by the drive charge pump at ports 1 and 2 is directly proportional to the position of the operator's foot on the foot pedal and the regulating spring characteristic.

8.12

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

DRIVE PREVENT VALVE The drive prevent valve is located under the cab.

This solenoid operated spool valve prevents the machine from being driven either forward or reverse when the parking brake is ON. UNDERSIDE OF CAB

DRIVE PREVENT VALVE

•

•

DRIVE PREVENT VALVE

724D-D24

SOLENOID AND CONNECTOR

SM-29

• P1

•

P2

SPOOL SECTION VALVE BLOCK

• •

PORT 1

PORT 2 V-04

DRIVE PREVENT VALVE

OPERATING DESCRIPTION When the solenoid valve is de-energized (parking brake ON) the spool cross connects the forward and reverse pilot lines causing the pressure on both sides to balance in the event the foot pedal is activated. This supplies pressure to both sides of the displacement controller resulting in no movement of the controller.

When the solenoid valve is energized (parking brake OFF), the spool in the drive prevent valve shifts and blocks the cross connection between the forward and reverse pilot line. This allows the foot control (forward or reverse) to send drive charge pump pressure* to the drive pump displacement controller.

8.13

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

SPEED CONTROL LEVER VALVE •

5

• •

4

•

2

3

•

1

•

• • •

•

8

'P' PORT WORK PORTS 1, 2

SPOOL ARRANGEMENT

AU013-1

AU013-2

OPERATING DESCRIPTION When the lever (1) is operated, plunger (5) is pushed against the return spring (4). The friction clutch makes the lever infinitely adjustable.

At the same time, control spool (2) is moved by control spring (3).

AW020

As the spool moves down, the control chamber to tank connection is closed. As the spool continues to move, the connection between input pressure (P) and the control chamber is opened and the pressure is then able to build up in the control chamber.

SPEED CONTROL LEVER VALVE

This pilot valve is a manually operated control valve and operates on the same principal as a direct operating pressure reducing valve. The control lever, the joystick and foot control valves use similar spool arrangements.

Once the pressure equals the value set by control spring (3), the control spool closes the loop and there is a connection to work port 2.

Oil flow is directly proportional to the position of the control lever setting by the operator and the control spring (3) characteristics.

This control valve is used to control the pilot oil pressure supplied to the drive motors, limiting the maximum speed of the vehicle and allowing the operator to maintain a given speed without having to feather the drive pedals. When the lever is pushed fully forward oil is supplied to the drive motors at pilot pressure 31 Bar (450 psi). When pulled all the way back the machine will be in CREEP MODE. The speed control lever has a friction clutch which is infinitely adjustable and can be used while the machine is in motion.

SPEED CONTROL LEVER

•

NOTE: Some machines are equipped with an optional creep switch. It is important to note that the speed control lever will not operate when the creep switch is in the ON position.

Refer also to SPEED CONTROL LEVER in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL and SPEED CONTROL LEVER ADJUSTMENT in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

M724D-02

8.14

SPEED CONTROL LEVER

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

720D-09

Drive

DRIVE CIRCUIT - DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION 8.15

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

TEST DRIVE

DRIVE MOTOR PRESSURE OVERRIDE (POR) CONTROL PRESSURE:

SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION

1. Shift the transmission to HIGH RANGE, turn ON both front and rear differential locks.

Ensure creep switch is OFF. Set throttle control to FULL.

Note: This procedure is for a Sauer-Danfoss pump and Rexroth single motor installation.

This test drive will verify the following: 1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Drive motor pressure override.

Engine horsepower audit Transmission low and high Ranges.

Creep function.

Front and rear differential lock functions.

Saw recovery time.

Boom functions Parking brake operation.

2. Drive the machine FORWARD at FULL SPEED. Apply the foot brake to slow the machine. The pressure at 'M1' on the drive pump will begin to rise.

3. When the 'M1' gauge on the DRIVE PUMP reads 255 Bar (3700 psi.), the pressure at the 'M1' gauge on the DRIVE MOTOR should rise to 138 - 179 Bar (2000 - 2600 psi), pause for a moment, then spike to over 207 Bar (3000 psi).

GAUGE TEST PORT 'M1'

Note: If these results cannot be obtained, refer to DRIVE MOTOR PRESSURE SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS in THIS SECTION. ENGINE HORSEPOWER AUDIT: 1. Install the articulation lock bar to prevent the machine from steering.

2. Set the throttle control to FULL. Verify the tachometer reading at high idle 2350 ± 25 RPM. 3a. Leave the THROTTLE control set to FULL. 3b Turn A/C switch OFF and set FAN speed to FULL ON (OVERRIDE).

718E-032A

SINGLE DRIVE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION

Install a 0-350 Bar ( 0 - 5,000 psi.) gauge at the 'M1' port of the DRIVE MOTOR, and a 0-700 Bar (0 - 10,000 psi.) gauge at the 'M1' port of the DRIVE PUMP. NOTE: Fasten these gauges so that they can be viewed from the operator’s seat in the cab.

Fasten your seat belt and move the machine to a suitable test area, where it can be safely driven at full speed for approximately 46 meters (150 feet).

IMPORTANT: Shifting gears while machine is moving will result in transmission damage.

Shift gears only when machine is stationary.

Slight movement of the steering joystick may be used to aid shifting. Do not press drive pedals to 'nudge' machine when shifting.

GAUGE TEST PORT 'M1' • PORT SIZE - 06 JIC

IMPORTANT: Foot brake must only be applied for 5 -10 seconds followed each time by a minimum 20 second cool down period. Failure to do so will result in 'burn out' of the rear axle brake.

724D-D16

8.16

•

DRIVE PUMP

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher 3c. Operate the ACCUMULATOR CLOSE function and STEER the machine.

4. While doing the above, carefully drive the machine FORWARD and apply the foot brake to develop a reading of 255 Bar (3700 psi.) pressure at the 'M1' gauge on the DRIVE PUMP. 5. Observe the engine rpm while doing the above. The engine should lug down to 19702150 RPM.

Drive 4. Turn only the rear differential lock switch ON. While steering the machine, both rear wheels should slide instead of rotating.

Front wheels should still rotate.

SAW MOTOR POR CONTROL PRESSURE, Tigercat Saws: 1. Install saw guard and raise felling head 6 inches off ground.

2. Set throttle control FULL.

Note: This test may have to be done a few times to get a proper reading.

CAUTION Ensure that all personnel are clear of the saw head.

TRANSMISSION LOW AND HIGH RANGES: 1. Bring machine to a full stop, apply foot brake, set throttle to IDLE and shift to HIGH RANGE. 2. Operate the machine at FULL throttle and FULL forward drive pedal. Speed should be 4.4 seconds for 5 wheel revolutions.

3. Bring machine to a full stop, apply foot brake, set throttle to IDLE and shift to LOW RANGE. 4. Operate the machine at FULL throttle and FULL forward drive pedal. Speed should be 10.6 seconds for 5 wheel revolutions.

CREEP FUNCTION 1. Shift transmission to LOW RANGE, turn the creep switch ON, set throttle to FULL, drive machine FORWARD at FULL SPEED. Speed should be 41.0 seconds for 5 wheel revolutions. Gauge at motor 'M1' port should read ZERO (0).

2. Turn creep switch OFF, shift to high gear, keep at FULL throttle, apply FULL forward drive pedal. Speed should be 16.9 seconds for 5 wheel revolutions.

DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS: 1. Bring machine to a full stop, set throttle to IDLE, ensure both front and rear differential lock switches are turned OFF. Steer machine without depressing drive pedal.

All wheels should rotate as machine is being steered. Steer several times, check all wheels.

2. Turn only the front differential lock switch ON. While steering the machine, both front wheels should slide instead of rotating. Rear wheels should still rotate.

3. Turn saw ON. 4. For 5500, 5600 and 5700 wide kurf series saws: Observe saw pressure gauge visible through cab window, pressure should rise to 276 Bar (4000 psi) for about 13 seconds, drop to 248 Bar (3600 psi) for about 11 seconds and then drop to 1200 - 1800 psi. as saw reaches full rpm. From FULL STOP to FULL rpm. should take 24 seconds.

5, For 5000 narrow kurf series saws: saw pressure gauge should rise to 276 Bar (4000 psi) for about 8 seconds, drop to 248 Bar (3600 psi) for about 9 seconds and then drop to 83 - 124 Bar (1200 - 1800 psi) as saw reaches full rpm. From FULL STOP to FULL rpm. should take 17 seconds.

NOTE: Refer to the Tigercat BUNCHING SAWS OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL for setup and servicing procedures.

BOOM FUNCTIONS Test all boom functions for proper operation (lift, tilt, accumulating arms, clamp arms).

CHECKING FOR PROPER PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT On machines equipped with lever activated parking brake, the parking brake is properly adjusted when resistance is encountered half way through the brake lever’s travel.

On machines equipped with hydraulic parking brake there is no adjustment. Park machine on a slight grade, when activated the brake should hold the machine. When the brake is deactivated the machine should begin to roll down the grade.

Refer to SECTION 9 of THIS MANUAL for adjusting procedure and additional information on brakes.

3. Turn front differential lock switch OFF. 8.17

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

DRIVE PUMP PRESSURE SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS

WARNING

SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION TOOLS REQUIRED: 1 1/4" Wrench 19 mm Wrench 1 1/16" Wrench 10 mm Wrench 1/2" Soc. Wrench 5 mm Allen key 3 mm Allen key 1. Park machine on level ground, lower felling head to the ground.

2. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL. 3. Set parking brake ON. 4. Put machine in HIGH GEAR.

NOTE: Monitor oil temperature closely, if cardboard is being used to block the oil cooler it should be removed if the temperature starts to rise above normal. The operator should be instructed to press the pedal for 5 seconds and then to release the pedal for 5 seconds to prevent overheating of the valve by the hydraulic oil as it passes over the relief valve in the next procedures.

Adjustments are made during the time the pedal is pressed.

11. With the aid of an assistant, hold down the brake pedal and while depressing the FORWARD foot pedal, set the pump POR valve 'A' to 331 Bar (4800 psi), gauge at 'M1'.

WARNING

NOTE: The machine should not be able to move while in HIGH gear with the brake pedal depressed.

Serious injury could result if transmission is not in HIGH gear. With the transmission in LOW gear, the vehicle will be able to move when setting the pressures. Machine must remain stationary during this procedure.

Adjustment of this POR valve, also referred to as a multi-function valve, is accomplished by loosening the smallest locknut on the valve with the 19 mm wrench and inserting the 5 mm allen key into the pressure adjusting screw. Turn clockwise to increase pressure value and counterclockwise to decrease.

After adjustment hold adjusting screw in place and tighten locknut.

5. Install articulation lock bar and stop engine.

WARNING To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

5 MM ALLEN KEY ON ADJUSTING SCREW

19MM WRENCH ON LOCKNUT

• ••

6. On the drive pump connect the following gauges: • 0 - 700 Bar (0-10000) psi to ports 'M1' and 'M2' • 0 - 70 Bar (0-1000 psi) to the "capped" test port at the TEE connection from port 'M3' 7. Start the engine and set throttle to 1800 rpm.

8. Set pump charge pressure to 29.3 Bar (425 psi) (M3).

9. Set engine throttle control to 2200 rpm.

10. Depress the BRAKE pedal and set the parking brake in the OFF position. Ensure that the CREEP switch is in the OFF position.

(NOTE: The hydrostatic drive system will not operate if the parking brake is not FULLY OFF.)

724D-27

ADJUSTING PUMP POR VALVE

LOCKNUT PRESSURE LIMITER CHECK HIGH PRESSURE POPPET VALVE RELIEF/CHECK VALVE POPPET POPPET

PRESSURE LIMITER BYPASS ADJUSTING SCREW ACTUATOR 724D-26

8.18

PRESSURE LIMITER POPPET SEAT

CROSS SECTION OF POR (MULTI-FUNCTION VALVE)

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive Refer to previous step for adjustment procedure.

CAUTION

13. Set the parking brake ON and shut off the engine.

The machine should not be able to move while the brake pedal is depressed.

14. Remove all pressure gauges and reinstall all plugs and caps.

12. With the aid of an assistant, hold down the brake pedal and while depressing the REVERSE foot pedal, set the pump POR valve 'B' to 331 Bar (4800 psi), gauge at 'M2'.

NOTE: The machine should not be able to move while in HIGH gear with the brake pedal depressed

TO CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

•• •• 'A' POR VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW 'B' POR VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW

5 MM ALLEN KEY 1 1/16" WRENCH

•

5 MM ALLEN KEY 1 1/16" WRENCH

• ••

GAUGE TEST PORT (M3) • QUICK CONNECT

TO DRIVE FOOT CONTROL VALVE

PRESSURE PORT 'A'

•

•

••

••

••

PRESSURE PORT 'B'

CHARGE PRESS. RELIEF • 1 1/16" WRENCH • 1/2" SOC. WRENCH

•

SUCTION FROM TANK

•• GAUGE TEST PORT 'M2' • PORT SIZE - 06 JIC

GAUGE TEST PORT 'M1' • PORT SIZE - 06 JIC CHARGE PUMP

724E-047

DRIVE PUMP 8.19

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

DRIVE MOTOR PRESSURE SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS

5. Install articulation lock bar and stop engine.

SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION

WARNING

MOTOR POR TOOLS REQUIRED:

To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

1 1/4" Wrench 1 1/16" Wrench 1/2" Soc. Wrench

19 mm Wrench 10 mm Wrench 5 mm Allen key 3 mm Allen key 1. Park machine on level ground, lower felling head to the ground.

6. On the drive pump connect the following gauges:

2. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL.

• •

3. Set parking brake ON. 4. Put machine in HIGH GEAR.

•

WARNING

0 - 700 Bar (0-10000 psi) to pump ports 'M1' and 'M2' 0 -70 Bar (0-1000 psi) to the "capped" test port at the TEE connection from pump port 'M3' 0 - 350 Bar (0-5000 psi) to motor port 'M1'

Place the pump 'M1' and the motor 'M1' gauges close together (at back, close to pump) as they must be watched carefully at the same time during the next steps.

Serious injury could result if transmission is not in HIGH gear. With the transmission in LOW gear, the vehicle will be able to move when setting the pressures. Machine must remain stationary during this procedure.

7. Start the engine and set throttle to 1800 rpm.

8. Set pump charge pressure to 29.3 Bar (425 psi) (M3).

9. Set engine throttle control to FULL.

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

PORT 'M1'

ROTATING GROUP

•

•

• 'A'

•

PORT 'B'

PORT 'A'

••

PORT 'X' PORT 'G'

•

•

• VIEW 'A' AQ012-G

SINGLE DRIVE MOTOR ~ (160CC SIZE)

8.20

DRIVE SHAFT MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW BEGIN OF STROKE (MOTOR 'POR') ADJUSTING SCREW AQ012-F

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

10. Depress the BRAKE pedal and set the parking brake in the OFF position. Ensure that the CREEP switch is in the OFF position.

If the spike at motor 'M1' occurs after the pump 'M1' gauge passes 255 Bar (3700 psi), the motor POR adjusting screw must be turned IN.

(NOTE: The hydrostatic drive system will not operate if the parking brake is not FULLY OFF.)

NOTE: This is a sensitive adjustment. Large changes in the gauge reading will be noticed with only a small movement of the adjusting screw. Pressure will change by 34.5 Bar (500 psi) by turning the screw only 1/8 of a turn.

CAUTION The machine should not be able to move while the brake pedal is depressed.

14. Once the screw is locked down, recheck to see that the 'M1' gauge (on motor) reaches 138 - 179 Bar (2000 - 2600 psi) and spikes to over 207 Bar (3000 psi) at exactly the same time as the 'M1' gauge (on pump) reaches 255 Bar (3700 psi).

11. It is necessary to temporarily adjust the FORWARD pump POR. With the aid of an assistant, hold down the brake pedal and while depressing the FORWARD foot pedal, set the pump POR valve 'A' to 207 Bar (3000 psi), gauge at 'M1'.

15. Reset the FORWARD pump POR. With the aid of an assistant, hold down the brake pedal and while depressing the FORWARD foot pedal, set the pump POR valve 'A' to 331 Bar (4800 psi), gauge at 'M1'.

NOTE: The machine should not be able to move while in HIGH gear with the brake pedal depressed.

NOTE: The machine should not be able to move while in HIGH gear with the brake pedal depressed.

Adjustment of this POR valve, also referred to as a multi-function valve, is accomplished by loosening the smallest locknut on the valve with the 19 mm wrench and inserting the 5 mm allen key into the pressure adjusting screw. Turn clockwise to increase pressure value and counterclockwise to decrease. After adjustment hold adjusting screw in place and tighten locknut.

Adjustment of this POR valve, also referred to as a multi-function valve, is accomplished by loosening the smallest locknut on the valve with the 19 mm wrench and inserting the 5 mm allen key into the pressure adjusting screw. Turn clockwise to increase pressure value and counterclockwise to decrease.

After adjustment hold adjusting screw in place and tighten locknut.

12. Set engine throttle to IDLE. 13. With the aid of an assistant, hold down the brake pedal and while depressing the FORWARD foot pedal

16. Set the parking brake ON, and shut off the engine.

Slowly turn the pump P.O.R. screw IN to increase the system pressure and watch for the point where the pressure at 'M1' (on motor) increases from zero to 138 - 179 Bar (2000 - 2600 psi) and then rapidly spikes to over 207 Bar (3000 psi).

17. Remove all pressure gauges and reinstall all plugs and caps.

When this happens, the 'M1' gauge (on pump) should read 255 Bar (3700 psi) If the spike at 'M1' on motor does not occur when 'M1' on pump is at 255 Bar (3700 psi), the motor POR adjustment must be corrected.

If the pressure at motor 'M1' spikes to over 207 Bar (3000 psi) before the pump 'M1' gauge reaches 255 Bar (3700 psi), the motor POR adjusting screw must be backed OUT. 8.21

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION

WARNING

This adjustment need only be made after verifying that: (A) The motor POR and the charge pressure are both set correctly. See PREVIOUS PROCEDURE. (B) If the machine failed the DRIVE TEST, Refer to TOP SPEED CONTROL TEST in THIS SECTION.

To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

1. Park the machine on level ground, lower felling head to the ground and set parking brake ON. Install articulation lock bar an shut off engine.

IMPORTANT • When installing a new or rebuilt motor, ensure minimum displacement screw is set correctly.

• Improper adjustment of minimum displacement adjusting screw can result in motor failure due to overspeeding.

• It may be necessary to verify the length of adjusting screw used by removing and measuring the screw.

2. Remove the minimum displacement adjusting screw (largest screw) from the top of motor housing and measure its length.

3. Reinstall the minimum displacement adjusting screw and locknut into the motor housing. For a 100mm long screw, it should be adjusted such that the dimension from the top of the locknut to the end of the exposed screw is (724E/726E = 20mm) (720E/718E = 25mm).

(For different length screws, measure the length and subtract 75mm from this total length. This is the amount of screw that should be exposed above the locknut.) (For example: 90mm screw, minus 75mm will leave 15mm above locknut).

"X"

MIN. DISPLACEMENT "X" DIMENSION

DIM X

MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW

PORT 'M1'

ROTATING GROUP

•

•

• 'A'

•

PORT 'B'

PORT 'A'

•

PORT 'X' PORT 'G'

•

•

• VIEW 'A' AQ012-G

SINGLE DRIVE MOTOR ~ (160CC SIZE) 8.22

DRIVE SHAFT MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT ADJUSTING SCREW BEGIN OF STROKE ADJUSTING SCREW AQ012-F

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

TEST DRIVE

ENGINE HORSEPOWER AUDIT:

DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION

1. Install the articulation lock bar to prevent the machine from steering.

This drive will verify the following: 1. Motor pressure override.

2. Engine horsepower audit.

3. Top speed control.

4. Creep function.

5. Front and rear differential lock functions.

6. Saw recovery time 7. Boom functions.

8. Parking brake operation.

2. Set the throttle control to FULL. Verify the tachometer reading at high idle: 2350 +/- 25 RPM 3a. Leave the THROTTLE control set to FULL. 3b Turn A/C switch OFF and set FAN speed to FULL ON (OVERRIDE).

3c. Operate the ACCUMULATOR CLOSE function and STEER the machine.

Install 5,000 psi gauges on M3, M4 of the RH DRIVE MOTOR, M3, M4 LH DRIVE MOTOR and a 10,000 psi gauge on M5 DRIVE SYSTEM test connection.

4. While doing the above, carefully drive the machine FORWARD and apply the foot brake to develop a reading of 279 Bar (4050 psi) pressure at M5.

NOTE: Fasten these gauges so that they can be viewed from the operator’s seat in the cab.

5. Observe the engine rpm while doing the above. The engine should lug down into the following rpm range: 1970-2150 RPM

Fasten your seat belt and move the machine to a suitable test area, where it can be safely driven at full speed for approximately 46 meters (150 feet).

Note: This test may have to be done a few times to get a proper reading.

IMPORTANT: Foot brake must only be applied for 5 -10 seconds followed each time by a minimum 20 second cool down period. Failure to do so will result in 'burn out' of the rear axle brake.

TOP SPEED CONTROL: 1. Turn ON both front and rear differential locks.

Make sure that the creep switch is OFF. Set the throttle control to FULL and speed control lever fully forward.

MOTOR PRESSURE OVERRIDE (POR) 1. Turn creep switch OFF.

2. Drive the machine forward at top speed and adjust the throttle control so that the tachometer reads 2200 rpm at top speed.

2. Set throttle control to FULL and speed controllever fully forward.

3. Drive the machine FORWARD at FULL SPEED. Apply the foot brake to slow the machine to approximately half speed but no slower.

4. While doing the above, observe the pressure at 'M5'. The reading should be 276 - 283 Bar (4000-4100 psi) (drive motor POR setting).

3. With the aid of an assistant drive the machine forward at top speed and record the time to complete 5 tire revolutions. This should take 7.8 seconds maximum.

5. Repeat Step 3, observe pressure at M3 and M4 on both drive motors as foot brakes are initially applied. Pressure in each drive motor should decrease at M3 and increase at M4 simultaneously. As foot brakes are released pressure in each drive motor should increase at M3 and decrease at M4 simultaneously.

Note: This test may have to be done a few times to get a proper reading.

8.23

If it takes longer than 7.8 seconds either the MOTOR minimum displacement, MOTOR POR or PUMP charge pressure may be incorrectly set.

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive SAW MOTOR POR CONTROL PRESSURE, TIGERCAT SAWS:

CREEP FUNCTION: 1. Turn the creep switch ON.

1. Install saw guard and raise felling head 6 inches off ground.

2. Set the throttle control so that the tachometer reads 2200 rpm. Drive the machine forward with foot pedal fully depressed, Maximum speed will be slow. At top speed record the time to complete 5 tire revolutions. This should take 38.9 seconds.

CAUTION Ensure that all personnel are clear of the saw head.

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK FUNCTIONS: 1. Bring machine to a full stop, set throttle to IDLE, ensure both front and rear differential lock switches are turned OFF. Steer machine without depressing drive pedal.

2. Set throttle control FULL. 3. Turn saw ON. 4. For 5500, 5600 and 5700 wide kurf series saws: Observe saw pressure gauge visible through cab window, pressure should rise to 276 Bar (4000 psi) for about 13 seconds, drop to 248 Bar (3600 psi) for about 11 seconds and then drop to 83 - 124 Bar (1200 - 1800 psi) as saw reaches full rpm. From FULL STOP to FULL rpm. should take 24 seconds.

All wheels should rotate as machine is being steered. Steer several times, check all wheels.

2. Turn only the front differential lock switch ON. While steering the machine, both front wheels should slide instead of rotating. Rear wheels should still rotate.

5, For 5000 narrow kurf series saws: saw pressure gauge should rise to 276 Bar (4000 psi) for about 8 seconds, drop to 248 Bar (3600 psi) for about 9 seconds and then drop to 83 - 124 Bar (1200 - 1800) as saw reaches full rpm. From FULL STOP to FULL rpm. should take 17 seconds.

3. Turn front differential lock switch OFF. 4. Turn only the rear differential lock switch ON. While steering the machine, both rear wheels should slide instead of rotating.

Front wheels should still rotate.

NOTE: Refer to the Tigercat BUNCHING SAWS OPERATING AND SERVICE MANUAL for setup and servicing procedures.

CHECKING FOR PROPER PARKING BRAKE ADJUSTMENT On machines equipped with lever activated parking brake, the parking brake is properly adjusted when resistance is encountered half way through the brake lever’s travel.

On machines equipped with hydraulic parking brake there is no adjustment. Park machine on a slight grade, when activated the brake should hold the machine. When the brake is deactivated the machine should begin to roll down the grade.

Refer to SECTION 9 of THIS MANUAL for adjusting procedure and additional information on brakes.

8.24

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

DRIVE PUMP AND MOTOR PRESSURE SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3. Disconnect the drive prevent proximity sensor on the parking brake for lever activated parking brake.

DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION TOOLS REQUIRED: 1 1/4" Wrench 1 1/16" Wrench 1/2" Wrench 1/2" Hex Socket

For hydraulic parking brake, disconnect the DIN connector on the park brake solenoid on the pilot manifold.

19 mm Wrench 10 mm Wrench 5 mm Allen key 3 mm Allen key

WARNING

1. Park machine on level ground, lower felling head to the ground.

The drive prevent proximity sensor must be reconnected immediately after the adjustments are made.

2. Ensure that the hydraulic oil temperature is between 49 - 60°C (120°F-140°F).

TO CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

•• •• 'A' POR VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW 'B' POR VALVE ADJUSTING SCREW

5 MM ALLEN KEY 1 1/16" WRENCH

••

5 MM ALLEN KEY 1 1/16" WRENCH

•• •

GAUGE TEST PORT (M3) • QUICK CONNECT

TO DRIVE FOOT CONTROL VALVE

PRESSURE PORT 'A'

••

••

••

••

••

PRESSURE PORT 'B'

CHARGE PRESS. RELIEF • 1 1/16" WRENCH • 1/2" SOC. WRENCH

•

SUCTION FROM TANK

•• GAUGE TEST PORT 'M2' • PORT SIZE - 06 JIC

GAUGE TEST PORT 'M1' • PORT SIZE - 06 JIC CHARGE PUMP

724E-047

DRIVE PUMP 8.25

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

4. Set parking brake ON. 5. Turn creep switch OFF.

WARNING To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

••

6. Install articulation lock bar and shut off engine.

PRESSURE COMPENSATION MOTOR 'POR' ADJUSTING SCREW 1 1/16” HEX WRENCH ½” SOCKET

ADJUST AUXILIARY BRAKE SET-UP CALIPER (ADJUSTING NUT) TO 50 LBF/FT.

R.H. DRIVE MOTOR PRESSURE COMPENSATION SETTING

720D-038

••

••

PRESSURE COMPENSATION MOTOR 'POR' ADJUSTING SCREW 3 MM ALLEN KEY 10 MM WRENCH

M3

336-3AX

AUXILIARY BRAKE SET-UP CALIPER

7. Adjust auxiliary brake set-up caliper to 50 lbf-ft. to lock the rotating brake disc (72410157241100 ONLY) . Refer to SECTION 9 of THIS MANUAL for ADJUSTING PROCEDURE.

M4

M3 720D-036

L.H. DRIVE MOTOR PRESSURE COMPENSATION SETTING

9. On the drive motors connect the following pressure gauges: • • M1

•

M2

8. On the drive pump connect the following pressure gauges: • 0-34.5 Bar (0-500 psi) to the test port 'M3 • 0-700 Bar (0-10,000) psi to ports 'M1' and 'M2'.

8.26

0-700 Bar (0-10,000 psi) to R.H. 'M3' and 'M4'.

0-700 Bar (0-10,000 psi) to L.H. 'M3' and 'M4'.

0-700 Bar (0-10,000 psi) to drive system press. 'M5'

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive 14. Engine at specification (page 8.32), Hydraulic Oil Temperature at 49°C to 60°C (120°F to 140°F), Ensure Charge Pump Pressure (M3 Pump) is correct and set to the 29.3 Bar (425 psi) @ 1800 rpm specification. Adjustment of the charge pressure is accomplished by loosening the lock nut on the pump charge relief valve with a 1-1/16" hex wrench and turning the adjustment plug with a 1/2" hex wrench. Clockwise rotation of the plug increases the setting, and counter-clockwise rotation decreases the setting, at a rate of approximately 3.45 Bar (50 psi) per turn.

1

•

A M724D-02

2

SPEED CONTROL LEVER

10. SPEED CONTROL JOYSTICK ‘A’ Port (Tee into motor control line in the bottom of joystick) a 34.5 Bar (500 psi) gauge.

11. Start engine and ensure main pump charge pressure is 29.3 Bar (425 psi) on M3 gauge, then proceed to warm hydraulic oil to 49-60 °C (120°F to 140°F) according to Hydraulic Oil Heat-Up Procedure on page 8.31 of this section.

12. Flush heated hydraulic oil into closed loop of the hydrostatic drive circuit by driving the machine until all the components and oil in this circuit are up to the heated hydraulic oil reservoir temp.

13. Ensure that the machine is not in Creep Mode and there is full pressure at speed control joystick ‘A’ Port.

• • 3 213-20

FOOT PEDALS

15. Engine at specification (page 8.32), Hold Foot Brake (1), Depress Reverse Foot Pedal (2), Adjust Foot Pedal Screw (3) so that the pressure is reached at M3 (Pump) with an additional 1/2 inch of pedal movement after the specified pressure setting (page 8.32).

1

2A

• •

• 3A

FOOT PEDALS 16. Engine at specification (page 8.32), Hold Foot Brake (1), Depress Forward Foot Pedal (2A), Adjust Foot Pedal Screw (3A) so that the pressure is reached at M3 (Pump) with an additional 1/2 inch of pedal movement after the specified pressure setting (page 8.32).

213-20

M3 CHARGE PRESS. RELIEF • 1 1/16" WRENCH • 1/2" SOC. WRENCH

•• 724D-D16

8.27

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

'A' PORT PRESSURE LIMITER ADJUSTING SCREW (REVERSE)

CONTROL THRESHOLD ADJUSTING SCREW

••

5 MM ALLEN KEY 1 1/16" WRENCH

3 MM ALLEN KEY 10 MM WRENCH

M3

••

M4 M5 M1 724D-D16

17. Engine 2200 rpm, Hold Foot Brake, Depress Reverse Foot Pedal, and Adjust the Pump Reverse Pressure-Limiter (M1) 276 - 283 Bar (4000 - 4100 psi) Adjustment of the pump Pressure-Limiter is accomplished by loosening the smallest lock-nut on the multifunction (pressure-limiter and high-pressure relief) valve with the 19 mm Hex wrench.

Insert a 5 mm Allen key into the pressure adjusting screw. Clock-wise rotation of the pressure adjustment screw increases the setting, and counterclockwise rotate decreases the setting at a rate of approximately 90 Bar (1300 psi) per turn.

720D-035

R.H. DRIVE MOTOR

18. Engine 2200 rpm, Set Speed Control Joystick Pressure to (‘A’ Port) 6.7 Bar (100 psi), Hold Foot Brake, Depress Reverse foot pedal, Hold at 138 - 207 Bar (2000 - 3000 psi), Adjust RH Drive Motor Control Threshold pressure. Adjustment of Control Threshold setting is accomplished by loosening the locknut on the adjustment screw with a 10 mm hex wrench. Insert a 3mm Allen key into the adjustment screw. Clock-wise rotation of this screw increases the pressure in M3, decreases pressure in M4 ; counter clockwise rotation decreases pressure in M3, pressure increases in M4. Adjustment is set when pressure in M3 and M4 are Equal.

8.28

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

• M3

PRESSURE COMPENSATION MOTOR 'POR' ADJUSTING SCREW

3 MM ALLEN KEY 10 MM WRENCH

•• PRESSURE COMPENSATION ADJUSTING SCREW 1 1/16” HEX WRENCH ½” SOCKET

720D-038

M4

R.H. DRIVE MOTOR PRESSURE COMPENSATION SETTING

19. Engine 2200 rpm, Set Speed Control Joystick Pressure to (‘A’ Port) 31 Bar (450 psi), Hold Foot Brake, Depress Reverse Foot Pedal, Adjust RH Drive Motor Pressure Compensation Setting (Motor 'POR').

Adjustment of pressure compensation setting is accomplished by loosening the lock-nut on the compensation screw with a 1 1/16” hex wrench. Insert a ½” socket into the compensation screw. Clock-wise rotation of this screw increases the pressure in M3, decreases pressure in M4 ; counter clockwise rotation decreases pressure in M3, pressure increases in M4 at a rate of approximately 69 Bar (1000 psi) per turn.

Adjustment is set when pressure in M3 and M4 are Equal.

720D-036

L.H. DRIVE MOTOR PRESSURE COMPENSATION SETTING

20. Engine 2200 rpm, Set Joystick Pressure to 31 Bar (450 psi), Hold Foot Brake, Depress Reverse Foot Pedal, Adjust LH Drive Motor Pressure Compensation Setting (Motor 'POR'). Adjustment of pressure compensation setting is accomplished by loosening the lock-nut on the compensation screw with a 10 mm hex wrench. Insert a 3mm Allen key into the compensation screw.

Clock-wise rotation of this screw increases the pressure in M3, decreases pressure in M4 ; counter clock-wise rotation decreases pressure in M3, pressure increases in M4 at a rate of approximately 41.4 Bar (600 psi) per turn. Adjustment is set when pressure in M3 and M4 are Equal.

21. Ensure that Pressure Compensation Setting is correct for both Drive Motors by holding the Foot Brake, Depressing the Reverse Foot Pedal. M5 (Motor) should read within the specification 276 to 283 Bar (4000 to 4100 psi) and M3 and M4 for both Drive Motors should be Equal.

8.29

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

'A' PORT PRESSURE LIMITER ADJUSTING SCREW (REVERSE)

LOCKNUT PRESSURE LIMITER CHECK HIGH PRESSURE POPPET VALVE RELIEF/CHECK VALVE POPPET POPPET

5 MM ALLEN KEY 1 1/16" WRENCH

••

PRESSURE LIMITER BYPASS ADJUSTING SCREW ACTUATOR 724D-26

PRESSURE LIMITER POPPET SEAT

CROSS SECTION OF POR (MULTI-FUNCTION) VALVE

24. Ensure that Bypass Actuator has Not become Engaged. Using a 1-1/16" Hex Wrench on the actuator body hex of the multi-function valve and a 1-1/4" Hex Wrench on the large hex to prevent rotation of the cartridge assembly, rotate the middle hex clockwise until seated.

Torque middle hex to maximum 40.7 Nm (30 lbf.ft).

M1 724D-D16

22. Engine 2200 rpm, Hold Foot Brake, Depress Reverse Foot Pedal, Adjust the Pump Reverse Pressure-Limiter (M1) to final specification (page 8.32). See step 17 for adjustment details.

Note:This function should have remained tight throughout the set-up procedure and is merely a check.

'B' PORT PRESSURE LIMITER ADJUSTING SCREW (FORWARD)

HYDRAULIC OIL HEAT-UP

5 MM ALLEN KEY 1 1/16" WRENCH

1. Block Air Flow through Oil Cooler, intake side of the Heat Exchanger, with Cardboard. DO NOT block Engine Radiator or Charge Air Cooler.

••

2. Full Throttle - Operate Clamp Close and Steer for 15 sec, then off for 5 sec, Repeat.

Monitor Engine Temperature and Hydraulic Oil Temperature until Hydraulic Oil Temperature reaches 54.4 °C (130 °F).

This procedure will take 20-30min depending on Ambient Air Temperature.

M2 724D-D16

23. Engine 2200 rpm, Hold Foot Brake, Depress Forward Foot Pedal, Adjust the Pump Forward Pressure-Limiter (M2) to the final specification (page 8.32). See step 17 for adjustment details.

8.30

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

724E-077

Drive

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 8.31

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

720E-016

Drive

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 8.32

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

TRANSMISSION -

OPERATION

(7262501 TO 7262530)

Pulling up or pushing down the gearshift lever inside the cab moves the shift lever (1) on the transmission, which moves the shift collar (2), to connect either the LOW gear (3) or the HIGH gear (4) to the output shaft (5).

SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION The two speed manual shift transmission drives both the front and rear axles of the machine.

Power is supplied by the hydrostatic drive motor mounted to the input side of the transmission.

The output shaft transmits power to both the front and rear axles.

Detent balls (6) between the collar and output shaft provide positive feel for the selected range.

This results in either low speed operation , or high speed operation. The mid position is neutral.

A lubrication pump (7) mounted on the front of the transmission and driven off the end of the input shaft (8) provides oil to lubricate the gears and bearings and also the splines of the hydrostatic drive motor. Oil is channelled to these areas via a passageway and a series of crossed drilled holes in the input shaft. Additional lubrication is provided by escaping oil from the input shaft and also oil splashed up on to the gears from the sump in the bottom of the transmission. The oil level in the gearbox must be up to the level marked on the dipstick. For the recommended lubricant refer to SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

NOTE: Shift gears only when the machine is stationary and on level ground. Slight movement of the steering joystick may be required to facilitate shifting from one gear to the next.

The transmission must be in neutral for machine to be towed by another vehicle. For more information on towing, refer to TOWING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

INPUT SHAFT (8)

INPUT SHAFT (8) LUBRICATION PUMP (7)

•

FROM MOTOR

•

LUBRICATION PUMP (7)

•

FROM MOTOR

SHIFT COLLAR (2)

SHIFT COLLAR (2) SHIFT LEVER (1)

SHIFT LEVER (1)

•

DETENT BALLS (6)

• REAR AXLE

• •

FRONT AXLE

•

FRONT AXLE

• •

•

OUTPUT SHAFT (5)

REAR AXLE

•

•

OUTPUT SHAFT (5)

LOW GEAR (3)

HIGH GEAR (4)

LOW GEAR (3)

HIGH GEAR (4)

HIGH SPEED OPERATION

LOW SPEED OPERATION 720B15

•

2-SPEED TRANSMISSION - SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262530 8.33

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER (2-SPEED TRANSMISSION ONLY)

9

(7262501 TO 7262530) LEVER ADJUSTMENT

••

The 2-speed transmission gear shift lever is located at the right side, behind the seat. Lever UP is HIGH speed, NEUTRAL in the center and DOWN is LOW speed. If required, these positions can be adjusted at the transmission end of the cable.

To shorten or lengthen the cable, remove the cotter pin and the clevis pin and loosen the jam nut, screw the clevis on or off the cable to change the cable length. Tighten the jam nut, replace the clevis pin and cotter pin. The outer cable can be adjusted by adjusting the two jam nuts holding it in the support bracket.

229-20

GEAR SHIFT LEVER

BELLCRANK

HEX NUT 7/16"

CLEVIS CABLE END

CLEVIS SHIFT LEVER "U" BOLT

COTTER PIN

CABLE HOLD DOWN NUT

CLEVIS PIN

CABLE

TRANSMISSION

JAM NUTS

720B23

SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT 8.34

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

TRANSMISSION -

OPERATION

(7262531 AND UP)

Pulling up or pushing down the gearshift lever inside the cab moves the shift lever on the transmission, which moves the shift collar (1), to connect either the LOW gear (2) or the HIGH gear (3) to the output shaft (4).

SINGLE MOTOR 2-SPEED TRANSMISSION The two speed manual shift transmission drives both the front and rear axles of the machine.

Power is supplied by the hydrostatic drive motor mounted to the input side of the transmission.

The output shaft transmits power to both the front and rear axles.

Detent balls (5) between the collar and output shaft provide positive feel for the selected range.

This results in either low speed operation , or high speed operation. The mid position is neutral.

Lubrication of the gears, bearings and the splines of the hydrostatic drive motor is accomplished by the splash system. The rotating gears splash oil from the bottom of the transmission around the gear box to lubricate the gears. Splashed oil from the rotating gears is collected in cavities in the transmission housing. These cavities channel the oil to the bearings and splines of the hydrostatic motor. The oil level in the gearbox must be up to the level marked on the dipstick. For the recommended lubricant refer to SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

NOTE: Shift gears only when the machine is stationary and on level ground. Slight movement of the steering joystick may be required to facilitate shifting from one gear to the next.

The transmission must be in neutral for machine to be towed by another vehicle. For more information on towing, refer to TOWING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

INPUT SHAFT (6)

FROM MOTOR

FROM MOTOR

••

SHIFT COLLAR (1)

DETENT BALLS (5)

FRONT AXLE

• ••

REAR AXLE OUTPUT SHAFT (4)

•

•

••

REAR AXLE

••

HIGH GEAR (3)

LOW GEAR (2)

HIGH SPEED OPERATION

LOW SPEED OPERATION 724E-043

FRONT AXLE

2-SPEED TRANSMISSION - SERIAL NUMBER 7262531 AND UP 8.35

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER (2-SPEED TRANSMISSION ONLY)

9

(7262531 AND UP)

••

LEVER ADJUSTMENT The 2-speed transmission gear shift lever is located at the right side, behind the seat. Lever UP is LOW speed, NEUTRAL in the center and DOWN is HIGH speed. If required, these positions can be adjusted at the transmission end of the cable.

To shorten or lengthen the cable, remove the cotter pin and the clevis pin and loosen the jam nut, screw the clevis on or off the cable to change the cable length. Tighten the jam nut, replace the clevis pin and cotter pin. The outer cable can be adjusted by adjusting the two jam nuts holding it in the support bracket.

GEAR SHIFT LEVER

229-20

BELLCRANK

7/16"

HEX NUT

•• •

CLEVIS

CABLE END

SHIFT LEVER

•• ••

CLEVIS

COTTER PIN

••

"U" BOLT

CABLE HOLD DOWN NUT

••

••

••

CLEVIS PIN

CABLE

••

•

JAM NUTS

•• TRANSMISSION

724E-044

SHIFT CABLE ADJUSTMENT

8.36

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

TRANSMISSION DUAL MOTOR 1-SPEED TRANSMISSION The transmission drives both the front and rear axles of the machine. Power is supplied by two hydraulic motors mounted to the input side of the transmission. The output drive shafts transmit the power to both the front and rear axles.

The gears and bearings in the transmission are lubricated by splash lubrication inside the case.

DIPSTICK AND FILL TUBE

432-1

ONE-SPEED TRANSMISSION SHOWN ENGAGED

•

SINGLE SPEED TRANSMISSION The oil level in the transmission must always be kept up to the proper level indicated on the dipstick. Refer SECTION 3 of this manual for the recommended lubricant.

720E-003

The transmission disconnect lever is used to shift the transmission between the DRIVE and NEUTRAL positions, e.g. NEUTRAL for towing the machine.

432-3

A short bar is placed through the hole in the lever and pulled upwards to put the transmission into neutral.

For more information on towing, Refer to TOWING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

8.37

ONE SPEED TRANSMISSION SHOWN IN NEUTRAL

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT - (7262501 TO 7262530)

8. Use anti-seize on the shaft splines and install the yoke onto the drive shaft. Install retaining nut hand tight only. Be sure to align front and rear yoke in the same plane (see illustration).

Assembly and installation of a front drive shaft assembly.

1. Park machine on level ground, install articulation lock bar, lower felling head to ground, stop engine, pull parking brake ON and block wheels.

9. Carefully clamp flat wing of yoke in a vice and torque the large 1 1/4"- 18 UNEF retaining nut to 475-525 lbf-ft. DO NOT CLAMP TUBULAR PART OF DRIVE SHAFT IN VICE. FRONT DRIVE SHAFT AND PILLOW BLOCK BEARING INSTALLATION IN TO MACHINE:

NOTE: For this repair, front and rear chassis must be aligned.

2. Remove the upper guards and cover plates and belly pan access door on front chassis.

3. Remove the mid drive shaft first by separating the two universal joints.

1. Install front drive shaft and pillow block bearing first. Attach front universal, leave pillow block mounting bolts loose and attach grease line.

2. Install mid drive shaft and tighten all universal joints. For torque values, refer to TORQUE CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

4. Remove the front drive shaft and pillow block bearing. Remove the grease line from the pillow block bearing, unbolt the bearing from the chassis and separate the front universal joint.

IMPORTANT: The mid shaft should not be installed backwards. The slip shaft tube end of mid drive shaft must fasten to the universal joint at the transmission as illustrated.

PILLOW BLOCK BEARING INSTALLATION ONTO FRONT DRIVE SHAFT: 1. Remove the yoke retaining nut and the yoke from the front drive shaft. DO NOT clamp the TUBULAR portion of the drive shaft in a vice during any of the assembly process.

2. Slide the old pillow block bearing off of the drive shaft.

3. Remove the set screw supplied with the bearing and discard.

4. Remove the grease fitting supplied with the new bearing and discard. Care should be taken not to lose the locking pin inside the bearing housing.

3. Care must be taken to correctly align the front and rear chassis before tightening the pillow block bearing bolts. The front drive shaft must line up directly on center with the center steering articulation pin.

NOTE: To align the front and rear chassis, measure the distance between outer axle bearing grease fitting on the front and rear axles on one side of the machine. Then measure the same distance on the other side of the machine. Articulate the machine to get the same reading on both sides.

4. Holding the front and rear chassis and the front drive shaft in alignment, tighten the two pillow block bearing bolts (3/4” UNC x 2”) with hardened washers under heads. Use LOCTITE 242 (blue - removable) and torque to 357 lbf-ft.

5. Make sure that the locking pin is properly positioned inside the bearing housing. Install the 90° grease fitting (from the grease line assembly) to ensure that the locking pin stays properly positioned within the dimple in the outer race of the bearing.

5. Re-install the grease line to the pillow block bearing.

6. Use anti-seize on the shaft. Install the new pillow block bearing with the long extension (set screw side) facing the splined end of the shaft (rear of machine). The bearing must slide freely on the shaft.

7. Install the set screw supplied with the new bearing lining it up with the slot in the shaft.

The bearing must slide freely along the shaft, for the length of the set screw slot.

8.38

6. Slowly add grease to the pillow block bearing using a hand grease gun until it starts to leak from the bearing. Be careful not to 'pop' the grease seal by adding grease too rapidly.

NOTE: DO NOT use a power greaser.

Also refer to MIDDLE AND REAR DRIVE SHAFT SPLINE LUBRICATION in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive FRONT AXLE

GREASE LINE

SET SCREW UNIVERSALS

PILLOW BLOCK BEARING YOKE RETAINING NUT

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT SLIP SPLINE

DUST CAP FLAT WING OF YOKE YOKE

TRANSMISSION REAR OUTPUT YOKE

SPLINES RELIEF FITTING SEALS

MIDDLE DRIVE SHAFT SLIP SHAFT

GREASE FITTING SLIP SPLINE

TRANSMISSION FRONT OUTPUT YOKE REAR AXLE

REAR DRIVE SHAFT

GREASE FITTING

SLIP SPLINE SEAL

M724D-31

DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION - (7262501 TO 7262530) 8.39

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262523 TO 7262570

Torque drive shaft yoke (universal Joint) fasteners to the following torque: FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

• 6-C (3/8” - 24 UNF) 37 lbf/ft (50 Nm) lubricated

REAR DRIVE SHAFT

• •• ••

MIDDLE DRIVE SHAFT

724E-038 724E-042 724E-043 724E-044

DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION - SINGLE SPEED TRANSMISSION DUAL MOTOR 8.40

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262523 TO 7262570

Torque drive shaft yoke (universal Joint) fasteners to the following torque: FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

• 6-C (3/8” - 24 UNF) 37 lbf/ft (50 Nm) lubricated

REAR DRIVE SHAFT

• •• ••

MIDDLE DRIVE SHAFT

724E-016 724E-042 724E-043 724E-044

DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION - TWO SPEED TRANSMISSION SINGLE MOTOR 8.41

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262571 AND UP

Torque drive shaft yoke (universal Joint) fasteners to the following torque: FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

• 6-C (3/8” - 24 UNF) 37 lbf/ft (50 Nm) lubricated NOTE: Yoke bolts on axles are metric threads all other drive shaft bolts are imperial threads.

REAR DRIVE SHAFT

• •• ••

MIDDLE DRIVE SHAFT

724E-038 724E-042 724E-043 724E-044

DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION - SINGLE SPEED TRANSMISSION DUAL MOTOR 8.42

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262571 AND UP Torque drive shaft yoke (universal Joint) fasteners to the following torque: • 6-C (3/8” - 24 UNF) 37 lbf/ft (50 Nm) lubricated

FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

NOTE: Yoke bolts on axles are metric threads all other drive shaft bolts are imperial threads.

REAR DRIVE SHAFT

•• •• •

MIDDLE DRIVE SHAFT

DRIVE SHAFT INSTALLATION - TWO SPEED TRANSMISSION SINGLE MOTOR 8.43

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262570

AXLES Power from the drive motors is transmitted to the front and rear axles via the transmission and the front and rear drive shafts.

The front axle assembly is bolted directly to the front chassis. The rear axle assembly is pivot mounted to the rear chassis, allowing oscillation of the axle.

DRAIN (TOP)

Apart from the mounting, both front and rear axle assemblies are configured in a similar way except that the rear axle has internal service brakes and the front axle has none.

DIFF. LOCK (BTM.)

Each axle assembly consists of an input yoke (1), a spiral bevel gear set (2), a differential gear set (3), hydraulic differential locks (4), inboard multiple wet disk brakes (5) (one each side in rear axle only), inboard planetary final drives (6) (one each side) and axle housings and shafts (7).

FRONT AXLE

26KSM

PIVOT LUBRICATION POINT

DIFF. LOCK (BTM.)

BRAKE

The final drive (6) is an inboard mounted planetary gear arrangement which further reduces speed and increases torque to the axles. The input side receives drive power from the differential via a sun gear shaft. The output side (planetary carrier) is splined on to the axle.

DRAIN (TOP)

The lubricant in both axle assemblies is hydraulic oil. There are drain lines from each axle plumbed to the machine's hydraulic system. These drain lines take care of internal leakage originating from the differential locks, which use the same hydraulic oil as the machine's hydraulic system.

Refer also to AXLE LUBRICATION in THIS SECTION.

1

PIVOT LUBRICATION POINT

REAR AXLE 27KSM

AXLE HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS

2 4

6

7

3

5 724E-045

8.44

AXLE ASSEMBLY CROSS SECTION

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262570 DIFFERENTIAL AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS BRAKE DISC

The differentials (3) distribute the power to each side of the axle while allowing the wheels to turn at different speeds. The differential locks (4), in the front and rear axle assemblies, are hydraulically controlled and can be independently turned ON or OFF by switches in the cab.

BACKING PLATE

Placing one or both switches in the ON position, energizes the differential lock control valve solenoid(s) (located on the pilot manifold) and directs pilot oil to the corresponding differential clutch pack assembly pistons to lock the differential(s).

ANNULAR PISTON

depressed, brake pressure oil moves the piston up against the brake disc and traps it between the piston and the backing plate to apply the brakes.

Maximum operating pressure for the brakes is 69 Bar (1000 psi). For information on the hydraulic circuit, refer to SECTION 9 of THIS MANUAL.

This condition provides positive drive to both wheels of the axle when tractive conditions might otherwise allow one wheel to spin.

IMPORTANT! Differential locks should only be used when additional traction is needed.

BRAKE LINING INSPECTION (REAR AXLE ONLY) Inspection ports are provided in the differential case and are located on each side of the pivot boss when viewed from the opposite side of the input shaft. Before inspecting the brakes the axle must be drained. Refer to DRAINING THE AXLES in THIS SECTION.

SERVICE BRAKES (REAR AXLE ONLY) The "wet" disc type service brakes consist of an annular piston, a brake disc with brake facing material, and a brake backing plate. One brake assembly is located on each side of the differential case and before the final drive.

• • •

The piston and the backing plate are attached to the case and the brake disc is splined on to the sun gear of the planetary final drive.

Remove brake inspection port plugs.

Inspect brake linings on both sides of disc.

If brake lining material is worn down to the bottom of the oil grooves, brake backing plate and annular piston pressure plate assemblies must be replaced.

When the brake foot control pedal in the cab is 1

ANNULAR BRAKE

AXL-BRK

2 4

6

7

3

5 724E-045

8.45

AXLE ASSEMBLY CROSS SECTION

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262570 BRAKE BLEEDING

AXLE LUBRICATION The axles are allowed to completely fill with oil to the top of the differential case. This hydraulic oil buildup inside the differential case is due to normal internal leakage from the differential locks and is used as lubricant for the differential. The excess oil drains back to the hydraulic tank via the axle drain line.

The rear axle assembly is equipped with two brake bleed screws, one for each side. Brakes must be bled whenever there has been potential for air to enter the system, such as removal of hydraulic lines. Both passages must be bled, one at a time.

SINGLE BRAKE LINE ACTUATES BOTH BRAKES IN REAR AXLE

DRAINING THE AXLES Care should be taken when draining the hydraulic oil from the axles, not to also drain the oil from the hydraulic tank. To prevent oil from siphoning from the tank, first remove the hydraulic drain line from the top of the axle to allow air to vent into the axle when the bottom drain plug is removed and oil drains out. The line that is removed must be capped to prevent draining from the hydraulic tank.

BLEED SCREWS

SINGLE BRAKE PEDAL

The time to schedule an oil change in the axles is when doing the seasonal oil change on the hydraulic oil tank, as they are part of the overall system and use the same oil.

REAR AXLE ASSEMBLY

AXL-BRK1

DUAL BRAKES (REAR AXLE)

IMPORTANT

PROCEDURE

Care should be taken to refill the axle(s) before moving the machine after draining.

1. Place parking brake ON. 2. Place a clear plastic tube over bleed screw with other end in a container.

FILLING THE AXLES The axles must be filled by pumping oil in through the ports on the front of the differential housing on the front axle and the top left side of the differential housing on the rear axle.

3. Start engine and set throttle at IDLE. 4. Loosen bleed screw.

5. With the aid of an assistant push and hold brake pedal down until brake bleeding is complete (no air bubbles in clear plastic tube).

Front Axle: Remove the two pipe plugs on the front face of the differential housing on the front axle, use one to fill the axle with and the other as a breather to allow air to vent out and also to allow oil to exit when the axle is full of oil.

6. Tighten bleed screw when oil is free of air.

7. Release brake foot pedal.

REMOVE BOTH PLUGS, USE ONE FOR FILLING AND ONE FOR BREATHER

8. Repeat above steps for the other bleed screw.

•

724D-D30

8.46

••

FRONT AXLE

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262570 ALTERNATIVE METHOD OF FILLING AXLES The following alternative method of filling the axles with oil applies when only the axles have been drained of oil and not the hydraulic tank as well. If a major service has been done, the replacement of any major component or the complete machine has been drained of hydraulic oil, refer to START-UP PROCEDURE AFTER MAJOR MACHINE MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

•• •• CASE DRAIN PLUG

VENT PLUG

1. Ensure the articulation lock pin is installed.

2. With engine at IDLE, parking brake ON, hold foot brake down, bleed brakes in front axle.

3. Turn both differential locks ON and run engine at IDLE for 30 minutes, this procedure will fill the axles with hydraulic oil and purge the air from them at the same time. (axles fill with controlled leakage from diff. locks). If wheels have been removed, operate forward and reverse pedals very slowly to fill axles with oil.

4. Set throttle to IDLE and run each function for 2 minutes to purge air from circuit.

635-P06

REAR AXLE (LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE)

Rear Axle: Remove the two plugs* located on the front feft side of the rear axle. To access these plugs remove the hose guard bolted to the axle with three bolts. Tilt the left side of the axle down to facilitate better access. Use the case drain plug to fill the axle and the vent plug* to vent air *NOTE: If ONLY the axles were drained and not the entire hydraulic system, the port from which the drain line was removed will provide the vent and oil will exit from this port when the axle is full of oil. The drain line should remain capped until it is reinstalled.

Care must be taken to ensure that both axles are completely full of oil and that all plugs, fittings and lines are tight.

CAPACITIES For front and rear axle oil fill capacities, refer to the table: SERVICE AND LUBRICATION in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

5. Set throttle to FULL and run each function again for 2 minutes to flush circuit.

6. With cylinders fully retracted, top up the hydraulic oil reservoir with clean hydraulic oil.

NOTE:If the machine was on wheels, the steer and drive functions would not have been properly purged or flushed. Remove the articulation lock pin and at LOW IDLE, slowly operate the steer function right and left a few times. With the parking brake released and at LOW IDLE, slowly operate the drive function forward and reverse a few times.

NOTE: If possible, allow the machine to stand for 4 to 6 hours before setting any of the operating pressures. This will allow any air bubbles trapped in the oil to escape, this will also be a good time to check for leaks.

8.47

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262570

REAR AXLE OSCILLATION SHIM CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT

3.

Set a dial indicator against the input pinion shaft on the input end of the axle.

1. The axle must be securely bolted to the chassis through the axle supports (front and back). Torque all axle mounting bolts. Refer to TORQUE CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 2. Temporarily disconnect the two grease hoses from the axle pivot to prevent grease pressure from affecting the set-up. Plug hose ends to avoid contamination.

DISCONNECT REAR PIVOT GREASE HOSE

AXLE-05

SET DIAL INDICATOR

4. Using a long pry bar between the chassis and the axle housing pry the axle backward. It may be necessary to tip the axle from side to side to position the axle fully back for a proper reading.

••

AXLE-13

••

AXLE-06

USE LONG PRY BAR

AXLE-07

BETWEEN CHASSIS AND AXLE HOUSING

DISCONNECT FRONT PIVOT GREASE HOSE

724D-D31

8.48

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive 10. Remove the outer cover plate. Carefully remove the centre pivot cover plate from the axle (6 bolts). Care must be taken to ensure that the thrust washer (a round perforated disk) and shims do not fall.

AXLE-10

TIP AXLE SIDE TO SIDE

AXLE-12

REMOVE CENTER PIVOT COVER SHIMS

• THRUST WASHER

TIP AXLE SIDE TO SIDE

AXLE-11

••

5. Zero the dial indicator.

6. Using a long pry bar between the chassis and the axle housing pry the axle forward. It may be necessary to tip the axle from side to side to position the axle fully forward for a proper reading.

7. Read the dial indicator. Axle movement should be .004” to .014”. Check the reading twice by repeating steps 4 through 7.

8. If the reading is within the required range go to step 16.

9. If the reading is not within the required range follow steps 10 through 15 to adjust.

PIVOT COVER

SHIMS 0.010" AND 0.020" AS REQ'D

•

• ••

SUPPORT PIN

•

THRUST WASHER

•• SUPPORT

AXLE-16

THRUST WASHER AND SHIMS

11. If the measurement was below .004” ADD shims to get the required range. A 0.010” shim will change the reading by 0.010”. Stock shims are 0.010” and 0.040” thick.

12. If the measurement was above .014” REMOVE SHIMS to correct the reading. A 0.010” shim will change the reading by 0.010”. Stock shims are 0.010” and 0.040” thick.

13. Replace the thrust washer.

14. Replace the center pivot front cover plate.

Make sure that the thrust washer and shims do not slide out of place and become damaged.

Torque cover bolts (6) to 80 lbf-ft.

15. Repeat steps 4 to 7 to check the adjustment again. This reading should be checked twice.

16. Reinstall cover plate and grease hoses in the axle pivot, add grease until back pressure is felt.

718E-040

8.49

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262571 AND UP Each axle assembly consists of an input yoke, a spiral bevel gear set, a differential gear set, hydraulic differential locks, (inboard multiple wet disk brakes one each side in rear axle only), inboard planetary final drives (one each side) and axle housings and shafts.

AXLES Power from the drive motors is transmitted to the front and rear axles via the transmission and the front and rear drive shafts.

The front axle assembly is bolted directly to the front chassis. The rear axle assembly is pivot mounted to the rear chassis, allowing oscillation of the axle.

The final drive is an inboard mounted planetary gear arrangement which further reduces speed and increases torque to the axles. The input side receives drive power from the differential via a sun gear shaft. The output side (planetary carrier) is splined on to the axle.

Apart from the mounting, both front and rear axle assemblies are configured in a similar way except that the rear axle has internal service brakes and the front axle has none.

Refer to SECTION 3 for recommended axle lubricant.

FRONT AXLE CROSS SECTION - FRONT VIEW

REAR AXLE CROSS SECTION - TOP AND FRONT VIEW 8.50

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262571 AND UP

DRIVE AXLE LUBRICATION

4. Clean and reinstall the drain plug in the planetary housing.

New Drive Axles were introduced at the serial number range above. The lubrication oil requires draining and refilling every 1000 hours.

1. Park machine on level ground, apply parking brake, lower attachment to ground, shut off engine.

2. Remove the drain plug from the bottom of the planetary housing and drain the oil into a suitable container for proper disposal/recycling.

3. Remove the fill/level plugs from the trumpet housing (there is one plug on each of the trumpet housings) (2 per axle).

5. Refill the axle through the fill hole in the trumpet housing with the recommended lubrication oil, until oil begins to spill from opposite side fill plug hole. Refer to SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART in section 3 for the recommended oil and capacity.

6. Clean and reinstall the fill/level plugs.

7. Lubricate front and rear axle pinion grease seal with lithium based EP2 grease, purge grease fitting.

NOTE: This seal requires lubricating every 1000 hours.

GREASE FITTING

FILL/LEVEL PLUG

FRONT AXLE

•

•

•

LUBRICATE AXLE PINION GREASE SEAL WITH LITHIUM BASED EP2 GREASE TO PURGED

FRONT AND REAR AXLE PINION GREASE SEAL - GREASE FITTING

•• DRAIN PLUG FILL/LEVEL PLUG

REAR AXLE

•

•

•• DRAIN PLUG

718E-077 718E-079

DRIVE AXLE SERVICE 8.51

FILL/LEVEL PLUG ALSO ON OTHER SIDE OF HOUSING

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

MACHINES SERIAL NUMBER 7262571 AND UP

REAR AXLE OSCILLATION SHIM CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT

PRY THE AXLE BACKWARD

•• ••

••

718E-102A

4. Using a long pry bar between the chassis and the axle housing pry the axle backward. It may be necessary to tip the axle from side to side to position the axle fully back for a proper reading.

••

5. Zero the dial indicator.

TORQUE ALL AXLE MOUNTING BOLTS (QTY 12)

718E-103

PRY THE AXLE FORWARD

1. The axle must be securely bolted to the chassis through the axle supports (front and back). Torque all axle mounting bolts. Refer to TORQUE CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 2. Temporarily disconnect the two grease hoses from the axle pivot to prevent grease pressure from affecting the set-up. Plug hose ends to avoid contamination.

718E-102A

6. Using a long pry bar between the chassis and the axle housing pry the axle forward. It may be necessary to tip the axle from side to side to position the axle fully forward for a proper reading.

TRUNNION SUPPORT

TRUNNION SUPPORT

•• SET DIAL INDICATOR 3. Set a dial indicator against the input pinion shaft on the input end of the axle.

AXLE-05

.101MM.356MM (.004"-.014")

• 718E-102

AXLE MOVEMENT BETWEEN TRUNNION SUPPORTS

7. Read the dial indicator. Axle movement should be .004” to .014”. Check the reading twice by repeating steps 4 through 7.

8.52

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

8. If the reading is within the required range go to step 16.

15. Repeat steps 4 to 7 to check the adjustment again. This reading should be checked twice.

9. If the reading is not within the required range follow steps 10 through 15 to adjust.

16. Reinstall cover plate and grease hoses in the axle pivot, add grease until back pressure is felt.

•• REMOVE COVER PLATE 718E-104

10. Remove the outer cover plate. Carefully remove the pivot cover plate from the axle (12 bolts). Care must be taken to ensure that the thrust washer and shims do not fall.

11. If the measurement was below .004” ADD shims to get the required range. A 0.010” shim will change the reading by 0.010”. Stock shims are 0.004”, 0.007”, 0.010” and 0.020” thick.

PIVOT COVER

SHIMS 0.004", 0.007", 0.010" AND 0.020" AS REQ'D

•• •

••

TRUNNION

•• ••

•

THRUST WASHER

SUPPORT

718E-042

12. If the measurement was above .014” REMOVE SHIMS to correct the reading. A 0.010” shim will change the reading by 0.010”.

Stock shims are 0.004”, 0.007”, 0.010” and 0.020” thick.

13. Replace the thrust washer.

14. Replace the center pivot cover plate. Make sure that the thrust washer and shims do not slide out of place and become damaged.

Torque cover bolts (12) to 80 lbf-ft.

8.53

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Drive

WHEEL INSTALLATION NOTE: All wheel installation joints and surfaces should be clean, flat surfaces (free of paint, grease and oil etc.) using grade 8 bolts, hardened washers and standard torque practices.

• Use tapered assembly studs to help with wheel installation. Two or three studs can be used on each side.

2.17" MIN. FULL THREAD

.79" .406" DRILL

.06" X 45° 7/8" - 14 UNF THREAD

20°

2.64" 3.41"

TAPERED ASSEMBLY STUD FOR 7/8" BOLTS AXL-WHL

The tapered assembly stud shown can be fabricated to aid in wheel installation on an axle flange.

•

Thoroughly clean the wheel bolts, washers and the tapped holes in the axle flange.

When cleaning axle wheel flange, be sure to use the proper thread size tap, 7/8" - 14 UNF thread.

• Install the wheel with the aid of the tapered assembly studs.

• Install wheel bolts by hand to insure bolts are not cross threaded.

• Remove assembly studs and install the remaining bolts.

• Torque wheel bolts to the following values: 7/8"-14 UNF torque to 500-550 lbf/ft. lubricated.

WARNING If a power wrench is used, be sure that the wheel bolts are first hand-engaged to prevent stripping. Operate the wrench slowly to prevent damage to the threads.

8.54

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 9 - BRAKES AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 9 AUXILIARY SET-UP CALIPER ............................................................................................ 9.5 BRAKES BRAKE ACCUMULATOR ................................................................................................. 9.2 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 9.2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ......................................................................................................... 9.3 FOOT CONTROL VALVE ................................................................................................. 9.2 DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 9.2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ......................................................................................................... 9.3 PARKING BRAKE ............................................................................................................... 9.4 PARKING BRAKE - CALIPER ............................................................................................. 9.5 AUXILIARY SET-UP CALIPER ......................................................................................... 9.5 BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY ......................................................................................... 9.7 CALIPER FLOAT ADJUSTMENT ..................................................................................... 9.8 CHECKING FOR PROPER ADJUSTMENT .................................................................... 9.6 LINING REPLACEMENT ................................................................................................. 9.8 PROXIMITY SENSOR ..................................................................................................... 9.6 PARKING BRAKE - HYDRAULIC SPRING APPLIED HYDRAULIC RELEASE .................................................................... 9.9

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Brakes and Differential Locks

BRAKE COMPONENTS

BRAKE ACCUMULATOR

For information on bleeding lines, inspecting brake linings and integral parts of the disc brakes, refer to SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

The accumulator is installed to ensure that the brake control remains responsive at all times by maintaining a constant pressure of 1800 psi to the brake foot control valve. The brake accumulator holds sufficient pressure for up to five (5) brake applications after the engine stalls or is shut down. Beyond this, the pressure drops substantially.

To release hydraulic pressure in the brake system, refer to RELEASE PILOT SYSTEM PRESSURE in SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL. BRAKE PEDAL

For further information about the brake accumulator refer to BRAKE ACCUMULATOR in SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL.

••

BRAKE PRESSURES Machines 7262501 to 7262570: - 52 Bar (750 psi) Machines 7262571 and up: - 62 Bar (900 psi) 213-20

BRAKE PEDAL

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS

BRAKE FOOT CONTROL VALVE

BRAKE CIRCUIT

This pilot valve is a manually operated directional valve and operates on the same principle as a pressure reducing valve.

As the pedal is depressed, pressure from the brake accumulator is sent to the brakes in the rear axle. A reaction piston in the valve senses this increase in brake pressure and relays feedback to the operator, i.e. as brake pressure increases the pedal effort increases proportionately.

For further information on brake accumulator and the accumulator charge valve operation, refer to SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL.

A positive stop in the brake valve limits the brake pressure to a preset value. This preset value is determined by the requirements of the brakes in the rear axle, which in this case is 1000 psi. The brake pedal therefore regulates the pressure in the brake lines to 1000 psi maximum.

DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS CIRCUIT The differential locks in both the front and rear axles (optional on front axle with a steering wheel) are controlled by switches. The rear differential lock switch is located on the control panel in the cab. The front differential lock switch is located on the left hand (steering) joystick (on instrument panel with a steering wheel). The switches control two solenoid operated pilot valves in ports 'C1' (rear) and 'C5' (front) of the pilot manifold. Placing the front or rear differential lock switch in the ON position energizes the solenoid operated pilot valve which directs pilot oil to the differential lock clutch packs in the corresponding axle to lock the differentials.

Refer also to AXLES-DIFFERENTIAL LOCKS in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

When the pedal is released, the spool returns to its neutral position and allows the brake cylinders to drain to tank.

T A P

MO-02 MO-01

A fixed displacement pump supplies oil to the accumulator charge valve. This valve directs oil to the brake accumulator through a check valve located between the pilot and brake accumulators. The oil from the brake accumulator side of the check valve is sent to the brake foot control valve to operate the rear axle brakes.

CROSS SECTION OF VALVE BODY

BRAKE FOOT CONTROL VALVE

9.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

726E-042

Brakes and Differential Locks

BRAKE AND DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CIRCUITS 9.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Brakes and Differential Locks

PARKING BRAKE ASSEMBLY

••

•

•

PROXIMITY SENSOR

1

337-19

PARKING BRAKE DISENGAGED POSITION

STATIONARY DISCS

SPRINGS DRIVE SHAFT

••

•

•• •

ROTATING DISCS

• 337-20

724E-007 724E-008 724E-016

1

PARKING BRAKE ENGAGED POSITION

PARKING BRAKE - (7262501 to 7262530) PULL up on handle (1) to ENGAGE parking brake.

PARKING BRAKE

PUSH down on the handle (1) to DISENGAGE parking brake.

PARKING BRAKE - (7262531 AND UP) The parking brake assembly is installed in the drive line between the transmission and the front axle. Five rotating discs are splined to the brake shaft and 6 stationary discs are held in place in the brake housing. The brake is spring applied and hydraulically released.

On machines equipped with two hydraulic motors and a single speed transmission, this parking brake operates ONE of TWO disc brake calipers on the transmission. The second caliper is used only when setting up the machine hydraulic system. Machines equipped with a single hydraulic motor and two speed transmission have only ONE disc brake caliper.

NOTE: The parking brake must be in the ENGAGED position to START the engine, and in the DISENGAGED position to DRIVE the machine.

724E-004

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

A parking brake switch on the instrument panel activates and deactivates the brake, also the brake will be activated when the cab door is open or if the engine is not running.

9.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Brakes and Differential Locks Pulling up on the parking brake lever engages the brake caliper on the brake disc. A proximity sensor mounted on the side of the parking brake

PARKING BRAKE - (7262501 to 7262530) The parking brake lever is located beside the operator’s seat. It is connected by a cable to a main disc brake caliper assembly mounted on the output side of the transmission.

BRAKE CABLE

••

ADJUST AUXILIARY BRAKE SET-UP CALIPER (ADJUSTING NUT) TO 50 LBF-FT.

•

PROXIMITY SENSOR

PARKING BRAKE LEVER

336-3AX

AUXILIARY BRAKE SET-UP CALIPER

••

•

METAL BAR

A second AUXILIARY SET-UP CALIPER is used for hydraulic set-up procedures (on machines equipped with dual motors only) and is not cable operated. When the auxiliary set-up caliper is not being used the adjusting nut should be loose with the jam nut tightened against it. Friction between the brake caliper and the rotating disc can cause a fire. Refer to individual pressure setting procedures throughout this manual for further information on the use of the auxiliary brake setup caliper.

••

PARKING BRAKE PROXIMITY SENSOR

337-21

lever is also activated by a metal bar which moves to within 3.175 - 4.76 mm (1/8" - 3/16") of the sensor. The proximity sensor activates the drive prevent circuit, to prevent the machine from being driven when the parking brake is ON. Pushing down on the lever releases the brake and deactivates the proximity sensor.

There are two ways to adjust the parking brake to compensate for wear. The first is to use the adjusting knob on the end of the parking brake lever. The second is to adjust the cable clevis at the caliper end of the brake cable.

9.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Brakes and Differential Locks

CHECKING FOR PROPER PARKING BRAKE CABLE ADJUSTMENT (7262501 TO 7262530)

Proximity sensor: A proximity sensor attached to the parking brake has two main functions; When the brake is ON It (1) deactivates the drive prevent circuit to prevent the machine from being driven when the brake is ON and (2) enables the START circuit so that the engine can only be started with the parking brake ON. To drive the machine the parking brake must be OFF, both cab doors closed and the pilot reset button PRESSED.

The parking brake is properly adjusted when Resistance is encountered half way through the brake lever’s travel.

PARKING BRAKE CABLE ADJUSTMENTS Lever end: Turn the knob on the end of the brake lever to increase or decrease braking effect. (Set screw on side of adjusting knob will lock setting)

The parking brake proximity sensor should be adjusted so that the distance measured between the end of the sensor and the metal actuating bar of the brake lever is 3.175 mm (1/8") with the parking brake in the OFF position. The sensor can be adjusted by loosening the two jamnuts and adjusting the location of the sensor.

Caliper end: Remove the cotter pin and clevis pin. Loosen the jamnut and thread the clevis on of off the cable to change the cable length. Tighten the jamnut. The jamnut should provide 6.35 mm (¼") of preload to the spring. Replace the clevis pin and cotter pin.

After making adjustments verify that the sensor will activate the drive prevent circuit when the parking brake is in the OFF position.

The parking brake must be kept properly adjusted at all times and should be lubricated every 500 hours under normal operating conditions.

Do not allow the sensor and the metal actuating bar make contact with each other.

WARNING All brake adjustments and service must be followed by a test drive using these procedures and then checked for proper caliper "float".

BRAKE CABLE

WASHER (2)

SPRING

CLEVIS NUT (3)

•

COTTER PIN

•

CLEVIS PIN

•

•

•

•

• CALIPER ASSEMBLY

720C-PB5

PARKING BRAKE LEVER

ADJ. NUTS ADJUSTING KNOB

• • •

LOCKING SET SCREW

• •

• DISC

CLEVIS

•

•

•

•

••

TRANSMISSION

METAL BAR

LEVER PARKBRK5

•

PARKING BRAKE ASSEMBLY 9.6

PROXIMITY SENSOR 724D-26

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Brakes and Differential Locks

REAR CALIPER TORQUE PLATE CARRIER AND LINING ASSEMBLY

CENTER ADJUSTING BOLT

CALIPER MOUNTING NUTS (2)

•

•

• • •

CALIPER MOUNTING BOLTS (2)

•

INNER SEAL (RUBBER)

•

BALL BEARINGS (3)

•

SLEEVES (2)

•

SPRING

•

RUBBER BOOT

•

THRUST WASHER

•

STAINLESS WASHER HARDENED WASHER

• •

•

•

• FRONT CALIPER TORQUE PLATE INNER CAM

•

•

SLEEVE SEAL (2)

RETAINER OUTER CAM

••

OUTER ADJUSTING NUT 720C-PB4

•

LEVER

INNER ADJUSTING NUT

BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY

9.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Brakes and Differential Locks lbf-ft).

CALIPER FLOAT ADJUSTMENT - (7262501 TO 7262530) 1. Using a feeler gauge, check that a gap .2541.524 mm (0.010” to 0.060”), referred to as caliper float, exists between the two mounting bolt sleeves and the caliper mounting bracket. There must be a .2541.524 mm (0.010” to 0.060”) caliper float.

LINING REPLACEMENT - (7262501 TO 7262530) 1. Loosen inner and outer locking nuts on the center adjusting bolt just enough to slide each of the caliper torque plates away from the disc and far enough to allow removal of the carrier and lining assemblies. It may be necessary to completely remove one or both nuts from the center adjusting bolt for this procedure.

If adjustment is required; Loosen the two caliper mounting locknuts (behind the mounting bracket), adjust the two caliper mounting bolts and re-torque the two locking nuts to 135.6 to 162.7 Nm (100 to 120 lbf-ft), while holding the bolts from turning.

2. Collapse the lining retraction spring (sheet metal spring) and remove it from assembly.

3. Slide both torque plates away from the disc, move the carrier and lining assemblies out of the pockets and remove them from the brake assembly by sliding them sideways.

2. Loosen the two inner and outer locking nuts on the center adjusting bolt.

4. Apply a coating of "anti-seize" to the outside of the two sleeves and slide the torque plates back and forth along the sleeves to ensure that "anti-seize" gets into bores of caliper plates.

3. Rotate the caliper actuating lever to the 5:00 o’clock position (as viewed from the front of the machine looking towards the back). This lever has six possible positions. Lift the lever off of the pins on the back of the outer cam.

Hold the cam from moving and rotate the lever to the desired position and place it back on to the pins on the back of the cam.

5. Install new carrier and lining assemblies into each caliper torque plate.

6. Re-install the retraction spring into the assembly. The feet on the spring must be properly located into the holes in both lining carrier assemblies.

4. Tighten the inner adjustment nut until firm contact is made with the brake disc by the linings. Torque to 10.8 Nm - 100 in-lbs (8 lbf-ft) and then back off 4 to 5 flats. Check that disc is free to rotate.

7. See previous procedure: caliper float adjustment to complete adjustment of new brake linings.

5. Tighten outer locknut against inner adjustment nut to hold this lining clearance adjustment in place 61 to 74.5 Nm (45 to 55 CALIPER MOUNTING NUTS

MOUNTING BRKT.

CALIPER "FLOAT"

MOUNTING SLEEVES

REAR TORQUE PLATE

FRONT TORQUE PLATE

CALIPER MOUNTING BOLTS LEVER INNER ADJ. NUT OUTER ADJ. NUT

PARKBRK3

BRAKE CALIPER 9.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Brakes and Differential Locks

PARKING BRAKE - (7262531 AND UP)

PARKING BRAKE ASSEMBLY

The spring applied and hydraulically released parking brake assembly installed in the drive line between the transmission and the front axle does not require any adjustment.

••

Service of the brake assembly is limited to removal, disassembly and replacement of worn or damaged parts and reinstallation of the brake assembly.

BRAKE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL 1. Park machine on level ground, lower attachment to the ground, install articulation lock bar, shut engine off.

LOWER ATTACHMENT TO THE GROUND STATIONARY DISCS

SPRINGS DRIVE SHAFT

724E-036

••

BLOCK WHEELS

•

•• •

ROTATING DISCS

2. Install wheel blocks in front of and in rear of all four wheels 3. Remove the cover plate under the front chassis to access the brake assembly.

4. Disconnect the hydraulic hose and breather hose at the brake assembly. Plug the hose ends and ports on the brake housing.

724E-007 724E-008 724E-016

PARKING BRAKE

5. Disconnect and remove the drive shafts at the brake assembly.

724E-035

6. Support the brake assembly using a floor jack, and remove the four hex head bolts nuts and washers.

BL024

7. Lower the brake assembly out of the front chassis.

9.9

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Brakes and Differential Locks

- ASSEMBLY

1

•• 23

6

7

• 16 19 27 25 26

724E-008

• •

• •

•

•

• 22

•

18

•

12 21

•

19 15

•

•

13

2

• • •

•

•

• 20 24 13

• •

•

•

13

4

20 21

• • •

• 15

17

28

• •

11 9

•

23 6

•

•

• •

•

10

•

•

•

• •

•

14

•

BL024

9.10

5

8

3

24

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Brakes and Differential Locks

PARTS DESCRIPTION

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Qty. 1 1 1 7 as req.

2 1 1 18 18 1 1 5 2

Description

Item

ASSEMBLY . Disc, primary . Cap, end . Bolt, hex. . Shim . Bearing, tapered roller . Shaft, splined . O-ring . Spring, outer . Spring, inner . Retainer, spring . Housing . Disc, rotating . Plug

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

Qty. 5 1 1 6 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disc, stationary Gasket Plate, power Bolt Pin, torque Ring, retaining Spacer Plug, protective Seal, oil Seal, oil O-ring Piston O-ring Valve, pressure relief

BRAKE DISASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

1. Remove the yokes from the input shaft.

1. Reverse disassembly procedure for assembly with the following notes and additions.

2. Position the brake with the power plate (12) up, the side with the mounting lugs.

2. Pre-lube O-rings, piston and cylinder of the power plate with hydraulic oil.

3. Remove spacers (21) from each end.

Piston Assembly

4. Remove the bolts (18) alternately and slowly, keeping power plate parallel to the housing to prevent damage to the bearings. Use extreme caution springs (9 and 10) can cause power plate to pop off housing.

3. Assemble piston into power plate using a shop press. Take care not to damage O-ring or teflon back-up rings.

4. Vissually align the centre of the cutouts in the piston with the torque pin holes in the power plate.

5. After the bolts (18) have been removed, remove the power plate assembly from brake.

CAUTION: The depth the piston is installed into the power plate is critical. The surface of the piston at the cutouts must be flush to 3.05 mm (0.120") below the surface of the power plate or the piston will cock resulting in complete loss of braking.

6. Remove shaft and disc stack from the brake.

If the disc stack is to be serviced use a shop press to remove the bearing cones from the shaft.

7. Remove primary plate (2), springs and spring retainer from housing spring pocket.

Bearing Assembly

8. Remove piston (26) from power plate by using Low Pressure air 1 Bar (15 psi) through hydraulic inlet. Make sure the piston is directed away from the operator.

5. Using a shop press install one cone on the shaft, bearing must be seated tight against the stop. Press only on the inner race of the bearing cone, not on the rollers.

9. Remove O-rings from the OD and ID of the groove of the piston.

6. Install the disc in the order shown in the parts illustration. Install the other bearing cone on the shaft observing the preceding cautions.

NOTE: If the bearings or seals are removed both must be replaced. Seal can be removed by prying it out with an appropriate tool taking care not to damage the bore.

10. Thoroughly clean all the parts.

11. Inspect and replace any worn, damaged or defective parts.

9.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Brakes and Differential Locks

Brake Assembly

INSTALLATION

7. Install parts in reverse order of disassembly without installing the shaft seals. Release the brake using 20.7 Bar (300 psi) and measure the torque to rotate the shaft. The free rolling torque of the brake shaft is an indication of bearing seating and fit. The rolling torque should be 2.26 Nm (20 inch lbs) maximum. If it does not meet this specification, check that the bearings are well seated.

VENT HOSE

PORT FOR BRAKE HYDRAULIC HOSE.

3 PORT

1

••

••

•• 2 DRAIN PLUG

OIL FILL AND LEVEL PLUG FOR LUBRICATING OIL ONLY SEE LUBE CHART FOR SPECIFIC OIL

724E-035

1. Install the brake assembly in reverse order as removed. Torque the mounting bolts to 216237 Nm (159-175 lbf/ft ).

2. Reinstall the breather hose in port (3) and hydraulic hose in port (1).

724E-007

•

3. Remove lubricating oil fill and level plug (2) on side of brake assembly and fill the brake with recommended oil (API-GL-5) as specified in section 3 SERVICE AND LUBRICATION CHART.

DRAIN PLUG

Lip Seal Assembly 8. After the brake is assembled, install the shaft seals with caution not to cut the seal lips on the shaft splines. The inner seals are installed with spring facing inwards. The outer seals are installed with spring facing outward.

4. Install the drive shafts. Torque the yoke (universal joint) retainer bolts to 50 Nm (37 lbf/ft ).

5. Install the cover plate on the bottom of the front chassis.

10. Install the spacers and yokes on the brake assembly. Torque the yoke retainer bolts to 244 Nm (180 lbf/ft).

720E-035A

9.12

PARK BRAKE PILOT CONNECTION

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 10 - OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND FAN APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 10 BLINK CODES ................................................................................................................. 10.14 CHARGE AIR COOLER ..................................................................................................... 10.2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM, CROSS-FLOW FAN ........................................................... 10.13, 10.17 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM, OIL COOLER ................................................................................... 10.9 COOLING SYSTEM COOLANT FLOW DIAGRAM .......................................................................................... 10.4 COOLING SYSTEM, ENGINE .......................................... SEE SECTION 7 IN THIS MANUAL CROSS-FLOW FAN CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ............................................................ 10.13, 10.17 CROSS-FLOW FAN WITH ELECTRONIC FAN DRIVE CONTROL ................................. 10.10 ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE BLINK CODES ...................................................... 10.14 ENGINE ACCESS PANELS ............................................................................................. 10.20 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM ........................................... SEE SECTION 7 IN THIS MANUAL FAN COOLING CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ........................................................................ 10.16 FAN DRIVE MOTOR ........................................................................................................ 10.13 FAN SPEED CHECKS ..................................................................................................... 10.18 CHECK FOR NO A/C DURING CLEAN MODE ............................................................ 10.18 FAN 'CLEAN' SPEED .................................................................................................... 10.18 FAN FULL ON SPEED .................................................................................................. 10.18 MINIMUM FAN SPEED WITH A/C "ON" ....................................................................... 10.18 HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP ........................................................................................ 10.7 OIL COOLER ..................................................................................................................... 10.2 OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR INSTALLATION ................................................................ 10.3 OIL COOLER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................ 10.8 OIL COOLER CIRCUIT DIAGRAM .................................................................................... 10.9

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

CHARGE AIR COOLER/OIL COOLER/ RADIATOR The charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler and engine radiator are mounted on top of each other as an assembly. The assembly is mounted longitudinally in the rear chassis to provide cross flow ventilation.

726D-044

726D-030

RIGHT SIDE - CROSS-FLOW FAN

Refer to SECTION 7 for information on the ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM.

LEFT SIDE - A/C CONDENSER AND COOLER

For detailed cleaning procedures, refer to CLEANING PROCEDURE later in this section.

726D-031 CHECK A/C CONDENSER CORE The A/C condenser core is mounted in front of these three units and on hinges to facilitate cleaning. The cooling fan is mounted behind the charge air cooler(CAC)/oil cooler/radiator assembly and draws air from the left side of the machine. The air passes through the CAC/oil cooler/radiator and A/C condensor core and exhausts on the right side of the machine.

The fan drive system is reversible to facilitate cleaning by blowing air in the opposite direction through the cooling assembly This cooling assembly must be checked daily for accumulation of debris.

The complete CAC/oil cooler/radiator/A-C condensor/fan drive assembly is rubber isolation mounted to reduce the transmission of noise and to isolate the components from vibration.

10.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

CHARGE AIR COOLER NOTE: REGULARLY CHECK FOR DEBRIS ACCUMULATION BETWEEN CAC/ RADIATOR/ OIL COOLER AND A/C CONDENSER

•• RADIATOR

•• ••

OIL COOLER

A/C CONDENSER

•• FAN SHROUD RAD CAP

CHARGE AIR COOLER

SURGE TANK

••

•• •• ••

FAN FINGER GUARD

••

••

•

•• RADIATOR

726E-010

FAN MOTOR

OIL COOLER

CHARGE AIR COOLER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR INSTALLATION 10.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

FLOW OF COOLANT WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND THERMOSTAT OPEN

SURGE TANK RADIATOR

•

VENT TUBE THERMOSTST HOUSING WATER PUMP

CHARGE AIR COOLER

RAD CAP

••

•• ••

•• SHUNT • HOSE

• ••

• • •• •

• • ENGINE OIL COOLER

DRAIN TAP

TOP RADIATOR HOSE

BOTTOM RADIATOR HOSE HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

726M-037A

CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

CROSS-FLOW COOLING FAN

• • INTAKE MANIFOLD

• • TURBOCHARGER

726M-047

CHARGE AIR COOLER: AIR FLOW DURING OPERATION 10.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

COOLING FAN DRIVE SYSTEM

FAN MOTOR

••

BOOM/FAN/ STEER PUMP

FAN VALVE

••

•

A B CASE RETURN TO RETURN TUBE

726D-038

COOLING FAN DRIVE COMPONENTS

10.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan AIR BREATHER HYDRAULIC TANK

••

• SIGHT GAUGE HYD. OIL LEVEL

• 726E-020

••

WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT (COLOR BLUE)

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK Located at the left rear of the machine, the hydraulic tank has a capacity of 55 gallons (189 liters).

A sight gauge, accessible through the rear door indicates the HIGH and LOW levels of the hydraulic oil. Incorporated into this gauge is a low level sending unit which signals a “low hydraulic oil” light in the cab to come ON when the oil level is low. Always keep the hydraulic oil between the ADD and FULL calibrations.

A low hydraulic oil level can result in severe damage to pumps.

Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

•

DO NOT begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 100°F (38°C)!

DRAINING/REFILLING THE HYDRAULIC TANK

When the tank is drained, reinstall the drain plug and wipe up any spilled oil. Refill the tank using the hand fill pump. Keep the hydraulic oil between the ADD and FULL calibrations.

NOTE: When refilling the hydraulic system, vent pumps, motors and valves of air by opening a plug or hose fitting located near or on top of the pumps, motors and valves until oil free of air is seen flowing out of the plug or hose fitting. Failure to vent air from the hydraulic system could cause serious damage to hydraulic components. Tighten plugs or fittings and clean up any spilled oil when completed.

WARNING, HOT FLUIDS AND HOT MACHINE SURFACES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS!

•

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

Place a suitable container under the hydraulic tank and remove the drain plug on bottom of tank.

WARNING

Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

726E-016

Replace the oil in the hydraulic tank every 2000 hours of use and Seasonally as recommended in Section 3 of this manual.

Over filling causes the excess oil to discharge from the breather vent.

•

DRAIN PLUG

NOTE: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for 1 hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

NOTE: Check all hydraulic system components especially cooling fan for proper operation after hydraulic oil has been replaced.

10.6

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

• CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

OIL FILL SHUT OFF VALVE

• 726D-040

HAND PUMP

•

726E-004

HAND FILL PUMP

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP The hydraulic hand fill pump, located at the rear of the machine is used for adding oil to the hydraulic oil tank.

To add oil to the tank, vent the tank, clean suction tube and remove cap. Open oil fill shut-off valve, insert end of suction tube into supply drum and operate the pump. The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic reservoir via a return filter. The pump should always be operated at a medium speed with steady motion. Pumping too fast may cause oil to by-pass oil filter.

IMPORTANT: Close shut-off valve after filling and replace cap on suction tube.

10.7

CHARGE PRESSURE FILTER

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

OIL COOLER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Return oil from the attachment valve and boom valve circuits is directed to flow to the oil cooler, through the oil cooler to the return filter and back to the hydraulic tank.

A 2.76 Bar (40 psi) relief valve, installed in the line between the cooler inlet and outlet, provides a bypass route for oil to flow in the event the oil cooler is plugged.

Cooling of the oil occurs as air is drawn over the oil cooler cooling fins. Cooled oil then passes through the dual return filter and into the hydraulic tank.

OIL COOLER OUTLET OIL COOLER INLET

•• • OIL COOLER BYPASS VALVE

726E-029

OIL COOLER BYPASS HOSE

••

CHARGE AIR COOLER, RADIATOR AND OIL COOLER PACKAGE 10.8

••

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

FAN MOTOR

CAC/RADIATOR/ OIL COOLER

•

•

••

•

• ••

•

RETURN TUBE

RETURN OIL FILTERS

BYPASS VALVE

•• •• BOOM VALVE

•• BOOM/FAN/ STEER PUMP

••

726E-044

OIL COOLER AND COOLING FAN CIRCUIT 10.9

FAN CONTROL VALVE

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

FAN DRIVE MOTOR

••

SYSTEM PRESSURE PORT 'B'

726M-044

••

••

SYSTEM PRESSURE PORT 'A'

RIGHT SIDE OF MACHINE

FAN DRIVE

CROSS-FLOW FAN WITH ELECTRONIC FAN DRIVE CONTROL

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

The cross-flow fan is driven by an open loop hydraulic system consisting of a gear pump, a fan drive control valve manifold and a fixed displacement fan drive motor. The cooling fan is mounted behind the charge air cooler/oil cooler/ radiator assembly and draws air from the left side of the machine. The air passes through the charge air cooler/oil cooler/radiator and A/C condensor core and exhausts on the right side of the machine.

The fan drive control valve and manifold controls the hydraulic oil flow (speed) and provides a reversing function for the fan drive motor. By reversing the direction of air flow (CLEAN or PURGE) dust and debris are forced out of the charge air cooler/radiator, oil cooler, A/C condenser cores. The fan drive is controlled electronically by the electronic control system.

••

724E-025

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE WIRING

More detailed information on the operation of the cross flow fan and electronic fan drive control is outlined later in this section.

720D-052

FAN ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

10.10

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

BOOM/FAN/STEER PUMP OUTLET

This is a triple gear pump mounted to the lower left output pad of the pump drive gearbox. The pump drive shaft is connected to the gearbox via a splined adapter.

DRIVEN (IDLER) GEAR

DRIVE GEAR

•

•

INLET

TYPICAL GEAR PUMP

GEAR1

The operation of a typical external gear pump (so called because the gear teeth are on the external surface of the hub) is shown in Figure gear1.

BOOM/FAN/ STEER PUMP

••

726D-028

A gear pump carries oil from the inlet to the outlet in the spaces between gear teeth. The pumping chamber is formed by the gears, the pump housing, and side plates. One of the two gears is the drive gear and is connected to the drive shaft.

The other idler gear is driven by the drive gear.

BOOM/FAN/STEER PUMP

The shaft end section of the pump supplies hydraulic oil for the boom and clamp functions.

The center section of the pump supplies oil for the cooling fan drive function. The end section of the pump supplies hydraulic oil for the steering, brake and differential lock functions and oil to the pilot circuit.

CENTER SECTION (FAN)

SHAFT END SECTION (BOOM)

•

726M-071

•

BOOM/FAN/STEER DRIVE PUMP CROSS SECTION 10.11

END SECTION (STEER)

•

AP214

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

FAN CONTROL

The temperature sensor in the hydraulic tank operates in a similar manner to the engine coolant temperature sensor but independently and with a different temperature range of (See COOLING SET POINTS).

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

••

This sensor will turn the fan ON at (See COOLING SET POINTS). As the temperature of the hydraulic oil increases, the speed of the fan will also increase to a maximum 2200 rpm fan speed @2200 rpm engine speed, at this point the temperature of the hydraulic oil will be (See COOLING SET POINTS), of higher.

COOLING SET POINTS CONTROLLER PLUS ONE

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE WIRING

724E-025

Charge Air Min Charge Air Max Engine Coolant Min Engine Coolant Max Hydraulic Oil Temp Min Hydraulic Oil Temp Max

50°C 84°C 85°C 96°C 49°C 71°C

(122°F) (183°F) (185°F) (205°F) (120°F) (160°F)

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan is stopped due to low engine coolant, air intake or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will immediately turn the cooling fan to run at 1200 rpm. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

720D-052

FAN ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE This control consists of an electronic processing module, a three position FAN switch in the operator's cab with CLEAN/AUTO/FULL ON* positions for fan control.

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN (PURGE) position make sure that there are no personnel on the left side of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris When the switch is in the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position, the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of coolant, air intake or oil temperatures.

The AUTO CLEAN/REVERSE feature will not function in the FULL ON position.

•• CROSS FLOW FAN SWITCH 726E-001

FAN CONTROL SWITCH When the engine coolant temperature reaches 85°C (185°F) the sensor on the engine in conjunction with the electronic control module will adjust the signal to the control valve to start to turn the fan slowly. The fan speed is variable from zero up to a maximum of 2200 rpm fan speed @2200 rpm engine speed. As the temperature of the coolant increases so does the speed of the fan up to the maximum 2200 rpm fan speed @2200 rpm engine speed. At this point the engine coolant temperature will be 96°C (205°F), or higher.

10.12

When the switch is pressed momentarily to the CLEAN position, the control module will signal the control valve to reverse the flow of oil to the motor and turn the fan in reverse. The control module will also turn the air conditioning system OFF for as long as the fan switch is in the CLEAN position.

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

FAN DRIVE MOTOR The fan drive motor is a fixed displacement axial piston motor. The fan drive motor is driven by hydraulic flow and pressure from the fan drive pump and in turn directly drives the cross-flow fan.

726E-030

CROSS-FLOW FAN ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT 10.13

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE BLINK CODES

GREEN LED

The electronic control module has two LED lights on the front top left side of the controller. A GREEN LED is used to indicate that power is ON and the controller is activated. The RED LED is used to provide a visual warning in the form of BLINK CODES whenever the controller senses a fault in the system.

RED LED

•••

The following chart can be used for BLINK CODE TRANSLATION AND DIAGNOSTICS. 724E-018

10.14

ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

10.15

••••

••••

47

48

1 sec

1 sec

1 sec

1 sec

1 sec

1 sec

1 sec

••••••••

•••••••

••••••

••••

•••

••

•

••••••

Electronic Saw gauge in cab will not operate correctly.

Coolant has reached/exceeded Overheat Set Point. Decrease coolant temp to below overheat set point.

Engine J1939 not present or Faulted. Check that J1939 backbone is in good condition, all resistors and connectors are properly connected.

Fan runs at full speed forward. No effect on automatic reverse. Engine Hydraulic Oil has reached/exceeded Overheat Set Point. Decrease hydraulic oil temp to below overheat set point. diagnostic display reads fault code SPN 1638 FMI 0

Fan runs at full speed forward. Fan will not automatically reverse.

Engine Coolant Overheat Condition

Hydraulic Overheat Condition

Fan runs at full speed forward controller and will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display. Fan will not automatically reverse.

J1939 CAN BUS Fault

Fan runs at full speed forward and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Resistance is out of operating range at hydraulic oil temprature sender. Check connection between the hydraulic Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display. Fan will not temperature sender and controller and replace hydraulic oil temperature sender if necessary. automatically reverse.

2) If multiple faults are present a 5 second delay will separate the Fault Code Sequences.

"RED LED" and "GREEN LED" will flash momentarily when master disconnect is switched from "off" to "on"

"GREEN LED" ON Steady indicates System is Activated/ON

x

x

x

x

x

Fan will try to continue to perform as normal. If the fault is detected more Current is out of operating range at the fan reverse coil. Check wire connections between the reverse coil of fan than 3 times in 10 minutes; fan will run at full speed forward, not pump and the controller (720/724D). Check connections at reverse coil of fan valve and the controller automatically reverse and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan (724E/726D/M726D). Check ground connect Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display.

Fan Reverse Coil is out of operating range

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender out of range

x

x

x

720E/ 724E/ 726E

Fan will try to continue to perform as normal. If the fault is detected more Current is out of operating range at fan valve proportional coil. Check connections between proportional coil of fan than 5 times in 10 minutes; fan will run at full speed forward, not valve and controller. Check ground connections. automatically reverse and controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine diagnostic display.

Current is out of operating range. Check connections between relay and controller. Check relay ground connections. Check relay.

Pressure transducer has malfunctioned or has become disonnected and no signal is present. Check the signal wire from the transducer. When the transducer is given 5V sensory power, 0.5 V should be present at the signal wire at 0 psi.

(To diagnose fault)

POSSIBLE CAUSE / SOLUTION

Fan Proportional Coil is out of operating range.

Fan runs at full speed forward. Fan will not automatically reverse and A/C OFF Output Relay is out of controller will send SPN 977 FMI 11 Fan Controller Fault to the Engine operating Range diagnostic display.

Saw Pressure Sensor Fault

(Only when fault code is active)

EFFECT

NOTES : 1) To clear fault codes from controller, turn master disconnect switch "off", wait 15 secs, and turn "on". If fault persists see Possible Cause/Solution.

••••

46

••••

43

••••

••••

42

44

••••

41

1 sec

(Fault Location)

(Flash Bit Sequence)

•

DESCRIPTION

"RED LED"

16

FAULT CODE

PLUS1 CONTROLLER FAULT CODE INFORMATION

BLINK CODE TRANSLATION / DIAGNOSTICS

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

FAN COOLING CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

FULL ON (OVERRIDE) POSITION - When the switch is in the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position, the fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTO position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control.

AUTO REVERSING/CLEANING does not function in FULL ON position.

The fan "cooling" circuit is an open loop hydraulic system consisting of a gear pump, a fixed displacement motor and a control valve and manifold block .

The electronic control module receives signals from the fan switch, engine coolant temperature sensor, engine intake air temperature sensor and hydraulic oil temperature sensor.

The fan switch is a three position switch, labelled CLEAN/AUTO/FULL ON. This switch along with an electronic fan control module, controls the operation of the hydraulic cross-flow fan.

With the fan switch in the AUTO position, the electronic module has full control over the operation of the cooling fan.

AUTO POSITION - AUTO is the normal operating position for the fan control switch. When the switch is in the AUTO position, the fan will operate completely in an automatic mode. It will start, speed up, slow down or stop all based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and/ or the temperature of the hydraulic oil. The electronic fan control module automatically adjusts fan speed to the minimum required level to maintain optimal operating conditions, provide auto reversing and default to fan at full speed if an error in the controller exists.

Automatic control of fan speed to match operating conditions can lower fuel consumption and reduce operating costs. In high temperature operating conditions the fan speed is increased to improve cooling ability and efficient operation of the charge air cooler, oil cooler, radiator and air conditioning systems. In low temperature operating conditions fan speed is reduced, as less cooling is required.

CLEAN POSITION - When the switch is in the CLEAN position the direction of rotation is reversed. Reverse rotation is used to clean the charge air cooler, radiator, oil cooler, A/C condenser and air intake door screens. By "reversing" the flow of the fan, air flow is propelled in the opposite direction, thereby forcing dust and debris off of the radiator.

The electronic fan control will also turn the A/C system OFF for as long as the fan switch is in the CLEAN position.

The fan auto reversing function is factory set to cycle every 10 minutes.

It is also important to manually clean debris from the machine on a regular basis to maintain low machine operating temperatures. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, CHARGE AIR COOLER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan has stopped due to low charge air, engine coolant or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will cause the fan control to immediately turn the cooling fan to run at 1200 rpm when engine is at 2200 rpm. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the cab A/C even while the machine is still warming up.

10.16

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

726M-068

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

CROSS-FLOW FAN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT 10.17

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

FAN SPEED CHECKS MINIMUM FAN SPEED WITH A/C "ON" NOTE: A calibrated "electronic photo tachometer" is required for this procedure.

1.

Park machine on level ground, lower the attachment and stop engine.

Ensure that engine coolant and hydraulic oil temperatures are well below the normal operating temperatures of 195°F coolant, 130°F hydraulic oil and 111°F charge air cooler throughout entire test or fan will rotate and test will be invalid.

•• CROSS FLOW FAN SWITCH 726E-001

FAN CONTROL SWITCH

2.

Place a piece of reflecting tape on the fan hub.

3.

Start the engine.

4.

Set engine speed to 2200 rpm.

5.

Place FAN switch in AUTOMATIC position.

6.

Place A/C switch in ON position.

7.

Use a photo-tachometer to measure the speed of rotation of the fan blade, it should be 1200-1600 rpm.

7.

With the help of an assistant momentariliy press the fan switch (1) in the CLEAN position and visually check clutch on A/C compressor. It should be disengaged and compressor not running.

8.

When the CLEAN cycle is complete (10 seconds) the fan automatically returns to normal rotation direction and the clutch on the A/C compressor should engage and the compressor should be running.

FAN 'CLEAN' SPEED AND CHECK FOR NO A/C DURING CLEAN MODE

FAN FULL ON SPEED

NOTE: A calibrated "electronic photo tachometer" is required for this procedure.

NOTE: A calibrated "electronic photo tachometer" is required for this procedure.

1.

Park machine on level ground, lower the attachment and stop engine.

1.

Park machine on level ground, lower the attachment and stop engine.

2.

Place a piece of reflecting tape on the fan hub.

2.

Place a piece of reflecting tape on the fan hub.

3.

Start the engine.

3.

Start the engine.

4.

Set engine speed to 2200 rpm.

4.

Set engine speed to 2200 rpm.

5.

Place FAN switch in FULL ON position.

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN position make sure that there are no personnel at the side of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris 5.

With the help of an assistant momentariliy press the fan switch (1) in the CLEAN position.

6.

Use a photo-tachometer to measure the speed of rotation of the fan blade, it should be 1800 rpm.

10.18

726E-007

6.

USE PHOTO TACHOMETER TO CHECK FAN SPEED

Use a photo-tachometer to measure the speed of rotation of the fan blade, it should be 2200 rpm.

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

726E-026

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

FAN DRIVE HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS 10.19

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Oil Cooler/Radiator and Fan

CLEANING PROCEDURE: 1.

CAUTION

Shut down as per instructions in OPERATING MACHINE in SECTION 2.

Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris being blown into contact with hot surfaces.

If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 30 psi or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (eyewear) to guard against flying debris.

Always follow proper engine shutdown procedures.

The important benefits are: •

Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risks from touching hot surfaces.

R.H. SIDE ACCESS PANELS

4.

HAND KNOB

When the units have been cleaned return all cooling components to their operating position.

CAUTION

•

••

Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation.

Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine.

•

•

NOTE: The cooling assembly must be checked daily and may have to be thoroughly cleaned on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, depending on operating conditions. Use personal protective equipment (eyewear) to guard against flying debris. Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces. Care must be taken not to set the pressure too high otherwise damage to the components could result.

R.H. ENGINE ACCESS PANELS

726-002

HAND KNOB

L.H. SIDE ACCESS PANELS

•

•

• •

Pay particular attention to cleaning in the corners of the cooler as these areas usually plug deeply.

Reversing the fan at least once per hour will help reduce the dust accumulation in the cooler cores.

726-001

2.

L.H. ENGINE ACCESS PANELS

Open the right and left side access panels.

3. Remove two nuts and carefully swing open the A/C condenser (on hinges) to expose oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly. Remove any accumulated debris from between A/C / condenser and oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly.

10.20

Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation. Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine. For more information on fire prevention refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. If an oil leak occurs in this area it should be repaired and thoroughly power-washed with a mild soap to ensure that all of the oil is removed.

The presence of oil causes dust and dirt to cling to surfaces which will impair the reversible fan's ability to remove dust and dirt particles.

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 11- STEERING AND CENTER JOINT APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 11 BOOM/FAN/STEER PUMP .......................................................................................................11.2 CENTER JOINT ADJUSTMENT ..................................................................................................................... 11.11 CHECKING .......................................................................................................................... 11.10 DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................................ 11.12 GREASE SEALS ................................................................................................................. 11.12 LUBRICATION ..................................................................................................................... 11.10 MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................... 11.10 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ..........................................................................................................11.6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ..................................................................................................................11.7 JOYSTICK CONTROL VALVE ...................................................................................................11.5 PRESSURE SETTING CHART. ............. SEE SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE PRESSURE SETTINGS ............................................................................................................11.8 SAFETY ....................................................................................................................................11.8 STEER RELIEF VALVE .............................................................................................................11.3 STEER VALVE ...........................................................................................................................11.4 CROSS SECTION ................................................................................................................. 11.4 DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................... 11.4 OPERATING DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 11.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher BOOM/FAN/STEER PUMP

Steering and Center Joint OUTLET

This is a tripple gear pump mounted to the lower left output pad of the pump drive gearbox. The pump drive shaft is connected to the gearbox via a splined adapter.

DRIVEN (IDLER) GEAR

DRIVE GEAR

•

•

The shaft end section of the pump supplies hydraulic oil for the boom and attachment arm functions. The middle section supplies hydraulic oil for the cooling fan function. The cover end section of the pump supplies hydraulic oil for the steering, brake and differential lock functions and oil to the pilot circuit.

The operation of a typical external gear pump (so called because the gear teeth are on the external surface of the hub) is shown in Figure gear1.

INLET GEAR1

TYPICAL GEAR PUMP

A gear pump carries oil from the inlet to the outlet in the spaces between gear teeth. The pumping chamber is formed by the gears, the pump housing, and side plates. One of the two gears is the drive gear and is connected to the drive shaft.

The other idler gear is driven by the drive gear.

MIDDLE SECTION (FAN)

SHAFT END SECTION (BOOM)

•

724E-059

•

BOOM/FAN/STEER PUMP 11.2

COVER END SECTION (STEER)

•

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher STEER RELIEF VALVE

Steering and Center Joint

The steer relief valve is located between the steer pump and the steer valve. The steer relief valve protects the steer pump and steer circuit from over pressurizing. Relief oil is directed back to tank via a return filter.

The relief valve is adjusted by loosening the locknut and turning the hex head screw. Turning the hex head screw clockwise increases the TEST PORT

••

STEER RELIEF (2500 PSI) - 1/2" WRENCH - 9/16" WRENCH

•• ••

ADJUSTING SCREW

LOCKNUT

• TANK

PRESSURE 724D-D04

STEER RELIEF VALVE

RELIEF CARTRIDGE

pressure setting and counter-clockwise decreases the pressure setting. Once the pressure is set correctly, tighten the locknut and re-check the pressure setting. A gauge test port is provided at the relief valve.

11.3

RPGC

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher STEER VALVE

Steering and Center Joint

The steer valve is a control valve which consists of an open center spool section, an inlet section and an outlet section. Cartridge type relief valves are installed in both work ports of the spool section.

Shifting the spool directs oil from the steer pump to the steer cylinders.

The port relief valves in the steer valve also function as anti-cavitation relief valve. The return oil from the port relief valves is diverted back to tank via the tank passage in the spool section and the outlet section.

OPERATING DESCRIPTION Oil from the steer pump (via the accumulator charge valve) enters the inlet section of the steer valve, passes through the open center spool section and back to tank via the outlet section.

For a detailed description of port relief valves, refer to RELIEF VALVES in SECTION 18 of THIS MANUAL.

The open center spool has three positions. A spring in the spool end cap holds the spool in the center neutral position. The spool is shifted one way or the other by pilot pressure applied to either end of the spool.

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'A'

PARALLEL PASSAGE

WORK PORT BRIDGE

A

LOAD CHECK VALVE

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'B'

B

SPOOL SPOOL CENTERING SPRING TANK PASSAGE

90136-3

THRU' NEUTRAL PASSAGE

STEERING VALVE CROSS SECTION

11.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher JOYSTICK CONTROL VALVE

Steering and Center Joint

This pilot valve is a manually operated directional control valve and operates on the same principle as a direct operating pressure reducing valve.

Operated by hand this valve directs pilot pressure to the steer control valve pilot end caps. The valve spool then shifts from its centre position and directs pump flow to operate the corresponding cylinder.

OPERATING DESCRIPTION In the neutral position the joystick lever is held centered by return spring (4).

When the lever (1) is operated, the plunger (5) is pushed against the return spring (4).

At the same time the regulating spool (2) is moved through the regulating spring (3).

When the regulating stroke begins, there is a connection from port 'P' via hole (8) in the spool and work port 2 or 4 in the base of the valve, to the steer valve pilot end caps.

Pressure provided by the steer pump via the pilot manifold at ports 2 and 4 of the joystick valve is directly proportional to the operator position of the joystick and the regulating spring characteristic.

Moving the joystick to the right will steer the machine to the right and moving the joystick to the left will steer the machine to the left. The steering joystick cannot move forward or back due to stops installed in these plunger ports.

726E-001

JOYSTICK PILOT VALVE

•

•

5

• •

4 3

• •

•

2

•

1

•

'P' PORT WORK PORTS 2 OR 4

AU013-2

11.5

SPOOL ARRANGEMENT

AU013-1

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher STEER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Steering and Center Joint

Two steer cylinders are used to steer the machine. Operating oil is supplied from the fixed displacement steer pump, via steer relief valve and the accumulator charge valve, to the steer valve. The steer valve controls the flow of oil to and from the steering cylinders. The steering joystick supplies pilot oil to shift the spool in the steer valve.

Moving the joystick to the LEFT directs pilot oil to the "A" port pilot end cap of the steer control valve, this shifts the spool in the control valve and allows oil to flow from the steer pump (via the accumulator charge valve) to the two steer cylinders and steer the machine LEFT. Moving the joystick to the RIGHT directs pilot oil to the "B" port pilot end cap of the steer valve and steers the machine RIGHT. Return oil from the cylinders flows back to the steer valve and is directed back to tank through the outlet section of the steer valve.

The steering "speed" is controlled by the amount the joystick is moved to the right or left. A small movement of the joystick will turn the machine slowly and a large movement of the joystick will turn the machine very rapidly. Relief valves are installed on both ports of the steer valve to prevent over pressurizing of the steer cylinders when the control spool is in the center position.

The steer relief valve is the steer circuit main relief valve. It is set lower than the steer valve port reliefs and is installed in the line between the steer pump and the accumulator charge valve.

This protects the system by preventing system pressure from rising above the preset value.

Higher system pressures will cause the steer relief valve to direct oil back to tank.

NOTE: Hydraulic lines to the steer cylinders must be cross connected to allow the machine to steer while being towed by another vehicle. For complete towing information, refer to TOWING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

11.6

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

720E-021

Steering and Center Joint

STEER CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 11.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher STEERING PRESSURE SETTINGS

Steering and Center Joint 1. Park the machine on level ground, lower the felling head to the ground and set the parking brake ON. Install articulation lock bar, block wheels and stop engine.

NOTE: Refer to RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE in SECTION 18 of THIS MANUAL. Before starting this procedure, read the following safety precautions:~

WARNING

• Wear safety glasses and safety shoes when working on or around machine.

To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

• Never stand in the articulating zone of the machine during set-up. Always stand on the side opposite to the direction in which the machine is being steered.

• Be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of moving parts.

2. Install a 0-350 Bar (0-5000 psi) pressure gauge to the steer relief valve gauge test port .

3. Turn the steer relief valve adjusting screw all the way in and then back out two turns.

• Be sure to use lynch pins when installing articulation lock bar. Vibration and the motion of steering could work retaining pins upward.

4. Turn both steer valve port relief adjusting screws on steer valve out until spring pressure is relieved.

REAR CHASSIS

5. Start the engine and set the throttle control to IDLE.

FRONT CHASSIS

•

•

RETAINING PIN

NOTE: * Refer to section 3, PRESSURE SETTINGS chart in this manual for pressure and speed specifications.

• • LYNCH PIN

LOCK BAR

• 726D-039

LOCK BAR IN LOCKED POSITION

11.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Steering and Center Joint

6. Ensure that the hydraulic oil temperature is between 49°C - 60°C (120°F - 140°F).

PORT 'B' RELIEF

PORT 'A' RELIEF

A B

LEFT

RIGHT

STEER VALVE

AT055

7. While attempting to steer the machine to the RIGHT, set the port 'B' relief on the steer valve to *specifications.

IMPORTANT: Avoid blowing oil over relief longer than 5 seconds, as excessive heating of hydraulic fluid and damage to boom/steer pump can occur.

8. While attempting to steer the machine to the LEFT, set the port 'A' relief to *specifications.

TEST PORT

STEER RELIEF (SEE SPECS) - 1/2" WRENCH - 9/16" WRENCH

•

• •

ADJUSTING SCREW

LOCKNUT

•• TANK

PRESSURE 724D-D04

STEER RELIEF

RELIEF CARTRIDGE

9. Turn steer relief valve all the way out.

10. Move the throttle control to the FULL position.

11. While attempting to STEER the machine either RIGHT or LEFT, set the steer relief valve pressure to *specifications.

12. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any excess oil in test port area.

13. Remove the articulation lock bar and place it in the storage position.

11.9

RPGC

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Steering and Center Joint

CENTER JOINT MAINTENANCE OF CENTER JOINT Maintenance in this area is usually limited to: a) Regular lubrication of the two center joint grease fittings (items 11) to purge the pivot bearings of debris and water. Refer to SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for lubrication intervals.

Use only high quality, lithium based EP2 grease containing molybdenum disulphide.

4. Partially depress the plunger end of the dial indicator against the bottom surface of the front chassis upper lug 'B' as close to center pin as possible. Zero the dial indicator.

5. Fully loosen only the 6 bottom pin retainer bolts (item 2) that were torqued in step 2.

DIAL INDICATOR PLUNGER

B

•• ••

b) Visually checking the center joint pivot for looseness every 1000 hours. With an observer on the ground, keeping well clear of the center joint area, perform the following test to check for looseness of center joint.

REAR CHASSIS

DIAL INDICATOR FRONT CHASSIS

1. Have operator lift the felling head off the ground and then rapidly raise and lower head several times to "bounce" machine.

DIAL INDICATOR BASE

2. As machine bounces, check for motion between the front and rear chassis frame lugs. Also check for a "clunking" sound at the center joint area.

267-17

• A

CHECK PRELOAD

6. The dial indicator should now show a change of .203 to .305 mm (0.008" to 0.012") between lug 'A' and 'B'.

This is the proper bearing preload setting.

FRONT CHASSIS

CHECK FOR MOVEMENT IN THIS JOINT AREA

267-8

A change of less than .203 mm (0.008") indicates that the bearing preload is too low.

No change on the dial indicator is the result of a loose center joint. In these cases, proceed to CENTER JOINT PRELOAD ADJUSTMENT.

REAR CHASSIS

1000 HOUR CHECK

3. Movement between front and rear chassis lugs or clunking of the pivot indicates a loose joint and preload must be checked.

CHECKING THE CENTER JOINT PRELOAD 1. Park the machine on level ground. Set parking brake ON and shut off engine.

2. Torque the 6 top and 6 bottom retainer bolts (items 1 and 2) to 32 - 35 Nm (282 - 310 lbf-ft).

3. Place the magnetic base of a dial indicator on the top surface of the front chassis lower lug 'A' as close to the center pin as possible.

11.10

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Steering and Center Joint 11. A change of .203 to .305 mm (0.008" to 0.012") should register on the dial indicator.

CENTER JOINT PRELOAD ADJUSTMENT Before making any adjustments to the center joint, please follow CHECKING THE CENTER JOINT BEARING procedure in THIS SECTION.

This is the proper bearing preload setting. a) If change in dial indicator reading is greater than .305 mm (0.012"), the shim removed (in step 8) was not thin enough. Obtain a thinner shim and put it back into the shim pack (item 10).

With dial indicator still in place; 7. Remove all bottom pin retainer bolts (item 2), the bottom pin retainer plate (item 3) and all of the shims in the shim pack (items 10).

CAUTION: Keep upward pressure on the bottom pin (item 9) and do not allow pin to fall out from bearing. These pivot pins are very heavy, block the pin in place if necessary.

b) If the change in the dial indicator reading is less than .203 mm (0.008"), another shim will have to be removed. Repeat steps 7 through 11, removing additional shims but only the thinnest shim each time, until the change in the reading on dial indicator is within the proper range.

8. Remove the thinnest shim from the pack.

9. Reinstall the remaining shims, the retainer plate and the bolts. Leave the bolts loose.

c) It is possible that the total thickness of two shims is too great and a single shim, of lesser thickness than these two, must be removed.

10. Zero the dial indicator again and torque the 6 bottom bolts in sequence to 32 - 35 Nm (282 310 lbf-ft).

TORQUE TO 32 - 35 Nm (282 - 310 LBF-FT) NO LOCTITE REQUIRED

1

•

GREASE SEALS WITH SPRINGS FACING UPWARD

REAR CHASSIS 11

• •

• FRONT CHASSIS • 4

724E-069

10 3

5

• GREASE SEALS WITH SPRINGS FACING DOWN

• • •

2 TORQUE TO 32 - 35 Nm (282 - 310 LBF-FT) NO LOCTITE REQUIRED

6

• • •

9

•

8 7

TORQUE TO 9 - 10 NM (80 - 88 LBF-FT) USE LOCTITE (REMOVABLE)

CENTER JOINT - SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 TO 7262530 11.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Steering and Center Joint

ORIENTATION OF GREASE SEALS The pivot bearings (item 4) are sealed on both sides by grease seals (items 5 and 6). These seals have proven to have a long life.

If replacement becomes necessary, new seals must be installed in the proper orientation. Refer to the center joint diagram and follow these guidelines for correct installation; •

The two seals installed on either side of the top bearing must be installed with the seal garter spring facing UP.

•

The two seals installed on either side of the bottom bearing must be installed with the seal garter spring facing DOWN.

Apply Loctite (blue - removable) or equivalent and torque the six bolts (item 7) for the bearing retainer plate (item 8) to 9 - 10 Nm (80 - 88 lbf-ft).

TORQUE TO 32 - 35 Nm (282 - 310 LBF-FT) NO LOCTITE REQUIRED

1

•

GREASE SEALS WITH SPRINGS FACING UPWARD

REAR CHASSIS 11

• •

• FRONT CHASSIS

9

• • •

10 3

• 6

• • •

4 5

• GREASE SEALS WITH SPRINGS FACING DOWN 726B09

2 TORQUE TO 32 - 35 Nm (282 - 310 LBF-FT) NO LOCTITE REQUIRED

•

8 7

TORQUE TO 9 - 10 NM (80 - 88 LBF-FT) USE LOCTITE (REMOVABLE)

CENTER JOINT - SER. NO. 7262531 AND UP 11.12

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 12 - LIFT BOOM APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 12 BOOM LIFT LOCK ....................................................................................................................12.6 BOOM VALVE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 12.10 CROSS SECTION OF SPOOL SECTION ............................................................................. 12.3 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC ................................................................................................... 12.11 OPERATING DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 12.2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................................................................................................ 12.4, 12.5 JOYSTICK CONTROL VALVE ...................................................................................................12.2 OPERATING DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 12.2 PRESSURE SETTING CHART. ............. SEE SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE PRESSURE SETTINGS ............................................................................................................12.6 PUMP, DESCRIPTION BOOM/FAN/STEER PUMP. ....................................................... SEE SECTION 11 - STEERING RELIEF VALVES ADJUSTING PROCEDURE ................................................................................................... 12.9 OPERATION .......................................................................................................................... 12.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher BOOM JOYSTICK VALVE

Lift boom OPERATING DESCRIPTION

The boom joystick pilot valve is a manually operated directional control valve and operates on the same principle as a direct operating pressure reducing valve. Operated by hand, this valve directs pilot pressure to the boom valve pilot end caps. The corresponding spool valve then shifts from its centre position and directs pump flow to operate the corresponding cylinder.

In the neutral position, the joystick lever is held centered by return spring (4).

When the lever (1) is operated, the plunger (5) is pushed against the return spring (4).

At the same time, the regulating spool (2) is moved through the regulating spring (3).

When the regulating stroke begins, there is a connection from port 'P' via the hole (8) in the spool and work ports 1, 2, 3 or 4 in the base of the valve, to the boom valve pilot end caps.

Pressure provided by the steer pump via the pilot manifold at ports 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the joystick valve is directly proportional to the operator position of the joystick and the regulating spring characteristic.

BOOM VALVE The boom valve consists of four open center spool sections and one inlet section. Each spool section is pilot operated. An outlet section directs return oil back to tank. The control valve is located on the front chassis above the front axle and behind the cover plate.

OPERATING DESCRIPTION

726E-001

JOYSTICK PILOT VALVE

•

'P' PORT

AUO13-2

Oil enters the inlet section and is allowed to pass through the four spool sections and back to tank via the outlet section. Each of these spool sections has a self centering 3-position spool which is open centered. A spring in the spool end cap holds the spool in the center neutral position.

The spool is shifted by pilot pressure being applied to either end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil to operate any one of the four functions (or all at the same time if required but with reduced flow to each).

5

•

1

•

To prevent over pressurizing of the operating circuits, each work port in the valve sections has a port relief valve.

• •

4 3

• •

•

2

•

A main relief valve is installed in the inlet section of the valve. The main relief valve controls the lift spool section and is set lower than the lift up port relief valve. All relief valves are the same type (anti-cavitation relief valve). For a detailed description of these relief valves, refer to RELIEF VALVES in SECTION 18 of THIS SECTION.

WORK PORTS 1, 2, 3 OR 4

SPOOL ARRANGEMENT 12.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher LIFT 'DOWN' PORT RELIEF

Lift boom

152 BAR (2200 PSI)

LIFT 'UP' PORT RELIEF 200 BAR (2900 PSI)

LIFT 'DOWN' PORT RELIEF

LIFT 'UP' PORT RELIEF 200 BAR (2900 PSI)

152 BAR (2200 PSI)

•

• •

••

MID. INLET SECTION

••

•• ••

MID INLET MAIN RELIEF 179 BAR (2600 PSI)

•• •

INLET GAUGE TEST PORT INLET SECTION

••

MID INLET GAUGE TEST PORT

•• INLET MAIN RELIEF 179 BAR (2600 PSI)

SAW MAIN RELIEF

AT023B

724E-060

BOOM CONTROL VALVE - (7241101 AND UP)

BOOM CONTROL VALVE WITH SAW - (7241001 TO 7241100) RELIEF VALVE PORT 'A'

PARALLEL PASSAGE

LOAD CHECK VALVE

A

WORK PORT BRIDGE

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'B'

B

PILOT END CAP PILOT END CAP

90136-3

SPOOL CENTERING SPRING

SPOOL TANK PASSAGE

THRU' NEUTRAL PASSAGE

CROSS SECTION OF SPOOL SECTIONS

12.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher LIFT BOOM CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Lift boom

Two cylinders are used to raise and lower the felling head. The boom cylinders receive oil from a fixed displacement pump via the LIFT spool section in the boom valve. The lift spool section in the boom valve is pilot operated at both ends.

724E-061A

Pilot oil from the boom (right hand) joystick control valve in the operator's cab shifts the spool.

The spool directs oil from the pump to either end of the cylinders and from the cylinders back to tank via the oil cooler and return filters.

LIFT BOOM CIRCUIT - (7262501 TO 7262530) 12.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

724E-061

Lift boom

LIFT BOOM CIRCUIT - (7262531 AND UP) 12.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher PRESSURE SETTINGS

Lift boom WARNING

NOTE: Refer to RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE in section 18 of THIS MANUAL.

Do not stand above or below the felling head and lift boom or between the boom and front chassis during this procedure.

Before starting this procedure, read the following safety precautions:~ • Never reach between boom crank arms or link arms during machine set-up.

LIFT 'DOWN' PORT RELIEF

• Wear safety glasses and safety shoes when working on shears.

LIFT 'UP' PORT RELIEF

•

••

• Do not stand on top or inside of boom arms.

1. Park machine on level ground. Completely raise lift boom. Set parking brake ON. Install articulation lock bar, block wheels and stop engine.

•• ••

WARNING

INLET GAUGE TEST PORT INLET SECTION 724E-060

To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

•• INLET MAIN RELIEF

BOOM CONTROL VALVE 4. Turn the boom inlet main relief adjusting screw all the way IN. 5. Turn both lift spool section port relief valve adjusting screws OUT until spring pressure is relieved then turn adjusting screws one full turn IN.

2. Completely raise lift boom and install lift boom cylinder lock over one of the two cylinder rods with the open side at the bottom and wide end up against the keeper plate bolt heads. Install retaining bolt and locknut through center hole. Slowly lower boom until lock is securely held in place.

6. Start the engine and set the throttle control to IDLE. NOTE: * Refer to section 3, PRESSURE SETTINGS chart in this manual for pressure and speed specifications.

WARNING

7. Ensure that the hydraulic oil temperature is between 49°C - 60°C (120°F - 140°F).

8. While holding the joystick in the LIFT UP position (fully extended), check gauge pressure reading.

Always install boom lift lock before working on or around machine with boom raised.

• Always install 'T' handle retainer bolt • Use only to support boom and cutting head

IMPORTANT: During the following procedures, DO NOT hold ANY function control for LONGER THAN 5 SECONDS.

3. Connect a 0 - 350 Bar (0 - 5000 psi) pressure gauge (with at least 4' of hose) to the boom control valve inlet test port.

If less than *specifications, lower boom to rest against lock, stop engine and readjust LIFT UP port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

12.6

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lift boom

9. Remove lift boom cylinder lock. It is not designed to withstand high forces created by the hydraulic system. Never use this cylinder lock to set boom down port relief.

10. While holding the joystick in the LIFT DOWN position (fully retracted), check gauge pressure reading. Front wheels may lift off ground.

If less than *specifications, release pressure in rod end of lift cylinders and allow felling head to sit on the ground. Stop engine and readjust LIFT DOWN port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

11. Stop engine, unscrew mid inlet main relief adjusting screw three(3) full turns.

IMPORTANT: Never run engine at full throttle with main relief turned all the way in.

12. Start engine and move the throttle control to the FULL position.

13. While holding the joystick in the LIFT UP position (fully extended), check gauge pressure reading.

If less than *specifications, release pressure in base end of lift cylinders and allow felling head to sit on the ground. Stop engine and readjust the mid inlet main relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

14. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any excess oil from test port area.

12.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lift boom ANTI-CAVITATION RELIEF VALVE

VALVE POPPET

This valve is used as a MAIN and PORT relief valve in the saw, clamp arm, and accumulating arm control valves.

T P

Operation Step 1.

T

STEP 1 PILOT POPPET

‘P’ represents a high pressure area and ‘T’ represents tank. Under normal operation, ‘P’ is below the relief pressures, the valve poppet is firmly seated and oil cannot flow to tank.

T

Step 2.

P

STEP 2

When the pressure at ‘P’ reaches the relief valve setting, the pilot poppet unseats and allows oil in the inner cavity to flow to tank, thus lowering the pressure in the cavity between the pilot poppet and the other poppets.

T SEATING POPPET

Step 3.

T

As a result of the opening of the pilot poppet, the seating poppet moves back, due to the pressure drop caused by oil flow through the bore of the seating poppet, and seats against the pilot poppet. This shuts off the flow of oil through the seating poppet and the cavity pressure now drops to tank pressure.

P

STEP 3

T

Step 4.

VALVE POPPET

T

As the seating poppet began to move away from the valve poppet, the valve poppet began to open under the effect of the pressure at P thus allowing a large volume of flow to tank. The drop in pressure behind the valve poppet when the seating poppet seats on the pilot poppet ensures full opening of the valve poppet.

P

STEP 4

T

Step 5.

When pressure ‘P’ drops the pilot poppet closes and then the seating poppet moves back to its original position and permits oil pressure to flow into the cavity behind the valve poppet. As the seating poppet moves back it comes in contact with the valve poppet and its spring force plus the oil pressure cause the valve poppet to move back to the closed position.

T

VALVE POPPET

P

STEP 5

T CHECK POPPET

As an anti-void or check valve.

The anti-void unit supplies oil to the pressure area ‘P’ when its pressure drops below the pressure in the tank gallery of the valve. The valve then acts as a free flow check valve and prevents cavitation.

In this condition, the pressure at ‘P’ is lower than at ‘T’ and due to the shape of the check poppet, the pressure forces cause the poppet to unseat, allowing oil to flow from ‘T’ to ‘P’.

T P

ANTI-VOID CHECK OPERATION

T 12.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lift boom ANTI-CAVITATION RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE For relief valve with adjusting screw

ANTI-CAVITATION RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE For relief valve with adjusting nut ADJUSTING NUT

•

JAMNUT

ADJUSTING SCREW

•

JAMNUT

• •

RELIEF VALVE 51055-2

RELIEF VALVE

WITH ADJUSTING NUT

51055-20

WITH ADJUSTING SCREW

1.

Loosen jamnut.

1.

Loosen jamnut.

2.

Turn adjusting nut to obtain desired pressure reading on gauge.

2.

Turn adjusting screw to obtain desired pressure reading on gauge.

3.

Lock jamnut against adjusting nut, making sure the adjusting nut does not turn.

3.

5.

Re-check relief setting.

Lock jamnut against relief valve body, making sure the adjusting screw does not turn.

5.

Re-check relief setting.

For complete step-by-step pressure setting procedures of circuits using these relief valves, refer to appropriate sections in THIS MANUAL.

For complete step-by-step pressure setting procedures of circuits using these relief valves, refer to appropriate sections in THIS MANUAL.

12.9

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher BOOM VALVE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE

Lift boom

4. Position end section on last spool section as shown and hand tighten tie rod nuts.

1. Lay out valve components on a clean, flat working surface. The inlet assembly will include an "O" ring, a load check poppet and a load check spring. Tools required for basic valve assembly include a 3/4" and 11/16" wrench and a torque wrench with thin wall sockets.

5. Position valve assembly with the mounting pads of the end sections on a flat surface. To obtain proper alignment of end sections relative to the spool sections, apply downward pressure to the end sections and snug the tie rod nuts to 10 lbf-ft.

Torque the two 11/16" nuts at 45-50 lbf-ft.

2. Assemble tie rod nuts to one end of each tie rod with one or two threads showing. Insert tie rods through rod holes in inlet section (larger diameter rod at top). Lay inlet section on end with tie rods up. Place the "O" ring in position within the groove.

Torque the 3/4" nut at 70-80 lbf-ft.

6. Install auxiliary valves and plugs and torque to proper values.

3. Place first spool section ("O" ring side facing up) on the inlet section. Position "O" ring in to groove and insert load check poppet (nose down) and spring (behind poppet) into load check cavity as shown. Repeat this procedure for each spool section. The load check springs are compressed by the following sections during assembly.

12.10

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

720E-039

Lift boom

BOOM VALVE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 12.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Lift boom

12.12

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 13 - TILT APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 13 BOOM LIFT LOCK ....................................................................................................................13.7 BOOM VALVE CROSS SECTION OF SPOOL SECTION ............................................................................. 13.3 DIAGRAM .................................................................................................................... 13.3, 13.6 HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC ..................................................................................................... 13.8 OPERATING DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 13.2 BOOM VALVE DIAGRAM .......................................................................................................... 13.3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................... 13.4 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................................................................................................ 13.4, 13.5 CONTROL VALVES ................................................................................................................... 13.2 PRESSURE SETTING CHART. ............. SEE SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE PRESSURE SETTINGS ............................................................................................................13.6 SAFETY ....................................................................................................................................13.6

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher CONTROL VALVES

Tilt A main relief valve is installed in the inlet section of the valve. The main relief valve controls the lift spool section and is set lower than the lift up port relief valve. All relief valves are the same type (anti-cavitation relief valve).

The boom valve consists of four open center spool sections and one inlet section. Each spool section is pilot operated. An outlet section directs return oil back to tank. The control valve is located on the front chassis above the front axle and behind the cover plate.

For a complete description of the boom joystick pilot valve, refer to JOYSTICK CONTROL VALVE in SECTION 12 of THIS MANUAL.

OPERATING DESCRIPTION Oil enters the inlet section and is allowed to pass through the four spool sections and back to tank via the outlet section. Each of these spool sections has a self centering 3-position spool which is open centered. A spring in the spool end cap holds the spool in the center neutral position.

The spool is shifted by pilot pressure being applied to either end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil to operate any one of the four functions (or all at the same time if required but with reduced flow to each).

To prevent over pressurizing of the operating circuits, each work port in the valve sections has a port relief valve.

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'A'

PARALLEL PASSAGE

LOAD CHECK VALVE

A

WORK PORT BRIDGE

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'B'

B

PILOT END CAP PILOT END CAP

90136-3

SPOOL CENTERING SPRING

SPOOL TANK PASSAGE

THRU' NEUTRAL PASSAGE

CROSS SECTION OF SPOOL SECTIONS

13.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

TILT 'IN' PORT RELIEF 200 BAR (2900 psi)

Tilt

TILT 'OUT' PORT RELIEF 200 BAR (2900 psi)

TILT

•

•

CLAMP ACCUM

LIFT GAUGE TEST PORT

•

•

MID. INLET SECTION

• MAIN RELIEF 179 BAR (2600 psi)

SAW

BOOM VALVE (SHOWN WITH SAW) - (7262501 TO 7262530)

AT023A

CLAMP TILT 'OUT' PORT RELIEF 200 BAR (2900 psi)

ACCUM TILT 'IN' PORT RELIEF 200 BAR (2900 psi)

•

•

GAUGE TEST PORT

•

•

INLET SECTION

724E-062

• MAIN RELIEF 179 BAR (2600 psi)

BOOM VALVE - (7262531 AND UP)

13.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher TILT CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Tilt The tilt spool section in this control valve is pilot operated at both ends. It receives pilot oil from the boom joystick control valve in the operator's cab to shift the spool. The spool directs oil from the pump to either end of the cylinders and from the cylinders back to tank via the oil cooler and return filters.

The boom valve is located on the front chassis above the front axle, behind the cover plate.

Two cylinders are used to tilt the felling head forward and back. The cylinders receive oil from the fixed displacement boom pump via the TILT spool section in the boom control valve.

724E-063A

TILT CIRCUIT - (7262501 TO 7262530) 13.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

724E-063

Tilt

TILT CIRCUIT - (7262531 AND UP) 13.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher PRESSURE SETTINGS

Tilt IMPORTANT!

NOTE: Refer to RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE in SECTION 18 of THIS MANUAL.

Without a felling head attached, the tilt function can cause damage to the arms.

Watch the two LINK ARMS very carefully, as they may drop down beside the boom arms and wedge, causing the crank arms to bend.

When necessary, lower the boom DOWN, watching closely and tilt FORWARD, again watching the link arms closely.

Before starting this procedure, read the following safety precautions:~ • Never reach between boom crank arms or link arms during machine set-up.

• Wear safety glasses and safety shoes when working on shears.

CRANK ARM LINK ARM

• Do not stand on top or inside of boom arms.

•

1. Park machine on level ground. Completely raise lift boom. Set parking brake ON. Install articulation lock bar, block wheels and stop engine.

•

WARNING •

To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

BOOM ARM

• 718E-028

CRANK, LINK AND BOOM ARMS

2. Install lift boom cylinder lock over one of the two cylinder rods with the open side at the bottom and wide end up against the keeper plate bolt heads. Install retaining bolt and locknut through center hole. Slowly lower boom until lock is securely held in place.

WARNING

••

•• ••

TILT 'IN' PORT RELIEF

Always install boom lift lock before working on or around machine with boom raised.

• Always install 'T' handle retainer bolt • Use only to support boom and cutting

MAIN RELIEF 724E-062

3. Connect a 0-350 Bar (0 - 5000 psi) pressure gauge (with at least 4' of hose) to the inlet test port.

WARNING Do not stand above or below the felling head and lift boom or between the boom and front chassis during this procedure.

13.6

TILT 'OUT' PORT RELIEF

BOOM VALVE

4. Turn the boom main relief adjusting screw all the way IN. 5. Turn both tilt spool section port relief valve adjusting screws OUT until spring pressure is relieved then turn adjusting screws one full turn IN.

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Tilt

6. Start the engine, and set the throttle control to the 1000 rpm.

NOTE: * Refer to section 3, PRESSURE SETTINGS chart in this manual for pressure and speed specifications.

IMPORTANT: During the following procedures, DO NOT hold ANY function control for LONGER THAN 5 SECONDS. 7. Ensure that the hydraulic oil temperature is between 49°C-60°C (120°F - 140°F).

8. While holding the joystick in the TILT OUT position (fully extended), check gauge pressure reading.

IMPORTANT: Never run engine at full throttle with main relief turned all the way in.

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust TILT OUT port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

9. While holding the joystick in the TILT IN position (fully retracted), check gauge pressure reading.

IMPORTANT: Never run engine at full throttle with main relief turned all the way in.

10.

11.

12.

13.

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust TILT IN port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

Stop engine, unscrew main relief adjusting screw 3 full turns.

Start engine and move the throttle control to the FULL position.

While holding the joystick in the TILT IN position, check gauge pressure reading.

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust the boom main relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any excess oil from test port area.

13.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

720E-039

Tilt

BOOM VALVE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 13.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 17 - SAW DRIVE APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 17 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION - SER. NO. 7262501 TO 7262530 ...................................................17.4 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION - SER. NO. 7262531 AND UP ........................................................ 17.12 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 7262501 TO 7262530 ............................................................................................................17.5 7262531 AND UP ................................................................................................................ 17.11 PRESSURE SETTING CHART. ........... SEE SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE PRESSURE SETTINGS 7241101 AND UP ................................................................................................................ 17.14 7262501 TO 7262530 ............................................................................................................17.6 SAFETY ....................................................................................................................................17.6 SAW MOTOR. .............................................................. SEE SAW MANUFACTURER'S MANUAL SAW PUMP - SER. NO. 7262501 TO 7262530 DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................... 17.6 SAW PUMP - SER. NO. 7262531 AND UP DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................... 17.8 SAW VALVE - SER. NO. 7262501 TO 7262530 PILOT OPERATED SOLENOID VALVE ............................................................................... 17.2 SAW SECTION OF BOOM VALVE .......................................................................................17.3 SAW VALVE - SER. NO. 7262531 AND UP ........................................................................... 17.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SAW CONTROL VALVE

Saw drive

SERIAL NUMBER 7262501 to 7262530 The saw circuit is controlled by a solenoid operated pilot valve in the pilot manifold SOLENOID TO SAW SWITCH

• •

•

TO BOOM/SAW MAIN VALVE

PILOT MANIFOLD (SAW) and a pilot operated saw valve which is part of the boom valve.

724E-094

OUTLET SECTION

•

SAW VALVE SECTION

• SAW END INLET SECTION TO GAUGE ON SIDESTAND AT023S

•

• •

SAW RELIEF (3900 PSI)

BOOM VALVE (SAW SECTION)

SOLENOID OPERATED PILOT VALVE For a description of the pilot valve refer to PILOT MANIFOLD SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL. OPERATING DESCRIPTION An electrical signal from the saw switch in the cab energizes the solenoid at the pilot manifold (C2) to shift the spool and direct pilot oil to one end of the saw valve spool section.

17.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Saw drive LOAD CHECK VALVE

PARALLEL PASSAGE

A

PLUG

WORK PORT BRIDGE

B PLUG

PILOT END CAP

SPOOL CENTERING SPRING

SPOOL TANK PASSAGE

THRU' NEUTRAL PASSAGE

90136-4

PILOT END CAP

CROSS SECTION OF SAW SPOOL SECTION For a detailed description of relief valves, refer to RELIEF VALVES in SECTION 18 of THIS MANUAL.

SAW VALVE - (7262501 TO 7262530) The saw valve is part of the boom valve. It consists of an open center spool section and an inlet section containing a relief valve.

Four other spool sections along with one mid inlet section control the boom and arm functions. Each spool section is pilot operated.

SAW SPOOL SECTION

An outlet section directs return oil back to tank via the oil cooler and return filters.

SAW RELIEF 269 BAR (3900 PSI)

For a detailed description of the BOOM valve, refer to SECTION 12 of THIS MANUAL.

•

OPERATING DESCRIPTION Oil (system pressure) enters the end inlet section of the boom valve and is allowed to pass through the SAW spool section and the tank passages of the boom spool sections and back to tank via the outlet section.

TO SAW GAUGE ON SIDESTAND

•

• 724D-D20

The saw spool section has a self centering, three position spool which is open centered. A spring in the spool end cap holds the spool in the center neutral position.

••

SAW SECTION OF BOOM CONTROL VALVE OUTLET SECTION

SAW INLET SECTION

•

The spool is shifted by pilot pressure being applied to one end of the spool from C2 port of the pilot manifold. Shifting the spool directs oil from the saw pump to the saw motor.

The saw relief valve installed in the saw end inlet section of the boom valve protects the pump in case of failure of the POR. on the pump.

The relief valve diverts oil to tank via the tank passages in the spool sections and the outlet section of the boom valve. It also functions as an anti-cavitation relief valve.

SAW END INLET SECTION TO GAUGE ON SIDESTAND AT023S

17.3

•

• •

SAW RELIEF 269 BAR (3900 PSI)

BOOM VALVE (SAW SECTION)

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SAW CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Saw drive

(7262501 to 7262530) The saw blade is driven by a variable displacement hydraulic motor (axial piston, bent axis) which is mounted directly above the saw blade and coupled to the saw blade through a drive shaft. A variable displacement hydraulic pump mounted on the pump drive gearbox supplies oil flow to the motor via the saw section of the boom/saw valve. The saw valve is pilot operated and controls the flow of hydraulic oil from the pump to the motor. A relief valve is installed in the saw inlet section of the saw valve.

SAW VALVE MAIN RELIEF

A solenoid operated pilot valve (C2) in the pilot manifold controls the flow of pilot oil to the end of the spool section in the saw valve.

SAW 'POR' VALVE

The saw switch on the control panel in the cab is used to turn the saw ON or OFF. It is a two position switch with a built in green light. This switch controls the flow of electrical current via the saw relay to the saw pilot valve solenoid.

An electrical signal from the saw switch energizes the solenoid in the pilot valve to shift the spool and direct pilot oil to one end of the spool section of the saw valve.

NOTE: The saw will not run unless both cab doors are closed and the pilot reset switch is pressed to activate the pilot system.

For additional information, refer to SAW SWITCH and PILOT RESET SWITCH in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

IMPORTANT To maximize pump and motor life, do not shut the engine off until the saw blade has come to a complete stop.

With the saw switch in the OFF position, the solenoid operated pilot valve is in the deenergized position preventing pilot oil flow from shifting the spool in the saw valve.

With the saw switch OFF and the engine running, the saw pump is turning and providing oil flow to the saw circuit. In this condition the pump is held at maximum displacement, controlled by the pressure override (POR.) valve in the pump. Oil flows to the saw valve, through the "open center" spool in the valve and back to tank.

With the saw switch in the ON position, the solenoid operated pilot valve on the pilot manifold is in the energized position directing pilot oil to shift the spool in the saw valve. This will direct oil

726E-047

SAW CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

from the saw pump to the saw motor, causing system pressure to rise and start to turn the saw blade.

During the early stages as the saw blade gains momentum, system pressure will rise above the pump's POR setting of 248 Bar (3600 psi) and cause the spool in the pump POR valve to shift and direct oil to the opposite end of the pump swashplate control piston. The piston will move the swashplate towards the neutral position, this will cut back the flow of oil from the pump while at the same time maintaining system pressure and continue to turn the blade. As the saw blade gains momentum system pressure will drop below the pump POR. setting.

This system leads to a lower horsepower requirement and reduces heat generation since the pump reduces pump output rather than dumping hydraulic oil over relief valves.

The saw motor adjusts its displacement in response to system pressure.

For explanation of saw motor, refer to SAW HEAD MANUFACTURER'S MANUAL.

17.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Saw drive

SAW VALVE MAIN RELIEF

SAW CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (7262501 to 7262530) 726E-046

17.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Saw drive

PRESSURE SETTINGS:

1. Park machine on level ground, lower saw head to approximately 152 mm (6") off the ground, set parking brake ON. Install articulation lock bar, block wheels and stop engine.

(7262501 to 7262530) NOTE: Refer to RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE in SECTION 18 of THIS MANUAL. Before starting this procedure, read the following safety precautions:~

WARNING

•

Never assume that other workers are aware of disc saw dangers.

•

Do not point the discharge side of the saw toward people, vehicles, buildings, or the machine.

•

Guards, wear plates and covers must be properly attached during operation of saw blade.

•

Do not, under any circumstances, overspeed the saw blade RPM.

•

Be aware that the saw blade is virtually silent as it coasts to a stop.

•

A slowly rotating blade can crush bones.

Beware pinch points when rotating blade by hand.

•

Never operate the saw head inside of a building and warn others to keep clear of the area.

•

Do not reach between boom crank arms or link arms at any time during setup.

6. Block saw blade from rotating as outlined in saw head manufacturer’s manual.

•

Clamp and Accumulator arms open and close very rapidly. Keep clear of their operating range.

7. Clear area under the saw of all loose dirt, stones, wood and debris.

•

Wear safety shoes and safety glasses when working on saws.

9. Warn all persons to stay clear of area and especially the discharge side of saw head.

•

Keep clamp and accumulator arms closed whenever possible during setup.

3. Rotate blade slowly by hand and check for "runout " and "wobble ".

4. Check the torque on both the saw blade mounting bolts and the saw tooth mounting bolts.

5. Properly install the saw blade guard using all hardware provided. Guard must be secure.

8. Keep saw head 6" off the ground (15 cm).

•

If a vibration or imbalance is detected, shut the saw down immediately and check problem.

•

Check torque on saw blade mounting bolts and tooth mounting bolts before starting saw.

•

To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

2. Remove all guards and check that the area in and around the saw blade is free of loose objects (wood, stones, nuts, bolts, etc.).

Make sure all tools and spare parts are removed from the saw head area.

WARNING Workers on the ground should stand in a safe area behind the machine to provide an added barrier to thrown objects.

SAW PUMP

Install saw blade locking pin, except when setting motor "begin of stroke" and blade RPM.

WARNING

• 'POR' VALVE

Always allow the blade to coast to a COMPLETE STOP before approaching saw head to make adjustments.

726E-032

17.6

••

••

SUCTION HOSE AT TOP OF PUMP

SAW PUMP ORIENTATION 72602501 TO 7262510

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Saw drive

'POR' VALVE SAW PUMP

WARNING

•• SUCTION HOSE AT BOTTOM OF PUMP

••

Do not stand above or below the felling head and lift boom or between the boom and front chassis during this procedure.

28.5 mm SAW SPOOL SECTION MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

•• 726E-032

SAW RELIEF 269 BAR (3900 PSI)

SAW PUMP ORIENTATION 72602511 TO 7262530

10. Install a 0-350 Bar (0-5000 psi) pressure gauge in test port on saw pump for use when working at rear of machine.

•• TO SAW GAUGE ON SIDESTAND

10a Use gauge on sidestand when adjusting saw valve relief at front of machine.

•

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

724D-D20

••

••

SAW SECTION OF BOOM CONTROL VALVE

SAW INLET SECTION

IMPORTANT 28.5 mm

Before starting engine, ensure relief valve is unscrewed as stated in paragraph 12, or damage could occur to the piston pump.

MAXIMUM DISPLACEMENT SCREW

13. Start the engine and raise hydraulic oil temperature to 49°C - 60°C (120°F - 140°F).

NOTE: DO NOT ADJUST MAX DISPLACEMENT SCREW. IF SCREW HAS BEEN ADJUSTED BY MISTAKE OR WHEN PUMP HAS BEEN REPLACED, CHECK THREAD LENGTH AND SET TO 28.5mm AS SHOWN ABOVE. THIS WILL PROVIDE 68cc PUMP DISPLACEMENT.

14. Place throttle control in the IDLE position.

15. Turn the saw switch ON. NOTE: Close both doors and press pilot reset switch to operate the saw.

LOCK SCREW

•• ••

16. Set the saw control valve relief valve pressure to 269 Bar (3900 psi) (Gauge on sidestand).

'POR' ADJUSTMENT SCREW

••

NOTE: Refer to RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE in SECTION 18 of THIS MANUAL.

AP271 PUMP

17. Set POR. valve on saw pump to 248 Bar (3600 psi) (Gauge at rear of machine).

18. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any excess oil from test port area.

726E-048 AP271.JPG DIM.PLT

SAW PUMP ADJUSTING SCREWS 11. Loosen lock screw and screw POR. valve adjusting screw on the saw pump all the way IN. This is a temporary adjustment until the saw relief valve has been set.

12. Screw relief valve adjusting screw on saw control valve OUT until spring pressure is relieved.

17.7

SET MOTOR POR. (BEGIN OF DISPLACEMENT REGULATION) SET MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT Refer to the attachment manufacturer's own OPERATOR AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for this information.

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SAW PUMP - (7262531 AND UP)

Saw drive

The saw pump is an axial-piston variable displacement pump controlled by a pressure compensator mounted directly on the pump (Pump Controller).

The saw pump supplies oil to the saw motor via the saw valve located in the hydraulic pump compartment mounted on the side of the fuel tank. The saw valve controls the flow of oil from the saw pump to the saw motor. See SAW CONTROL VALVE operation later in this section.

The saw pump is mounted on the pump drive gearbox and is driven by the engine through the gearbox.

'LS' ADJUSTMENT

•• •• 'POR' ADJUSTMENT

••

'POR' ADJUSTMENT 303 BAR (4000 PSI) @ 2200 RPM

•• •

••

'LS' ADJUSTMENT 16-21.7 BAR (225-300 PSI) @ 2200 RPM 720E-005 720E-006

PUMP CONTROLLER

SAW PUMP

DRIVE PUMP

••

•

SAW PUMP

••

RELIEF VALVE

•• SAW CONTROL VALVE 724E-045

SAW PUMP CONTROLLLER

720E-004

•• HYDRAULIC PUMPS 17.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SAW CONTROL VALVE - (7262531 AND UP) TEST BUTTON

•

Saw drive

•

SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE

••

'DR' - TO RETURN MANIFOLD

••

•

INLET PORT SUPPLY FROM PUMP

••

RELIEF VALVE (4400 PSI)

G2 TEST PORT

TO 'LS' PORT ON SAW PUMP CONTROLLER

•• OUTLET PORT TO MOTOR

••

••

TO RETURN MANIFOLD

••

RETURN TO MANIFOLD

••

G1 PRESSURE SENDER PORT

CHECK VALVE

•

4400 PSI

PRESSURE SENDER

•

'G1' PORT WITH PRESSURE SENDER FOR SAW INDICATOR GAUGE

•

•

•

INLET SUPPLY FROM PUMP

RELIEF VALVE 4400 PSI

•• •

SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE

•

TEST BUTTON

•• TO 'LS' PORT ON SAW PUMP CONTROLLER

•

OUTLET TO SAW MOTOR SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE

724E-046

SAW CONTROL VALVE - (7262531 AND UP) 17.9

••

INLET SUPPLY FROM PUMP

•• 724E-045

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SAW CONTROL VALVE

Saw drive (2) Transmits a pressure signal via the COMP port to the saw pump (LS port) demanding the pump provide flow to the saw motor.

(7262531 AND UP) The saw circuit is controlled by a solenoid control valve on the saw control valve manifold located in the pump compartment.

PRESSURE SENDER

VALVE BODY

••

For trouble shooting purposes, a RED push button on the end of the solenoid valve can be used to operate the valve manually.

ADJUSTING SCREW

•

• ••

RELIEF VALVE

•

••

•• SAW CONTROL VALVE

RELIEF VALVE

•• SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE

••

•• SAW CONTROL VALVE

SOLENOID TEST BUTTON

'G2' TEST PORT

720E-007

724E-045

A RELIEF VALVE is included to protect the pump in case of failure of the P.O.R. valve on the pump. Oil is diverted to tank via the 'TANK' port.

The saw control valve consists of a steel valve body into which are housed a solenoid control valve cartridge, a relief valve cartridge and a pilot operated check valve.

The saw valve controls the flow of oil from the saw pump to the saw motor.

The RELIEF VALVE is adjusted by loosening the locknut and turning the adjusting screw clockwise to increase the pressure value and counter-clockwise to decrease the value. It must be set at least 27.6 Bar (400 psi) higher than the P.O.R. setting on the pump.

OPERATING DESCRIPTION When the SOLENOID VALVE is de-energized (saw switch in OFF position), oil entering the 'IN' port is blocked by the CHECK VALVE preventing flow to the saw motor.

When the SOLENOID VALVE is energized, (saw switch ON) the spool in the control valve shifts and:

If the relief valve setting is lower than the pump P.O.R. setting, the pump will not destroke during load conditions (saw blade acceleration) and oil will flow over the relief valve generating heat.

(1) Allows system pressure to reach the back side of the PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVE. This pressure, via internal porting, causes the CHECK VALVE to open and allow system pressure via the 'OUT' port to reach the saw motor.

A gauge test port (G2) is provided for attaching a pressure gauge when checking pressure.

17.10

For a complete description of the circuit and pressure setting instructions, refer to PRESSURE SETTINGS: PUMP AND SAW CONTROL VALVE.

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Saw drive

720E-010

SAW DRIVE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM - (7262511 AND UP) 17.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SAW CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION -

Saw drive

(7262531 AND UP) The saw blade (typically) is driven by a variable displacement hydraulic motor (axial piston, bent axis) which is mounted directly above the saw blade and coupled to the saw blade through a drive shaft.

A variable displacement hydraulic pump mounted on the pump drive gearbox supplies oil flow to the motor via the saw control valve. The saw control valve is solenoid operated with a built in relief and controls the flow of hydraulic oil from the pump to the motor.

NOTE: A red SOLENOID MANUAL TEST BUTTON on the end of the solenoid valve can be used to shift the valve spool manually for trouble shooting purposes.

The saw switch on the control panel in the cab is used to turn the saw ON or OFF. It is a 2 position switch controlling the flow of electrical current via a relay to the saw valve solenoid.

IMPORTANT: To maximize saw motor life, do not shut the engine off until the saw blade has come to a complete stop.

With the saw switch in the OFF position, the saw valve solenoid is de-energized preventing oil flow to the motor.

When this occurs, the loss of load pressure at the COMP port of the saw valve is sensed by the saw pump controller and the pump displacement is reduced to that required to maintain 16-21.7 Bar (225-300 psi) (or below) standby pressure.

When pressure builds up to 16-21.7 Bar (225-300 psi) the spool in the STAND-BY valve shifts to direct oil to the control piston of the pump swashplate, moving it to the neutral position. In this condition the pump flow is reduced to a minimum.

With the saw switch in the ON position, the saw valve solenoid is energized directing the flow of oil to unseat a PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVE in the saw control valve. This allows high pressure oil to flow from the pump to the motor.

Return oil from the saw motor is directed back through the oil cooler to a return filter then on to tank.

High pressure oil is also directed from the saw valve COMP port back to the STAND-BY valve on the pump to prevent the STAND-BY spool from shifting.

This will override the 16-21.7 Bar (225-300 psi) setting and allow the saw pump to build up pressure.

When the pressure (system pressure) builds up to 276 Bar (4000 psi) the spool in the pump P.O.R. valve shifts to direct oil to the pump swashplate control piston. The piston moves the swashplate towards the neutral position to cut back the flow of oil but maintain the pressure.

This system has a low horsepower requirement and generates less heat since the pump reduces its output flow instead of dumping hydraulic oil over relief valves.

The saw motor adjusts its displacement in response to system pressure. Note, this is only true with variable displacement motors.

For explanation of saw motor, refer to saw head manufacturers manual.

860C-130

SAW ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (7262511 AND UP) 17.12

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

720E-012

Saw drive

SAW HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC - (7262531 AND UP) 17.13

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher PRESSURE SETTINGS - (7241101 AND UP)

Saw drive

PUMP AND SAW CONTROL VALVE 1. Park machine on level ground, lower felling head to the ground and stop engine.

2. Install Saw Guard and block saw blade from rotating as per method outlined in saw head manufacturer’s manual.

3. Ensure that the hydraulic oil is between 49°C60°C (120°F-140°F).

PORT G1

••

•• ••

LOCKING SCREWS 'POR' ADJUSTMENT

ADJUSTING SCREW

'LS' STANDBY ADJUSTMENT

RELIEF VALVE (4400 PSI)

720E-005A

TEST PORT G2

•• 860C-142

SAW CONTROL VALVE

4. Install a 0-350 Bar (0-5000 PSI) pressure gauge on saw control valve G2 gauge test port.

5. Turn the main relief on the saw control valve in to lightly bottom out.

6. Start engine, increase engine speed to 1100RPM, close cab door, press pilot reset and turn saw switch ON. NOTE: * Refer to section 3, PRESSURE SETTINGS chart in this manual for pressure and speed specifications.

• ••

SAW PUMP ADJUSTMENTS

7. Loosen lock screw and adjust the pump POR to 310 Bar (4500psi) @1100 RPM. Screw adjustment in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure.

IMPORTANT: Saw relief valve must be set at least 28 Bar (400 psi.) above pump P.O.R. to avoid generation of excessive heat.

8. Loosen jam nut and set the Relief Valve (on saw control valve) to *specifications. Screw adjustment in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. Tighten jam nut when adjustment is complete.

9. Readjust the pump POR to *specifications.

Screw adjustment in to increase pressure or out to decrease pressure. Tighten set screw to 0.6 Nm (5 lbf/ft) when adjustment is complete.

10. Shut saw OFF, set engine speed to LOW IDLE then shut engine OFF.

17.14

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Saw drive

11. Remove the 350 Bar (5000psi) gauge and install a 41.4 Bar (600psi) gauge. WARNING DO NOT TURN THE SAW ON this will damage the gauge if you do.

SET MOTOR BEGIN OF REGULATION TO *SPECIFICATIONS Refer to felling attachment manufacturer’s service literature for this procedure.

12. Start engine, increase engine speed to 2200RPM.

SET MOTOR MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT Refer to felling attachment manufacturer’s service literature for this information.

LOCKING SCREWS 'POR' ADJUSTMENT 'LS' STANDBY ADJUSTMENT 720E-005A

•• •

SAW PUMP ADJUSTMENTS

13. With the saw off, check stand by pressure and adjust to *specifications if required.

14. Set engine speed to LOW IDLE then shut engine OFF. Remove 41.4 Bar (600 psi) gauge.

15. Unpin the saw blade.

16. Install a 350 Bar (5000psi) gauge in the G port on the saw motor.

17. Start engine, increase engine speed to 2200RPM, close cab door, press pilot reset and turn saw switch ON. Watch for motor begin of regulation.

18. Stop the saw and adjust motor begin of regulation if required.

IMPORTANT: The motor begin of regulation setting must be at least 28 Bar (400 psi) lower than the pump P.O.R. setting.

17.15

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Saw drive

17.16

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 18 - CLAMPS WITH SAW APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 18 BOOM LIFT LOCK ....................................................................................................................18.6 BOOM VALVE ............................................................................................................................18.2 OPERATING DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................. 18.2 SPOOL SECTION DIAGRAM ................................................................................................ 18.2 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ..........................................................................................................18.4 CONTROL VALVES ...................................................................................................................18.2 PRESSURE SETTING CHART. ............. SEE SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE PRESSURE SETTINGS ............................................................................................................18.7 PUMP, DESCRIPTION BOOM/FAN/STEER PUMP. ....................................................... SEE SECTION 11 - STEERING RELIEF VALVES ADJUSTING PROCEDURE ................................................................................................. 18.11 OPERATION ........................................................................................................................ 18.10 SAFETY ....................................................................................................................................18.7 SPOOL SECTION DIAGRAM ...................................................................................................18.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher CONTROL VALVES

Clamps with Saw OPERATING DESCRIPTION

The clamp and accumulating arm circuits are controlled by a clamp foot control valve, three solenoid operated pilot valves in the pilot manifold (accumulator/clamp open) and a pilot operated boom valve.

Oil enters the inlet section and is allowed to pass through the four spool sections and back to tank via the outlet section. Each of these spool sections has a self centering 3-position spool which is open centered. A spring in the spool end cap holds the spool in the center neutral position.

The spool is shifted by pilot pressure being applied to either end of the spool. Shifting the spool directs oil to operate any one of the four functions (or all at the same time if required but with reduced flow to each).

For a complete description of the pilot manifold refer to SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL. For a complete description of the foot operated pilot valve, refer to FOOT CONTROL VALVE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL. BOOM VALVE

To prevent over pressurizing of the operating circuits, each work port in the valve sections has a port relief valve.

The boom valve is located on the front chassis above the front axle and behind the cover plate.

One of the spool sections is used to open and close the clamp and a second spool section to open and close the accumulating arm.

A main relief valve is installed in the inlet section of the valve. The main relief valve controls the clamps spool section and is set lower than the clamps close port relief valve. All relief valves are the same type (anti-cavitation relief valve). For a detailed description of these relief valves, refer to RELIEF VALVES in THIS SECTION.

The inlet receives oil from the boom pump.

The spools in the valve are open center type.

Each spool section is pilot operated. An outlet section directs return oil back to tank.

Cartridge type port relief valves are installed in both work ports of the clamp spool section and both work ports in the accumulator spool section.

The inlet section has a single main relief valve.

These reliefs protect the circuits (pumps) from high pressures during operation.

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'A'

PARALLEL PASSAGE

LOAD CHECK VALVE

A

WORK PORT BRIDGE

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'B'

B

PILOT END CAP

PILOT END CAP SPOOL CENTERING SPRING

SPOOL TANK PASSAGE THRU' NEUTRAL PASSAGE

90136-3

CROSS SECTION OF CLAMP SPOOL SECTION

18.2

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Clamps with Saw

CLAMP 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

CLAMP 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF 76 BAR (1100 PSI)

• ACCUMULATOR 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

•

CLAMP

•

ACCUM

•

ACCUMULATOR 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

•

•

•

MAIN RELIEF 179 BAR (2600 PSI)

MID. INLET SECTION

GAUGE TEST PORT (IN ELBOW)

•

•

SAW RELIEF

END INLET SECTION AT023ACC

BOOM AND SAW MAIN CONTROL VALVE - (7262501 TO 7262530)

CLAMP 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF 76 BAR (1100 PSI)

CLAMP 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

•

CLAMP

• ACCUMULATOR 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

•

ACCUM

ACCUMULATOR 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

•

• • GAUGE TEST PORT

718E-059

•

MAIN RELIEF 179 BAR (2600 PSI) INLET SECTION

BOOM CONTROL VALVE - (7262531 AND UP) 18.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher CLAMPS

Clamps with Saw

NOTE: Circuit using a Tigercat attachment (with single clamp and accumulator arms) is described below.

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION The clamp and accumulating arms are operated by separate cylinders. A fixed displacement pump supplies oil to the cylinders via two spool sections in the boom valve.

The clamp arm is operated by the clamp foot control valve (left side of cab floor). The left pedal is used to OPEN and the right pedal to CLOSE. Pressing the CLAMP OPEN pedal directs pilot oil to shift the spool in the clamp spool section.

Pressing the CLAMP CLOSE pedal directs pilot oil to the opposite end of the spool to shift it in the opposite direction. The spool directs oil from the pump to either end of the clamp arm cylinder to open or close the arm. Return oil is directed back to tank via the oil cooler.

The accumulating arm is operated by a 3 position thumb switch OPEN/CLOSE (self centering to OFF) located on the right joystick control. The switch operates two solenoid pilot valves on the pilot manifold which direct pilot oil to the accumulator spool section of the boom control valve, to shift the spool. The spool directs oil from the pump to either end of the accumulating arm cylinder to open or close the arm. Return oil is directed back to tank via the oil cooler and dual head return oil filter.

A second (momentary) thumb switch located on the right joystick is used to operate both accumulating arm open and clamp arm open.

Pushing and holding the switch activates the accumulating clamp open solenoid (C4) and the clamp open solenoid (C7) opening both arms at the same time. This switch is used as a single control for an all open function to unload or dump all trees gathered in the attachment.

18.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Clamps with Saw

724E-068A

ACCUMULATING AND CLAMP ARMS CIRCUIT - (7262501 TO 7262530) 18.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Clamps with Saw

724E-068

ACCUMULATING AND CLAMP ARMS CIRCUIT - (7262531 AND UP) 18.6

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher PRESSURE SETTINGS

Clamps with Saw TO SET CLAMP AND ACCUMULATOR OPEN AND CLOSE RELIEF VALVES:-

NOTE: Refer to RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION.

3. Connect a 0 - 350 Bar (0 - 5000 psi) pressure gauge (with at least 2 meter 6.5' of hose) to the test port on of the boom control valve.

Before starting this procedure, read the following safety precautions:~ • Never reach between boom crank arms or link arms during machine setup.

• Wear safety glasses and safety shoes when working on shears.

WARNING Do not stand above or below the felling head and lift boom or between the boom and front chassis during this procedure.

• Keep clamp and accumulator arms closed whenever possible during setup.

• Clamp and accumulator arms open and close very rapidly, always keep clear of operating area.

• Do not stand on top or inside of boom arms.

NOTE: This procedure assumes that a Tigercat Bunching Saw Head is used. Refer to illustration of BOOM CONTROL VALVE IN THIS SECTION for orientation and pressure value references.

1. Park machine on level ground, lower felling head to the ground and set parking brake ON. Install articulation lock bar, block wheels and stop engine.

4. Turn the boom main relief adjusting screw all the way IN. 5. Turn the port relief valve adjusting screws on both the accumulator and clamp spool sections of the control valve OUT until spring pressure is relieved then turn adjusting screws one full turn IN. 6. Start the engine, and set throttle to IDLE. NOTE: *Refer to section 3, PRESSURE SETTINGS chart in this manual for pressure and speed specifications.

IMPORTANT: Never run engine at full throttle with main relief turned all the way in.

7. Ensure that the hydraulic oil temperature is between 49°C - 60°C (120°F - 140°F).

WARNING To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

IMPORTANT: During the following procedures, DO NOT hold ANY function control for LONGER THAN 5 SECONDS.

2. Completely raise lift boom and install lift boom cylinder lock over one of the two cylinder rods with the open side at the bottom and wide end up against the keeper plate bolt heads. Install 'T' handle retainer bolt through center hole.

Slowly lower boom until lock is securely held in place.

8. While holding the left foot pedal down in the CLAMP OPEN position (cylinder fully retracted), check gauge pressure reading.

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust clamp open port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

9. While holding the right foot pedal down in the CLAMP CLOSE position (cylinder fully extended), check gauge pressure reading.

WARNING

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust clamp close port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

Always install boom lift lock before working on or around machine with boom raised.

• Always install 'T' handle retainer bolt • Use only to support boom and cutting head

18.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Clamps with Saw

10. While holding the right joystick thumb switch to the left in the ACCUMULATING ARM OPEN position (accumulator cylinder fully retracted), check gauge pressure reading.

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust accumulator open port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

11. While holding the right joystick thumb switch to the right in the ACCUMULATING ARM CLOSE position (accumulator cylinder fully extended), check gauge pressure reading.

13. Start engine and move the throttle control to the FULL position.

14. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the ACCUMULATING ARM OPEN position, check gauge pressure reading.

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust boom main relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

15. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any excess oil from test port area.

SET PILOT LINE PRESSURES:

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust accumulator close port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reading meets *specifications.

NOTE: Refer to SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL.

12. Stop engine, unscrew boom main relief adjusting screw 3 full turns.

18.8

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Clamps with Saw

CLAMP 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

CLAMP 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF 76 BAR (1100 PSI)

• ACCUMULATOR 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

•

CLAMP

•

ACCUM

•

ACCUMULATOR 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

•

•

•

MAIN RELIEF 179 BAR (2600 PSI)

MID. INLET SECTION

GAUGE TEST PORT (IN ELBOW)

•

•

SAW RELIEF

END INLET SECTION AT023ACC

BOOM AND SAW MAIN CONTROL VALVE - (7262501 TO 7262530)

CLAMP 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF 76 BAR (1100 PSI)

CLAMP 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

•

CLAMP

• ACCUMULATOR 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

•

ACCUM

ACCUMULATOR 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF 221 BAR (3200 PSI)

•

• • GAUGE TEST PORT

718E-059

•

MAIN RELIEF 179 BAR (2600 PSI) INLET SECTION

BOOM CONTROL VALVE - (7262531 AND UP) 18.9

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Clamps with Saw ANTI-CAVITATION RELIEF VALVE

VALVE POPPET

T P

This valve is used as a MAIN and PORT relief valve in the saw, clamp arm, and accumulating arm control valves.

Operation Step 1.

T

STEP 1 PILOT POPPET

‘P’ represents a high pressure area and ‘T’ represents tank. Under normal operation, ‘P’ is below the relief pressures, the valve poppet is firmly seated and oil cannot flow to tank.

T

Step 2.

P

STEP 2

T SEATING POPPET

Step 3.

T P

STEP 3

When the pressure at ‘P’ reaches the relief valve setting, the pilot poppet unseats and allows oil in the inner cavity to flow to tank, thus lowering the pressure in the cavity between the pilot poppet and the other poppets.

T

As a result of the opening of the pilot poppet, the seating poppet moves back, due to the pressure drop caused by oil flow through the bore of the seating poppet, and seats against the pilot poppet. This shuts off the flow of oil through the seating poppet and the cavity pressure now drops to tank pressure.

Step 4.

VALVE POPPET

T P

STEP 4

T

Step 5.

T

VALVE POPPET

P

STEP 5

T CHECK POPPET

When pressure ‘P’ drops the pilot poppet closes and then the seating poppet moves back to its original position and permits oil pressure to flow into the cavity behind the valve poppet. As the seating poppet moves back it comes in contact with the valve poppet and its spring force plus the oil pressure cause the valve poppet to move back to the closed position.

As an anti-void or check valve.

T P

ANTI-VOID CHECK OPERATION

As the seating poppet began to move away from the valve poppet, the valve poppet began to open under the effect of the pressure at P thus allowing a large volume of flow to tank. The drop in pressure behind the valve poppet when the seating poppet seats on the pilot poppet ensures full opening of the valve poppet.

T

The anti-void unit supplies oil to the pressure area ‘P’ when its pressure drops below the pressure in the tank gallery of the valve. The valve then acts as a free flow check valve and prevents cavitation.

In this condition, the pressure at ‘P’ is lower than at ‘T’ and due to the shape of the check poppet, the pressure forces cause the poppet to unseat, allowing oil to flow from ‘T’ to ‘P’.

18.10

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Clamps with Saw ANTI-CAVITATION RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE For relief valve with adjusting screw

ANTI-CAVITATION RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE For relief valve with adjusting nut ADJUSTING NUT

•

JAMNUT

ADJUSTING SCREW

•

JAMNUT

• •

RELIEF VALVE 51055-2

RELIEF VALVE

WITH ADJUSTING NUT

51055-20

WITH ADJUSTING SCREW

1.

Loosen jamnut.

1.

Loosen jamnut.

2.

Turn adjusting nut to obtain desired pressure reading on gauge.

2.

Turn adjusting screw to obtain desired pressure reading on gauge.

3.

Lock jamnut against adjusting nut, making sure the adjusting nut does not turn.

3.

5.

Re-check relief setting.

Lock jamnut against relief valve body, making sure the adjusting screw does not turn.

5.

Re-check relief setting.

For complete step-by-step pressure setting procedures of circuits using these relief valves, refer to appropriate sections in THIS MANUAL.

For complete step-by-step pressure setting procedures of circuits using these relief valves, refer to appropriate sections in THIS MANUAL.

18.11

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Clamps with Saw

18.12

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher SECTION 19 - SHEAR WITH CLAMPS APRIL, 2010

CONTENTS - SECTION 19 BOOM LIFT LOCK .................................................................................................................... 19.6 BOOM VALVE ........................................................................................................................... 19.2 OPERATING DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................19.3 SPOOL SECTION ................................................................................................................. 19.3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................... 19.4 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................................................................................................ 19.4, 19.5 CONTROL VALVES .................................................................................................................. 19.2 FOOT OPERATED PILOT VALVE .......................................................... See SECTION 8 - DRIVE HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC ........................................................................................................19.4 PRESSURE SETTING CHART ............... See SECTION 3 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE PRESSURE SETTINGS ............................................................................................................ 19.6 SAFETY .................................................................................................................................... 19.6 SHEAR WITH CLAMPS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC .................................................................19.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher CLAMPS WITH SHEAR

Shear with Clamps

CONTROL VALVES The shear/clamp and accumulating arm circuits are controlled by two solenoid operated pilot valves in the pilot manifold, a foot operated pilot valve and a pilot operated boom valve.

There are two inlet sections, the end inlet is for the shear close spool section and receives oil from the variable displacement shear pump. The mid inlet is for the remaining four spool sections and it receives oil from the fixed displacement boom/steer pump.

For a description of the PILOT MANIFOLD refer to SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL.

All five spools in the valve are open center type.

Each spool section is pilot operated.

For a complete description of the foot operated pilot valve refer to FOOT CONTROL VALVE in SECTION 8 of THIS MANUAL.

An outlet section directs return oil back to tank.

BOOM VALVE (WITH SHEAR)

Cartridge type relief valves are installed in both work ports of the first shear/clamp spool section, the mid inlet , the shear open work port of the second shear/clamp spool section and both work ports in the accumulating arm spool section.

These protect the circuits (pumps) from high pressures during operation.

The boom valve and is located on the front chassis above the front axle and behind the cover plate.

Two of the five spool sections are used to open and close the shear/clamp and a third spool section to open and close the accumulating arm.

OUTLET SECTION

• SHEAR 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF (3200 PSI)

PLUG (NO PORT RELIEF) SHEAR AND CLAMP

• ACCUMULATOR ARM 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF (3200 PSI)

•

ACCUM.

• •

GAUGE TEST PORT FOR ACCUM. ARM AND SHEAR OPEN

MAIN RELIEF (2600 PSI)

•

MID. INLET SECTION SHEAR/CLAMP 'CLOSE' PORT RELIEF (3700 PSI) END INLET SECTION

•

• SHEAR AND CLAMP

•

•

• •

3713AIL2

ACCUMULATOR ARM 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF (3200 PSI)

BOOM VALVE SHOWN WITH SHEAR

19.2

CLAMP 'OPEN' PORT RELIEF (3700 PSI)

GAUGE TEST PORT FOR SHEAR/CLAMP CLOSE AND CLAMP OPEN

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher RELIEF VALVE PORT 'A'

Shear with Clamps LOAD CHECK VALVE

PARALLEL PASSAGE

A

WORK PORT BRIDGE

RELIEF VALVE PORT 'B'

B

PILOT END CAP PILOT END CAP 90136-3

SPOOL CENTERING SPRING

SPOOL TANK PASSAGE

THRU' NEUTRAL PASSAGE

CROSS SECTION OF SHEAR/CLAMP SPOOL SECTION (END)

OPERATING DESCRIPTION Oil from the variable displacement shear pump enters the end inlet section of the boom valve and is allowed to pass through the open center shear spool section and the tank passages of the boom and clamps spool sections and back to tank via the outlet section.

Oil from the fixed displacement boom/steer pump enters the mid inlet section of the boom valve and is allowed to pass through the four open center spool sections and back to tank via the outlet section.

The open centered spools in all of the sections have three positions and are self centering. A spring in the spool end cap holds the spool in the center neutral position.

The spools are shifted one way or the other by pilot oil pressure being applied to either end of the spool.

Shifting the spool(s) directs oil from the shear pump (and or vane pump) to the shear, clamp and accumulating cylinders.

The relief valves installed in the first shear/clamp spool section of the boom valve are to protect the pump in case of failure of the POR valve on the pump.

All of the relief valves on the boom valve divert oil to tank via the tank passages in the spool sections and the outlet section of the boom valve.

They also function as anti-cavitation relief valves.

For descriptions of relief valves, refer to RELIEF VALVES in SECTION 18 of THIS MANUAL.

19.3

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Shear with Clamps Pressing the CLAMP/SHEAR CLOSE pedal directs pilot oil to the opposite end of both spools to shift them in the opposite direction. In this case oil from both pumps combines at the manifold on the shear head providing additional flow to close the shear and clamp together more quickly.

The shear, clamp arm, and accumulating arm are each operated by separate cylinders. A variable displacement piston pump and a fixed displacement pump supply oil to the cylinders via three spool sections in the boom valve.

The shear and clamp arm open and close together by the clamp arms/shear foot control valve (left side of cab floor). The left foot pedal is used to OPEN and the right foot pedal to CLOSE.

The accumulating arm is operated by a 3 position thumb switch OPEN/CLOSE (self centering to OFF) located on the right joystick control. The switch operates two solenoid pilot valves which direct pilot oil to the ACCUMULATING spool section of the boom valve to shift the spool. The spool directs oil from the fixed displacement boom pump to either end of the accumulating arm cylinder to open or close the arm. Return oil is directed back to tank via the oil cooler and primary return dual head filter.

Pressing the CLAMP/SHEAR OPEN pedal directs pilot oil to shift the spools in both SHEAR/ CLAMP spool sections. The first spool section at the front of the valve directs oil from the shear pump to the rod end of the shear cylinder to open the shear arm. The second spool section, located next to the accumulator section, directs oil from the boom pump to the rod end of the clamp cylinder to open the clamp arm.

SHEAR WITH CLAMPS HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC 19.4

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

720E-038

Shear with Clamps

SHEAR WITH CLAMPS CIRCUIT 19.5

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher PRESSURE SETTINGS

Shear with Clamps 1. Park machine on level ground, lower shear head to the ground and set parking brake ON. Install articulation lock bar, block wheels and stop engine.

Before starting this procedure, read the following safety precautions:~ • Do not assume that other workers are aware of the dangers associated with shears.

2. Completely raise lift boom and install lift boom cylinder lock over one of the two cylinder rods with the open side at the bottom and wide end up against the keeper plate bolt heads.

Install retaining bolt and locknut through center hole. Slowly lower boom until lock is securely held in place.

• Because of background noise, a closing (or opening) shear is virtually silent.

• Shear blades and clamp arms open and close very rapidly, always keep clear of operating area.

• Keep clamp and accumulator arms closed whenever possible during setup.

WARNING

• Never reach between boom crank arms or link arms during machine setup.

Do not stand above or below the felling head and lift boom or between the boom and front chassis during this procedure.

• Do not stand on top or inside of boom arms.

• When a shear is attached to a machine, the blade mounting bolts must be retorqued.

• Wear safety glasses and safety shoes when working on shears.

TO SET CLAMP OPEN AND ACCUMULATOR OPEN AND CLOSE RELIEF VALVES:-

• Check for foreign objects (wood, stones, nuts, bolts, etc.) resting on or around the blades. Make sure all tools and spare parts are removed from the shear area. If shear closes on any object, injury may occur from propelled objects or pieces.

Refer to RELIEF VALVE ADJUSTING PROCEDURE in SECTION 18 of THIS MANUAL.

• Check torque on blade mounting bolts.

4. Turn the boom mid inlet main relief adjusting screw all the way IN.

3. Connect a 0 - 5000 psi pressure gauge (with at least 4' of hose) to the test port on the elbow at the mid inlet section of the boom and shear control valve.

• Warn everyone to stay away from the shear head and the immediate area.

5. Turn the port relief valve adjusting screws on both the accumulating and clamp spool sections of the control valve OUT until spring pressure is relieved then turn adjusting screws one full turn IN.

• Slowly close the shear blade and check for proper clearances, alignment and operation.

WARNING To prevent injury caused by accidental steering of the machine when setting pressures, make sure the articulation lock bar is held securely in place by the lynch pins provided.

SHEAR AND CLAMP ACCUM

WARNING TEST PORTS

• SHEAR AND CLAMP

Always install boom lift lock before working on or around machine with boom raised.

• Always install 'T' handle retainer bolt • Use only to support boom and cutting head • Do not use to set hydraulics pressures

•

3717AIL2

19.6

BOOM AND SHEAR MAIN VALVE

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Shear with Clamps TO SET SHEAR/CLAMP CLOSE AND SHEAR OPEN RELIEF VALVES:-

6. Start the engine, and set throttle to IDLE. NOTE: *Refer to section 3, PRESSURE SETTINGS chart in this manual for pressure and speed specifications.

15. Connect a 0 - 5000 psi . pressure gauge (with at least 4' of hose) to test port on the end inlet section of the boom and shear control valve.

IMPORTANT: Never run engine at full throttle with main relief turned all the way in.

16. Connect a 0-5000 psi pressure gauge in test port on SHEAR PUMP for use when working at rear of machine.

7. Ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL HEATING PROCEDURE in SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL. IMPORTANT: During the following procedures, DO NOT hold ANY function control for LONGER THAN 5 SECONDS.

LOCKING SCREWS

8. While holding the foot pedal in the CLAMP/ SHEAR OPEN position (shear cylinder fully retracted), check gauge pressure reading.

'POR' ADJUSTMENT

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust CLAMP OPEN port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reads *specifications.

'LS' STANDBY ADJUSTMENT 720E-005A

•• •

SHEAR PUMP ADJUSTMENTS

9. While holding the right joystick thumb switch in the ACCUMULATING ARM OPEN position (accumulating cylinder fully retracted), check gauge pressure reading.

17. Loosen locknut and screw POR valve adjusting screw on the saw pump all the way IN. This is a temporary adjustment until the saw relief valve has been set.

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust ACCUMULATING ARM OPEN port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reads *specifications.

18. At the valve, unscrew both port relief valve adjusting screws on the SHEAR spool section until spring pressure is relieved.

19. Start the engine, and put the throttle control to the IDLE position.

10. While holding the right joystick thumb switch in the ACCUMULATING ARM CLOSE position (accumulating cylinder fully extended), check gauge pressure reading.

IMPORTANT: Before starting engine, ensure both port relief valves are unscrewed as stated previously or damage could occur to the piston pump.

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust ACCUMULATING ARM CLOSE port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reads *specifications.

20. While holding the foot pedal in the SHEAR/ CLAMP CLOSED position (shear and clamp cylinders fully extended) check gauge pressure reading.

11. Stop engine, unscrew mid inlet main relief adjusting screw 3 full turns.

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust CLAMP/SHEAR CLOSE port relief.

Repeat above procedure until gauge reads *specifications.

12. Start engine and move the throttle control to the FULL position.

13. While holding the joystick thumb switch in the ACCUMULATING ARM OPEN position, check gauge pressure reading.

NOTE: Engine RPM may have to be increased a small amount to prevent stalling.

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust mid inlet main relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reads *specifications.

14. Remove pressure gauge and wipe up any excess oil from test port area.

19.7

Tigercat 726E Feller Buncher

Shear with Clamps SET PILOT LINE PRESSURES

21. While holding the foot pedal in the SHEAR/ CLAMP OPEN position (clamp cylinder fully retracted), check gauge pressure reading.

NOTE: Refer to PILOT PRESSURE SETTINGS in SECTION 5 of THIS MANUAL.

SHEAR AND CLAMP ACCUM

TEST PORTS

• SHEAR AND CLAMP

•

3717AIL2

BOOM AND SHEAR MAIN VALVE

If less than *specifications, stop engine and readjust SHEAR OPEN port relief. Repeat above procedure until gauge reads *specifications.

LOCKING SCREWS 'POR' ADJUSTMENT 'LS' STANDBY ADJUSTMENT

•• ••

SHEAR PUMP ADJUSTMENTS 720E-005A 22. While holding the foot pedal in the SHEAR/ CLAMP OPEN position (clamp cylinder fully retracted), set POR valve on pump to *specifications.

23. Remove pressure gauges and wipe up any excess oil from test port area.

19.8